Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
User Manual
IPM
PROSPER
Version 11.5
January 2010
PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.
PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling VIZ, PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir inflow).
PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency
APPLICATIONS
Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal wells
Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
Generate lift curves for use in simulators
Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
Allocate production between wells
Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated
into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or otherwise, or
disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex House, 10 Logie
Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.
Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.
IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer are
trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.
Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation
The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used or
copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on any
medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.
Address:
Petroleum Experts Limited
Petex House
10 Logie Mill
Edinburgh, Scotland
EH7 4HG
Tel : (44 131) 474 7030
Fax : (44 131) 474 7031
email: edinburgh@petex.com
Internet: www.petex.com
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER
Table of Contents
0
Chapter 1
Technical Overview
1 Fluid modelling
...................................................................................................................................
options
2
2 Inflows...................................................................................................................................
and Sand Control options
4
3 Well bore
...................................................................................................................................
and Pipeline hydraulics
6
4 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
lift systems
7
5 Flow assurance
................................................................................................................................... 8
Advanced Therm
..........................................................................................................................................................
al Models
8
General Flow Assurance
..........................................................................................................................................................
Features
8
6 What's ...................................................................................................................................
New
9
7 Examples
...................................................................................................................................
Guide
34
Chapter 2
User Guide
39
1 Introduction
................................................................................................................................... 39
Using PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 39
PROSPER and ..........................................................................................................................................................
System s Analysis
42
About PROSPER
......................................................................................................................................................... 44
Exam ples
.......................................................................................................................................................... 46
2 File Management
................................................................................................................................... 47
PROSPER Files.......................................................................................................................................................... 47
PVT Data (*.PVT)
......................................................................................................................................................... 47
Input Data (*.SIN)
......................................................................................................................................................... 48
Analysis Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.ANL)
48
Output Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.OUT)
48
Creating a .........................................................................................................................................................
New File
49
Opening an.........................................................................................................................................................
Existing File
49
Saving a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 49
Copying a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 50
Preferences .......................................................................................................................................................... 50
Main Screen
......................................................................................................................................................... 50
File
......................................................................................................................................................... 52
Plot
......................................................................................................................................................... 53
User Applications
......................................................................................................................................................... 55
Limits
......................................................................................................................................................... 56
Units
......................................................................................................................................................... 58
Equipment ......................................................................................................................................................... 59
VPC
......................................................................................................................................................... 59
Softw are Key ..........................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance
60
FileList
.......................................................................................................................................................... 63
Evaluate OpenServer
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statem ent
64
User Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 66
Printer Setup .......................................................................................................................................................... 67
Preparing to
.........................................................................................................................................................
Print
67
Selecting and
.........................................................................................................................................................
configuring a Printer
68
Printing Export
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
68
Contents
II
Selecting an
.........................................................................................................................................................
Exported Data to Print
70
Word Processing
..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER
70
Clipboard Com
..........................................................................................................................................................
m and
71
Com m and Buttons
.......................................................................................................................................................... 71
3 Data Input
...................................................................................................................................
- General
73
PROSPER Main..........................................................................................................................................................
Menu
73
File
......................................................................................................................................................... 74
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
PVT
......................................................................................................................................................... 74
System ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Matching ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Calculation......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Design
......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Output
......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Wizard
......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Units
......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Help
......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Options - Options
..........................................................................................................................................................
Selection
76
Fluid Description
......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Fluid Type
......................................................................................................................................... 78
Method
......................................................................................................................................... 78
Equation of State.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
78
Separator
......................................................................................................................................... 79
Emulsions
......................................................................................................................................... 79
Hydrates
......................................................................................................................................... 79
Water Viscosity ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Water Vapour ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Viscosity model ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Well
......................................................................................................................................................... 80
Flow Type
......................................................................................................................................... 80
Well Type
......................................................................................................................................... 80
Artificial Lift
......................................................................................................................................................... 81
Method
......................................................................................................................................... 81
Type
......................................................................................................................................... 82
Calculation.........................................................................................................................................................
Type
83
Predict
......................................................................................................................................... 83
Model
......................................................................................................................................... 84
Calculation
......................................................................................................................................... 85
Output
......................................................................................................................................... 86
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Well Completion
......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Type
......................................................................................................................................... 86
Sand Control
......................................................................................................................................... 86
Reservoir ......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Type
......................................................................................................................................... 86
Gas Coning
......................................................................................................................................... 87
User Information
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Comments
87
Options - Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gun DataBase
87
Options - Tubing
..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase
90
Options - Casing
..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase
91
Options - Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Schedule
91
4 PVT Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input
92
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... 92
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
III
PROSPER
Black Oil - Oil and
..........................................................................................................................................................
Water
94
Input Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 94
Tables
......................................................................................................................................................... 96
Match Data......................................................................................................................................................... 97
Regression......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Match
......................................................................................................................................... 99
Match All
................................................................................................................................... 99
Parameters
................................................................................................................................... 99
View ing the Match
...................................................................................................................................
Parameters
99
Matching FVF above
...................................................................................................................................
Bubble Point
100
Correlations
......................................................................................................................................................... 100
Calculate ......................................................................................................................................................... 101
Calculating PVT.........................................................................................................................................
Data
101
Displaying the Calculated
.........................................................................................................................................
Data on the screen
102
Plotting the Calculated
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
103
Saving PVT tables
.........................................................................................................................................
from Calculated Data
104
Save the .........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data
104
Open
......................................................................................................................................................... 104
Composition
......................................................................................................................................................... 105
Emulsions......................................................................................................................................................... 106
Emulsions
......................................................................................................................................... 106
Non-New .........................................................................................................................................................
tonian Fluid
109
Pow er Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
111
Hydrates .........................................................................................................................................................
Formation table
113
Black Oil - Dry
..........................................................................................................................................................
And Wet Gas
114
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 114
Black Oil - Retrograde
..........................................................................................................................................................
Condensate
116
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 116
Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 117
Export
.......................................................................................................................................................... 117
Equation Of State
..........................................................................................................................................................
- All Fluids
118
EOS Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
Setup
120
EOS PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
124
Importing Matched
.........................................................................................................................................
EoS
126
Using the.........................................................................................................................................................
EoS
126
Generate PVT properties
......................................................................................................................................... 126
Phase Envelope......................................................................................................................................... 129
Target GOR
......................................................................................................................................... 131
5 Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Data Input
132
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
Only
132
Deviation .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey
133
Filter
......................................................................................................................................... 136
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................................... 139
Dow nhole.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment
143
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Survey
145
Pipe Schedule
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Equipment
146
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Tem perature
150
Rough Approximation
......................................................................................................................................................... 150
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 151
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 151
Dow nhole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 151
Geothermal Gradient
......................................................................................................................................... 152
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 152
Enthalpy Balance
......................................................................................................................................................... 153
Contents
IV
6 IPR Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input
168
IPR Single Well
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data
169
The Main .........................................................................................................................................................
Data Entry Screen
169
Section Buttons
......................................................................................................................................................... 170
Action Buttons
......................................................................................................................................................... 170
Model Selection
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen
172
Data Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen
173
IPR Models for
..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil and Water Wells
175
P.I. Entry ......................................................................................................................................................... 176
Vogel
......................................................................................................................................................... 176
Composite......................................................................................................................................................... 176
Darcy ......................................................................................................................................................... 177
Fetkovich......................................................................................................................................................... 177
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Fetkovich
177
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 177
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones
178
Transient......................................................................................................................................................... 178
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well
179
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No Flow Boundaries
179
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary
181
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow
181
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 183
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
w ell - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
184
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore
188
SkinAide ......................................................................................................................................................... 191
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 191
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well w ith Transverse Vertical Fractures
191
Thermally.........................................................................................................................................................
Induced Fracture Model
192
Overview
......................................................................................................................................... 192
Data Entry
......................................................................................................................................... 193
Relative Permeability
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves
194
Test Data
......................................................................................................................................... 195
Plot
......................................................................................................................................... 196
Relative Permeability
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation Details
197
Coning Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 198
IPR for Gas and
..........................................................................................................................................................
Retrograde Condensate
199
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 199
Forchheimer
......................................................................................................................................................... 200
Back Pressure
......................................................................................................................................................... 200
C and n ......................................................................................................................................................... 200
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
C and n
201
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones
202
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
PROSPER
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 202
Petroleum.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts
202
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well
204
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No-Flow Boundaries
204
Multi-layer.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow
205
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
205
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 205
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well w ith Transverse Vertical Fractures
205
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore
205
Modified Isochronal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow Model
205
Forchheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure
207
Multirate Forchheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure
207
Skin Models .......................................................................................................................................................... 208
Mechanical/Geometrical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin
208
Deviation/Partial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Penetration Skin
213
Sand Options.......................................................................................................................................................... 214
Sand Failure
......................................................................................................................................................... 214
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options
215
Gravel Packed Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 217
Pre-Packed Screen
.........................................................................................................................................
completion
220
Wire-Wrapped Screen
.........................................................................................................................................
Completion
224
Slotted Liner Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 228
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features
232
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Completion Velocities
232
Viscosity Modelling
.......................................................................................................................................................... 233
Com paction ..........................................................................................................................................................
Perm eability Reduction
235
Injection Wells
.......................................................................................................................................................... 236
SkinAide
.......................................................................................................................................................... 237
SkinAide Theoretical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Background
237
Position of the producing
.........................................................................................................................................
interval w ith respect to reservoir geometry
237
Interference betw
.........................................................................................................................................
een perforations and the damaged zone
238
The Crushed Zone
......................................................................................................................................... 239
Perforation tunnel
.........................................................................................................................................
w hich penetrates the formation
239
Perforation tunnel
.........................................................................................................................................
through the casing and cement
240
Annulus betw een
.........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen
240
Hemispherical Flow
.........................................................................................................................................
Model
241
Using SkinAide
......................................................................................................................................................... 242
Flow Model
......................................................................................................................................... 242
Skin Model
......................................................................................................................................... 243
Perforation Data......................................................................................................................................... 243
Geometry
......................................................................................................................................... 244
Petrophysics ......................................................................................................................................... 245
Damaged Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 246
Cased Hole
......................................................................................................................................... 247
Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 247
Perforations
......................................................................................................................................... 249
SPOT: Shell Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Optim isation Tool
256
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to SPOT
256
Gun System
.........................................................................................................................................................
databases
258
Gun
......................................................................................................................................... 263
Spot Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
Calculations
265
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
inputs
267
SPOT: Model inputs
.........................................................................................................................................
- Options
269
SPOT: Model inputs
.........................................................................................................................................
- Layers
277
Contents
VI
7 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Data Input
326
Continuous Gas
..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Input Data
326
Fixed Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of Injection
327
Optimum Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
of Injection
328
Valve Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
Specified
329
Gas Lift (Safety
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment)
330
Gas Lift (Allow
.........................................................................................................................................................
injection in Pipe Line above w ellhead)
332
Interm ittent ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
334
ESP Input Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 334
HSP Input Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 336
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pum ps
337
Coiled Tubing
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
338
Diluent Injection
.......................................................................................................................................................... 340
Jet Pum ps .......................................................................................................................................................... 341
Multiphase Pum
..........................................................................................................................................................
ps
342
Sucker Rod Pum
..........................................................................................................................................................
ps
342
8 Matching
...................................................................................................................................
Menu
343
VLP/IPR Match
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Quality Check
345
VLP Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 349
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
VII
PROSPER
VLP Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
Applications
351
IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 352
Gradient Matching
.......................................................................................................................................................... 355
Surface Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching
357
Correlation Com
..........................................................................................................................................................
parison
358
QuickLook for
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
364
Input
......................................................................................................................................................... 364
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation
368
QuickLook for
..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP
371
Input
......................................................................................................................................................... 371
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation
373
QuickLook for
..........................................................................................................................................................
HSP
375
Input
......................................................................................................................................................... 376
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation
378
Tubing Param
..........................................................................................................................................................
eters
380
Pipeline Param
..........................................................................................................................................................
eters
380
Correlation Thresholds
.......................................................................................................................................................... 380
9 Calculation
...................................................................................................................................
Menu
380
Inflow (IPR) .......................................................................................................................................................... 381
System (Ipr +..........................................................................................................................................................
Vlp)
386
Left - Hand
.........................................................................................................................................................
Intersection for VLP/IPR curves
388
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables Screen
389
Sensitivity Combinations
.........................................................................................................................................
Screen
391
Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen
392
Gradient (Traverse)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 402
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 405
Maximum Grain Diameter
......................................................................................................................................... 405
Erosional Velocity
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation for Sand Laden Fluids
408
Gradient (Traverse)-Modified
.........................................................................................................................................
Turner Equation
410
Pigging
......................................................................................................................................... 412
Note on HSP
......................................................................................................................................................... 412
VLP (Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
Curves)
413
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 3 Variables
413
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 4 Variables
418
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
- Multi Variables
422
Choke Perform
..........................................................................................................................................................
ance
422
Generate for..........................................................................................................................................................
GAP
425
Bottom Hole ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pressure from Wellhead Pressure
425
References
......................................................................................................................................................... 427
Note on Enthalpy
..........................................................................................................................................................
Balance Model
427
Reset Results
.......................................................................................................................................................... 428
10 Design
...................................................................................................................................
Menu
429
Continuous Gas
..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Design
430
Menu Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 430
New Well......................................................................................................................................................... 431
Setting Up the Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Problem
432
Gas Lift Valve Selection
......................................................................................................................................... 437
Performing the Design
.........................................................................................................................................
(New Well)
438
Existing Mandrels
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design
443
Setting Up the Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Problem
444
Defining the Depths
.........................................................................................................................................
of Existing Mandrels
444
Gas Lift Valve Selection
......................................................................................................................................... 446
Performing the Design
.........................................................................................................................................
(Existing Mandrels)
446
Contents
VIII
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
IX
PROSPER
Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 516
Adding a New Pump
......................................................................................................................................... 517
Sucker Rod
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump
518
Pump database ......................................................................................................................................... 518
Adding a New Pump
................................................................................................................................... 519
Sucker Rods Database
......................................................................................................................................... 519
Adding a New Sucker
...................................................................................................................................
Rod
520
11 Output
................................................................................................................................... 521
Report
.......................................................................................................................................................... 522
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reporting System
522
Reports ......................................................................................................................................................... 522
Export
.......................................................................................................................................................... 537
Export Setup
......................................................................................................................................................... 537
Plot
.......................................................................................................................................................... 539
Plot Command
.........................................................................................................................................................
Summary
540
12 Units................................................................................................................................... 543
Units Sum m ary
.......................................................................................................................................................... 543
Unit Systems
......................................................................................................................................................... 544
Changing.........................................................................................................................................................
Unit Systems for some variables
545
Changing.........................................................................................................................................................
the Units
546
Validation.........................................................................................................................................................
Limits
547
Units Details .......................................................................................................................................................... 547
Units Reset .......................................................................................................................................................... 548
Units Save .......................................................................................................................................................... 548
13 Wizard
................................................................................................................................... 548
Running the ..........................................................................................................................................................
Wizard
548
Creating/Editing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Wizard
549
Notes of OS
.........................................................................................................................................................
strings
550
Wizard examples
......................................................................................................................................................... 551
15 Appendix
................................................................................................................................... 555
A - References
.......................................................................................................................................................... 555
PVT Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 555
CO2 Injection ......................................................................................................................................... 556
PVT Separator Pressure
......................................................................................................................................... 556
IPR Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 558
Multiphase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Calculations
559
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations
560
Artificial Lift
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design
561
Contents
B - Equations.......................................................................................................................................................... 562
Black Oil Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
for Condensate
562
Mass Balance Calculations
......................................................................................................................................... 562
Using the mass .........................................................................................................................................
balance results to define Condensate Model
565
Estimation of CGRmin
......................................................................................................................................... 567
Multiphase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pseudo Pressure
568
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Models
570
Rough Approximation
.........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Model
571
Overall Heat Transfer
...................................................................................................................................
Coefficient
572
Enthalpy Balance
......................................................................................................................................... 573
Default Thermal...................................................................................................................................
Properties Database
579
Choke Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 580
Multi-Phase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations
581
C - Dietz Shape
..........................................................................................................................................................
Factors
582
D - File Form ats
.......................................................................................................................................................... 584
Introduction
......................................................................................................................................................... 584
External PVT
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tables
584
Lift Curves
......................................................................................................................................................... 586
IPR
......................................................................................................................................................... 587
ESP PUMPS
......................................................................................................................................................... 588
ESP MOTORS
......................................................................................................................................................... 589
ESP CABLES
......................................................................................................................................................... 590
HSP PUMPS
......................................................................................................................................................... 591
HSP TURBINES
......................................................................................................................................................... 592
E - Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................... 593
F - Im porting..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files
600
Chapter 3
Examples Guide
606
1 Prosper
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorials
606
Tutorial 00: Integrated
..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil Well Model
608
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................... 608
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
609
General Approach
......................................................................................................................................................... 609
Available .........................................................................................................................................................
Data & Information
609
PVT Data from the
.........................................................................................................................................
lab
611
Well Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
(Tubing etc)
612
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
614
Multi-Rate Well Test
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
615
Model Construction:
.........................................................................................................................................................
Step by Step Procedure
615
Well Test .........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis: Step by Step
630
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Runs
649
Tutorial 01: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a dry and w et gas producer
654
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
655
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
655
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
655
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 655
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 656
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 656
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
656
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 656
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
657
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 657
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 658
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
XI
PROSPER
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 658
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 659
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
660
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 660
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 662
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 662
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 663
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 664
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 665
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
668
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
668
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
672
Well Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
676
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
682
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 682
Steps
................................................................................................................................... 683
Data Entry For Lift
...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
683
Lift Curve generation
................................................................................................................................... 686
Lift Curve Inspection
................................................................................................................................... 687
Lift Curve Export
................................................................................................................................... 688
Tutorial 02: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a naturally flow ing oil w ell
691
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
691
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
692
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
692
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 692
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 692
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 692
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
693
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 693
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
693
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 694
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 694
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 695
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 696
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
697
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 698
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 699
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 700
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 701
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 702
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 703
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
705
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
706
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
709
Well Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
713
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
718
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 718
Steps
................................................................................................................................... 719
Data Entry For Lift
...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
719
Lift Curve generation
................................................................................................................................... 721
Lift Curve Inspection
................................................................................................................................... 722
Lift Curve Export
................................................................................................................................... 723
Tutorial 03: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil w ell w ith black oil PVT m atching
726
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
726
Contents
XII
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
727
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
727
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 727
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 728
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 728
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
728
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 729
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
729
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 729
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 730
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 730
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 734
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
735
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 736
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 737
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 738
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 739
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 740
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 741
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
743
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
743
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
747
Well Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
751
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
755
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 755
Steps
................................................................................................................................... 756
Data Entry For Lift
...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
756
Lift Curve generation
................................................................................................................................... 759
Lift Curve Inspection
................................................................................................................................... 760
Lift Curve Export
................................................................................................................................... 761
Tutorial 04: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an horizontal oil w ell
763
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
764
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
764
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
764
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 765
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 765
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 765
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
765
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 766
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
766
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 767
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 767
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 768
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 772
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
772
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 773
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 774
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 775
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 776
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 778
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 778
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
780
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
780
Sensitivity on w .........................................................................................................................................
ell length and w ater cut
784
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
XIII
PROSPER
Tutorial 05: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a m ultilateral Dry Gas Producer
788
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
789
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
789
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
790
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 790
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 791
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 791
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
791
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 791
Multilateral.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data
792
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 794
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 794
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 795
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 798
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
799
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 800
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 802
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 802
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 803
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 804
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 804
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
806
Multilateral IPR Input
.........................................................................................................................................
section
806
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate and inspecting the detailled results
824
Tutorial 07: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a slanted oil w ell
830
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
830
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
831
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
831
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 831
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 831
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 831
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
832
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 832
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
833
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 833
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 833
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 834
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 835
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
836
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 836
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 838
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 838
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 839
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 841
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 841
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
843
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
848
Tutorial 08: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas w ell w ith connected pipeline
852
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
852
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 853
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 853
Tutorial 09: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ater injection w ell
857
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
857
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
858
Contents
XIV
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
858
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 858
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 858
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 858
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
859
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 859
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
860
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 860
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 860
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 861
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 862
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
862
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 863
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 864
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 865
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 866
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 868
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 868
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
870
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell injection flow rate
874
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
878
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 878
Steps
................................................................................................................................... 879
Data Entry For Lift
...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
879
Lift Curve generation
................................................................................................................................... 882
Lift Curve Inspection
................................................................................................................................... 883
Lift Curve Export
................................................................................................................................... 884
Tutorial 10: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas injection w ell
886
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
887
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
887
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
887
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 887
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 888
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 888
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
888
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 889
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
889
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 890
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 890
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 891
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 891
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
892
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 892
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 893
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 894
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 895
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 896
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 897
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
897
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell injection flow rate
901
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for gas injectors
904
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 904
Steps
................................................................................................................................... 905
Data Entry For Lift
...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
905
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
XV
PROSPER
Lift Curve generation
................................................................................................................................... 910
Lift Curve Inspection
................................................................................................................................... 910
Lift Curve Export
................................................................................................................................... 910
Tutorial 11: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a steam injection w ell
912
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
912
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
913
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
913
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 913
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 913
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 913
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
914
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
914
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 915
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 915
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 916
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
917
IPR Data
......................................................................................................................................... 922
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell injection flow rate
924
Tutorial 12: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil w ell w ith gravel pack
930
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
930
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
930
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 931
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 931
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
932
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
935
Tutorial 13: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a frac and packed w ell
939
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
939
Frac & Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
939
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 940
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 940
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
941
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
946
Tutorial 14: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ell w ith Pre-Packed Screen
950
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
950
Pre-packed
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data
950
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 951
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 951
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
952
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
954
Tutorial 15: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ell w ith slotted liners
958
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
958
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
958
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 959
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 959
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
960
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
962
Tutorial 16: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ell w ith Wire Wrapped Screen
966
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
966
Wire Wrapped
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data
966
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 967
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 967
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
968
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
969
Tutorial 17: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
com postional w ell m odel for retrograde condenssate
973
Contents
XVI
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
973
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
974
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
975
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 975
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 975
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 975
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
975
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 976
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
976
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 977
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 977
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 979
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 981
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
981
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 982
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 983
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 984
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 985
Average Heat Capacities
................................................................................................................................... 986
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 987
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
989
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
989
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
993
Tutorial 18: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
com postional CO2 injection w ell
997
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
997
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
998
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
998
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 999
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 999
Dow n hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 999
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
999
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
1000
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
1001
System Options......................................................................................................................................... 1001
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 1003
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 1005
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
1005
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 1005
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1007
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1007
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 1008
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 1010
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
1011
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
1015
Tutorial 19: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a dry gas w ell test
1019
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1019
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
data
1020
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
1020
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
1020
Resetting any previous
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
1021
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
1022
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry
1023
Estimate the U-value
................................................................................................................................... 1024
Correlation Comparison
................................................................................................................................... 1025
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
XVII
PROSPER
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1028
VLP / IPR matching
................................................................................................................................... 1030
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
1032
Tutorial 20: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a naturally flow ing oil w ell test
1037
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1037
PVT Lab.........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data
1038
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
1039
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
1039
Resetting any previous
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
1039
PVT matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1040
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
1044
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry
1045
Estimate the U-value
................................................................................................................................... 1046
Correlation Comparison
................................................................................................................................... 1047
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1051
VLP / IPR matching
................................................................................................................................... 1052
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
1058
Tutorial 21: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a w ater injection w ell test
1063
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1063
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
data
1063
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
1064
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
1064
Resetting any previous
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
1064
PVT matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1065
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
1066
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry
1067
Estimate the U-value
................................................................................................................................... 1068
Correlation Comparison
................................................................................................................................... 1069
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1071
VLP / IPR matching
................................................................................................................................... 1073
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
1076
Tutorial 22: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a gas injection w ell test
1080
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1080
PVT Lab.........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data
1081
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
1081
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
1082
Resetting any previous
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
1082
PVT matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1083
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
1083
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry
1084
Estimate the U-value
................................................................................................................................... 1085
Correlation Comparison
................................................................................................................................... 1086
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1088
VLP / IPR matching
................................................................................................................................... 1090
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
1091
Tutorial 23: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Continuous Gas Lift Design
1094
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1095
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design
1095
PVT Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1095
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for GL design
1095
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1095
Gas Lift design.........................................................................................................................................
parameters
1095
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1097
Defining the options
......................................................................................................................................... 1097
Contents
XVIII
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
gas lift PVT
1098
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
IPR
1099
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design Conditions
1101
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
gas lift design
1104
Transferring the
.........................................................................................................................................
valve depths
1107
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
for a gas-lifted w ell
1108
Tutorial 24: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Interm ittent Gas Lift design
1112
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to intermittent Gas Lift
1112
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem
1113
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1114
Setting up the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
model
1114
Design of the intermittent
.........................................................................................................................................
gas lift
1125
Constant Surface
.........................................................................................................................................
Closing Pressure design
1126
OptiFlow Gas Lift
.........................................................................................................................................
Valve Design method
1129
Tutorial 25: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Design
1130
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1131
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design w ith Coiled Tubing
1131
PVT Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1131
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for GL design
1131
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1132
Coiled Tubing Gas
.........................................................................................................................................
Lift design parameters
1132
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1133
Defining the options
......................................................................................................................................... 1133
Gas lift PVT and
.........................................................................................................................................
CT Data
1134
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
IPR
1135
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
CT Gas Lift Design Conditions
1136
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
CT gas lift design
1138
Fixing the CT injection
.........................................................................................................................................
depth
1140
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
for a CT gas-lifted w ell
1141
Tutorial 26: ..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Design
1145
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1145
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For ESP design
1145
PVT Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1145
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for ESP design
1146
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1146
ESP design parameters
......................................................................................................................................... 1146
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1147
Defining the options
......................................................................................................................................... 1147
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
w ell dow n hole equipment
1148
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
IPR
1148
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
ESP Design Conditions
1150
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
ESP design
1151
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
for an ESP-lifted w ell
1155
Notes on system
.........................................................................................................................................
plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted w ells
1161
Tutorial 27: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Design of an Hydraulic Dow nhole Pum p for an oil w ell
1165
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1165
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For HSP design
1166
Produced Fluid.........................................................................................................................................
& Pow er Fluid PVT Data
1166
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for HSP design
1166
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1166
HSP design parameters
......................................................................................................................................... 1166
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1167
Defining the options
......................................................................................................................................... 1167
Produced Fluid.........................................................................................................................................
& Pow er Fluid PVT Data
1168
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
XIX
PROSPER
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
w ell dow n hole equipment
1169
Description of the
.........................................................................................................................................
IPR
1170
HSP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1172
Tutorial 28: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod Pum p Design
1177
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1178
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
for SRP-Design
1178
Fluid Properties......................................................................................................................................... 1178
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1178
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 1178
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1178
Dow nhole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1178
Geothermal Gradient
................................................................................................................................... 1179
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1179
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation
1179
SRP-Design parameters
......................................................................................................................................... 1179
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step SRP design
1180
Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1181
PVT Data: Input.........................................................................................................................................
& Matching
1181
System Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 1185
SRP Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1189
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1191
SRP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1196
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
sensitivities w ith a SRP-lifted w ell model
1199
Tutorial 29: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Progressive Cavity Pum p (PCP) Design
1201
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1201
Adding a.........................................................................................................................................................
PCP to the pump database
1202
Adding a.........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod to the database
1204
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
for PCP-Design
1206
Fluid Properties......................................................................................................................................... 1206
Well Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1206
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 1206
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1207
Dow nhole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1207
Geothermal Gradient
................................................................................................................................... 1207
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1207
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation
1207
PCP-Design parameters
......................................................................................................................................... 1208
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1208
PROSPER Well.........................................................................................................................................
model set-up
1208
PCP Design procedure
......................................................................................................................................... 1217
PCP sensitivity .........................................................................................................................................
calculation
1219
Tutorial 30: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Diluent Injection into an oil w ell
1224
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1224
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1225
Produced Fluid.........................................................................................................................................
& Diluent PVT
1225
Well Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1226
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1227
Diluent Injection.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1227
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1227
PROSPER Well.........................................................................................................................................
model set-up
1227
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivites
1238
Tutorial 31: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Multiphase Pum p w ith PROSPER
1242
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1242
Model Set
.........................................................................................................................................................
Up
1243
Contents
XX
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivies
1249
Tutorial 32: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a gas lifted w ell
1253
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1253
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1254
PROSPER w ell.........................................................................................................................................
model
1254
Well test results
.........................................................................................................................................
for Quicklook
1254
Gas Lift Valves.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1255
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure
1255
Tutorial 33: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted w ell
1267
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1267
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1268
Strategy......................................................................................................................................................... 1268
Phase 1: Build .........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model
1268
Phase 2: Collect
.........................................................................................................................................
and analyse w ell test data
1268
Phase 3: Analyse
.........................................................................................................................................
and match test to w ell model
1270
Phase 4: Use model
.........................................................................................................................................
to run w hat-if scenarios
1274
Tutorial 34: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted w ell
1278
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1278
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1278
Strategy......................................................................................................................................................... 1279
Phase 1: Build .........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model
1279
Phase 2: Collect
.........................................................................................................................................
and analyse w ell test data
1279
Phase 3: Analyse
.........................................................................................................................................
and match test to w ell model
1280
Tutorial 35: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted w ell
1287
Tutorial 36: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Flow assurance calculations
1288
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1289
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1289
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1296
Tutorial 37: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Only Modelling & m atching
1317
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1318
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1318
Fluid PVT data ......................................................................................................................................... 1318
Pipeline Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1318
Flow test results
......................................................................................................................................... 1319
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
1320
PROSPER Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
1320
Pipe Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Matching
1329
Sensitivity runs......................................................................................................................................... 1336
Tutorial 38: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Full enthalpy balance tutorial
1342
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1342
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1343
PVT Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 1343
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1343
Dow nhole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1344
Temperature Data
................................................................................................................................... 1344
Drilling and Completion
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1344
Lithology
................................................................................................................................... 1345
Databases for...................................................................................................................................
thermal properties
1345
Reservoir Data......................................................................................................................................... 1345
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure
1346
PROSPER Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
1346
System Calculation
......................................................................................................................................... 1360
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
XXI
PROSPER
Tutorial 39: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Im proved Approxim ation
1363
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1363
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1364
PVT Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1364
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1364
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 1364
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1364
Dow nhole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1364
Temperature Data
................................................................................................................................... 1365
Reservoir Data......................................................................................................................................... 1365
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure
1366
PROSPER Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
1366
System Calculation
......................................................................................................................................... 1376
Tutorial 40: ..........................................................................................................................................................
SPOT tutorial
1379
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
1379
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1380
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
1380
Deviation survey
......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Dow n Hole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1381
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1381
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
1381
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
1384
System Options......................................................................................................................................... 1384
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 1385
Saving the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
1386
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
1386
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 1387
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1388
Dow n Hole Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1389
Geothermal gradient
................................................................................................................................... 1390
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1391
Equipment Summary
................................................................................................................................... 1392
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
1394
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
1394
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate
1408
Comparison of .........................................................................................................................................
different Gun Systems
1412
Inspection of SPOT
.........................................................................................................................................
results at log- scale
1416
Tutorial 41: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Com pletion using m ultilayer IPR
1426
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem
1426
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1427
Modelling.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy
1429
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure
1429
Tutorial 42: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Com pletion using m ultilateral IPR
1444
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem
1444
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1444
Modelling.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy
1446
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure
1447
Tutorial 43: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pum p Design
1478
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of the Problem
1479
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1479
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Strategy
1481
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure to design a jet pump
1481
Contents
XXII
January, 2010
PROSPER Manual
Chapter
Technical Overview
Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a summary list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:
Fluid modelling (PVT)
Inflow (IPR) and sand control options
Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)
Artificial lift options
Flow assurance and advanced thermal options
What's New
Examples Guide
1.1
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
1.2
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
1.3
1.4
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
1.5
Flow assurance
Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for flow
assurance features studies.
For advanced thermal modelling, the user can select the Enthalpy balance model or the
improved approximation.
The enthalpy balance is a rigorous thermal model that accounts for convection, radiation
and conduction. Joule-Thompson effects are accounted for.
Another advanced thermal model is the "improved approximation" which is also a full
enthalpy balance model with the following difference when compared with the enthalpy
balance:
In the improved approximation, the heat term is calculated with a variable User-entered
overall heat transfer coefficient whereas the heat transfer coefficient in the full enthalpy
balance model is calculated internally.
1.6
PROSPER
What's New
This is a list of enhancements to Prosper for each new Version
released.
Version 11.5
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2010 official release.
Improved CO2 modeling
PVT Modeling
Artificial Lift
Calculations
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
10
Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Export option in PVT section
In the main PVT section an export facility has been added to
allow the used to export input (Input Data, Match data tables,
Tables) and output (correlation parameters,m PVT
calculations)
Export/Import
Program Interface
OpenServer
New OS Commands:
PROSPER.PVT.IMPORT
Import PVTP file in
PVT Tables or Match sections
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPIPR
Perform the VLP/IPR
Matching VLP/IPR Command
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTCALC
Adjust Calculate PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTCALC(i) - for test i (if i=0 then
does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPI
Adjust PI PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPI(i) - for test i (if i=0 then does
all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPRES Adjust Pres PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPRES(i) - for test i (if i=0 then
does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTRESET
Reset Adjust
Data & Results - PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTRESET(type,
i) - for test i (if i=0 then does all tests) type=1 Reset Amended
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
11
PROSPER
Version 11.0
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2009 official release.
Inflow
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
12
Sensitivity
Databases
13
PROSPER
1) Benoit Machine
2) FiberGlass Systems
3) Grant Prideco
4) Halliburton Energy Services
5) Hunting Energy Services
6) JFE Steel
7) Metal One Corp
8) Tenaris Hydril
9) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
10) VAM
Casing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Centron International Inc.
2) Dalmine Spa
3) Equivalent S.A.
4) FiberGlass Systems
5) Frank's International
6) GB Connections
7) Grant Prideco (Atlas Bradford)
8) HSC Corp
9) Hunting Energy Services
10) Hydril
11) JFE Steel / Hunting Oilfield
12) Mannesmann
13) Nippon Steel Corp
14) NKK Corp
15) Sidera S.A.I.C.
16) Smith FiberGlass products Inc.
17) Star FiberGlass Systems
18) Tenaris
19) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
20) Tubular FiberGlass Corp
21) VAM
22) XL Systems Inc.
Pipe Schedule
Access to the tubing and casing database will also be available from
the equipment date entry screens
Rigorous modelling of CO2 Injection when combined with
PVT
Section
PROSPER Manual
EoS
Lumping-DeLumping large compositions
Paired large and small(lumped) compositions with same
phase behaviour and surface properties
Sour Gas Modelling
Originally created to model CO2 rich compositions.
January, 2010
Technical Overview
14
VLP / IPR
Matching
Lift
Curves
H2S, C1 etc
Egbogah Viscosity Correlation
Bergman-Sutton Viscosity Correlation
Al Marhoun Correlation for Pb, Rs, Bo and Viscosity
Injection of Non-Newtonian Fluids (Polymers etc)
Interpolation warnings for Bg
Artificial
Lift
15
PROSPER
OpenServer
New OS Commands
ANL.SYM.CALC
Perform the System Sensitivity
Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the System
Sensitivity Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.EXPORT
Export Lift Curves Generated by the
System Sensitivity Command (Multi Variables)
ANL.VLM.CALC
Perform the VLP (Multi Variable)
Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the VLP (Multi
Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.EXPORT
Export Lift Curves Generated by the
VLP (Multi Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.GLI.CALC
Perform the Intermittent Gas lift
Design
New OS Functions
ANL.NODES.MSD
Returns The Measured Depth Of The
ith Node
(PROSPER.ANL.NODES.MSD[i])
ANL.NODES.TVD
Returns The True Vertical Depth Of
The ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.TVD[i])
HSP.SETTURB
Set the Design HSP Turbine for a
given Turbine,Blade setting PROSPER.HSP.SETTURB
(Turbine,Blade))
Evaluation Button on Open Server Screen
Miscellaneous
Version 10.0
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2007 official release.
Steam Model in PVT to enable modelling of Steam Injector Wells
Additional Artificial Lift Method to enable the design and modelling of wells produced using Sucker
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
16
Rod Pumps
The Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model now has the same calculation options as the Improved
Approximation Temperature Model (including Choke Performance calculations)
Allow Solution Node at first node for system calculation in Improved Approximation/Enthalpy
Balance models.
ESP modelling (not Design) available for Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
temperature models
Target GOR calculator and extended options
Improvements in phase behaviour calculation for compositions rich in sour gases (CO2 and H2S)
Increase size of PVT Match tables.
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model.
Improved error handling and reporting
Calculate the flow velocity across the completion as a function of open perforations, frac pack
properties and formation properties. (Casing Velocity (Vc) & Screen Velocity (Vs) calculated in
Gravel Pack Section)
Add Beta Factor in the gravel pack pressure drop prediction. (Calculated or Entered) (See Gravel
Pack)
IPR Sensitivity Calculations now available from IPR Section.
Pressure dependent permeability
IPR Test Points - this section has now been rewritten and enhanced to separate it from the multirate test point input data. Test points are now displayed on all relevant screens/plots
It is now possible to change the port size and recalculate output parameters in the GasLift Design
Calculation Screen
Enable de-rating of Thornhill-Craver flow rates in GasLift Design
Real GasLift Valve Response Modelling
Add IPR button to GasLift Design screens to enable easy modification of Inflow model during
GasLift Design
Allow Choke Performance calculations in the Prosper Enthalpy Balance Model
Addition of a Choke Performance Plot in the Choke Performance section.
New lift curve formats are available for CMG reservoir simulators IMEX and GEM.
Generate for GAP has been enhanced for Naturally flowing and ESP wells to allow up to ten
manifold pressures as input
OLGA 2-phase and 3-phase correlations are now available directly from Petroleum Experts. Please
contact us for details of cost and installation.
Data Entry for Temperature Gradients in Enthalpy Balance model was been rewritten, including the
addition of the Geothermal Gradient to the model.
Injected Fluid Temperature is now available as a sensitivity variable
Heat Transfer Coefficients as sensitivity variables
Ability to put in reservoir pressure in VLP/IPR matching screen that corresponds with each test.
Add "date" field to well test table so the Match Point Comment column can be used for actual
comments.
VLP MAtching for ESPs
QuickLook from VLP/IPR Matching
IPR/VLP plot - include well test date info for test point info entered
Make left hand intersection (for gas coning) available. (This is already automatically done if
coning flag is set)
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
17
PROSPER
Preferences Section
It is now possible to display the Users Comments on the main screen instead of the Program and
Contact details.
User preference to allow the user to set the file name and path displayed/hidden.
The User can specify default roughness for tubings and pipelines.
New OpenServer Generate Rate commands for INF, SYS, SY4, VL3 & VL4
New OpenServer Commands PROSPER.ANL.JET.DESIGN
New OpenServer Function to detect Matched PVT (PROSPER.PVT.MATCHED)
Open server command that would be equivalent to clicking on the Clear button in the sensitivity
variables section.
OS command to implement API RP43 Calculation ( calculate perforation length & diameter)
Open-server variables and command to enter a MD in the deviation survey section, and calculate its
corresponding TVD.
OS Command to do Deviation Survey Filtering
Reset, transfer and calculate angle OS command for Deviation Survey Filter
Implement PROSPER.ANL.SPD.CAL(v1,v2,v3) and PROSPER.ANL.SP4.CALC(v1,v2,v3,v4)
Addition of
Section.
Allow the entry of up to 2 Gauge Depths to VLP calculation screen. Pressures are then calculated
at these depths and displayed and reported. The calculated pressures are also included in exported
TPD files for integration into IFM
New variable available "Gas Fraction At Pump Intake" in ESP design calculations screen
Remove MacLeod as an option for Horizontal Well Models
Warn user if a lift Curve table contains invalid variables for any particular given format. (Warning is
at file creation time)
Increase size of PVT Match Tables
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Section (Black Oil PVT Model only)
Version 9.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2005 official release.
PVT Enhancements
Equation of State
The objective of the following improvements is to enhance the compositional modelling
capabilities of Prosper:
PVT modelling with EoS available for Injector wells
Enhanced Optimisation
Common EoS options throughout IPM Suite
Path dependent variables (volumetric properties like GOR, FVF, CGR) can be
calculated using three different methods leading to standard conditions:
January, 2010
Technical Overview
18
Inflow Enhancements
System Calculation
4 Variable System Command is available
Export Lift Curves option is available
Pipeline Calculations
Slug Characteristics
Surge factors for gas and liquid in the bubble and slug are calculated to describe the
slug characteristics of the flow
Pigging Calculations
Calculations to determine the pigging characteristics of the flow
Modelling Pressure and temperature drops across fittings
dP and dT can be calculated for a very wide variety of fittings by using equivalent
lengths. Tabulated L/D values for each fitting type are used to calculate an appropriate K Value for
each different type of fitting and configuration
Artificial Lift Enhancements
Jet Pumps
Modelling of existing Jet Pump installations
Diluent Injection
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
19
PROSPER
Wizards
This feature guides the User in setting up models and performing certain tasks following a predefined sequence.
A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are step-by-step
guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
However, the User can create his own wizards to performed given tasks. This option is particularly
useful when repetitive calculations are to be performed on well models.
The Wizard is based on a VB script. The script consists of a series of VB commands using
OpenServer strings to set the values of the input parameters or to call up the appropriate data entry
screen , perform calculations, and retrieve or plot results.
OpenServer Enhancements
New Commands
The following capabilities have been implemented:
Evaluation Dialog
This option can be used to test OpenServer Commands without building VB applications. The
basic OS actions (DoSet, DoGet and DoCmd) can also be used to quickly initialise and resetting the
data
Miscellaneous Enhancements
Version 8.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2001 official release.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
20
Lift Curves
Data stored in GAP
Data stored in external PROSPER file.
PROSPER online
Data stored in GAP
Can be imported from an existing PROSPER file
Calculation Detail
Calculations can be viewed with the precision and detail of PROSPER Gradient screen
21
PROSPER
Black Oil
Rewrite database
One database for all artificial lift types
Completely redesigned interface
Booster Pumps
ESPs in pipeline.
Gaslift
Allow injection in pipeline (above wellhead)
Allow a valve at the design depth of injection (as well as an orifice as at present)
Gaslift Adjustments
Provides additional calculations for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions.
Surface casing pressures when restarting production are presented in addition to input
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
22
Correlation Comparison
Implemented for both Tubing and PipeLine
Simple MultiLayer
Increased number of Layers ( from 5 to 50)
New Model
Implement Model based on drilling fluid models developed by Total. This will enable foams in
heavy oils to be modelled more accurately. However, it should be noted that this model does
not estimate the apparent viscosity of the emulsion with water. Research on another program
(REVEAL) is ongoing on this subject.
Calculate Equivalent Apparent Viscosity
Oil and Gas viscosities both set equal to Apparent Viscosity
Implemented in reservoir by calculating an equivalent pipe radius
User DLL
User DLL option allows user to test internal models within PROSPER via the usual DLL
interface.
Will allow the user to model viscosity of all phases (if required)
Benefits of testing and implementing engineering technology and research without having to
design and maintain the testbed
23
PROSPER
Import DLL
Allows user to import from any file (binary or ascii) if they know the precise format.
Can be done without any input from Petroleum Experts (avoids confidentiality conflicts)
User file type just becomes another available file type to read
Can be used in batch mode to convert many files and automatically creates PROSPER input
files
Uses OpenServer strings to push the data from user DLL to PROSPER.
Choke
DLL Improvements
Allow more user data per DLL
Saving and recalling user data to file
Redesign Choke Performance screen to allow use with user defined choke DLL
Lift Curves
Additional Formats
ChevronTexaco CHEARS
ExxonMobil
EMPOWER
General Point
Please keep us informed of changes in format - we like to respond as quickly as possible to
keep users up-to-date
Documentation of lift curve format should be as comprehensive as possible. Quite often, the
only documentation is an example file. It can be quite difficult to extrapolate from one
example to a complete solution. The following points are quite useful to note.
Specify all possible Gas Fraction Types (GOR, GLR OGR etc)
Specify all possible Water Fraction Types (WC, WGR, WOR etc)
Rate Types ( Oil, Liquid Gas)
Artificial lift types (don't forget pumps)
All fluid Types (oil, gas and condensate)
Unit types for all variables and unit sets as well (Field, SI, LAB)
Producers and Injectors
Variable Combinations - what is valid and what is invalid
Left Hand Intersection in SYSTEM Calculation
Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing pressures are declining (on the LHS) are
considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When Gas Coning occurs however the GOR is changing constantly for different rates and it is
possible to have two solutions and for the LHS intersection to represent stable flow
Add option to allow user to select which intersection to use
Miscellaneous
Units Popup
Right-clicking on units field on screen shows user all available units for the variable and its
current selection and allows the user to change this current selection.
January, 2010
Technical Overview
24
Version 7.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2000 official release.
Make Prosper more accessible to other IPM Tools
Much work has been done restructuring PROSPER so that all the single-well technology and
engineering can be readily utilised by other programs in the IPM suite.The results of this radical
restructuring are not obvious or available at present but will be incorporated in the next versions of
GAP and MBAL
Model Annulus and Tubing Production
A model has been Implemented for production through the tubing and annulus at the same time and
also a variable flow path i.e. fluid can flow in either the tubing or the annulus or both and this can vary
in different segments of the well
Vlp/Ipr Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically transferred from
the test point straight to the Correlation Comparison screens.
VLP/IPR plot has been enhanced to provide a VLP curve for each test point for a selection of flow
correlations.
Estimating U values in VLP/IPR matching section from entered Tubing Head Pressures in the Rough
Approximation Temperature Model
Pipe Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Pipeline Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically
transferred from the test point straight to the Pipeline Correlation Comparison screens.
Multi-Lateral - Improvements Model
Calculation Dialog Screen Improvements.
Multi Layer (Layer-by Layer ) response calculated and plotted.
PVT Section
Water Vapour Condensation Correlation for Gas Wells
Water Viscosity Variation with Pressure
Boiling Temperature column in EOS model.
Parachor column in EOS model (for Surface Tension Calculations).
Editable EOS Component Name instead of number
Miscellaneous
New variables displayed in Gradient Calculations.
Oil Viscosity
Water Viscosity
Liquid Density
Total mass Flow Rate
Oil mass Flow Rate
Gas Mass Flow Rate
Water Mass Flow Rate
Oil Formation Volume Factor
Gas Formation Volume Factor
Water Formation Volume Factor
Water Holdup
Slip Water Velocity
Superficial Water Velocity
Cumulative Liquid Volume
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
25
PROSPER
Version 7.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1999 official release.
32-bit
Improved memory management.
Long File and Directory name.
Results Management.
Implementaion of Open Server
Open Data/Function Server implemented the same as GAP and MBAL
MultiLateral
Model has been enhanced and extended
Models all fluid types (oil, Gas and Retrograde Condensate)
Models Producers and Injectors
Can be used in conjuction with artificially lifted wells (Gaslift, ESP and HSP)
Enthalpy Balance Temperature Prediction
Complete rewrite of enthalpy balance temperature prediction method to allow more flexibility and
accuracy.
Account for air and sea velocities.
Improved Completion fluid handling.
Can specify cement and casing conductivity
Account for temperature gradient in the sea.
Improved Rough Approximation Temperature Model
Specify heat transfer coefficient by depth and pipe section
Define a temperature gradient for the sea
Can make use of Joule-Thomson coefficient
Constrained Calculation with Enthalpy Balance
Determine pressure and temperature profile for the entire well from the wellhead pressure and bottom
hole temperature
Thermal Fracturing
Model the combined effects of temperature, stress and fluid mechanics to predict the inflow behaviour
of injection wells
New Correlation (Petroleum Experts 4)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
26
Advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells (including dowhill flow) suitable for any fluid
(including Retrograde Condensate)
Solids Transport
Predicting maximum grain size that can be transported. Based on a model from the BP MUltiphase
Design Manual
Hydrates Flagging
User entered table describing pressure-temperature regions where hydrates formation is likely. The
program will then highlight areas with a potential for Hydrates Formation.
Miscellaneous
User can specify default Units System (on Preferences Screen).
Version 6.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1998 official release.
INFLOW
New Interface
Implemented for all fluids.
Completely redesigned to ease user input and to integrate with the external, user-written IPR model
enhancement (see below)
MultiLateral/MultiLayer Inflow Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Based on a model produced by BP Amoco Ltd.
Deviated Well Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Based on a model produced by Wong and Clifford (BP)
Dual Porosity Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions: For naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation) porosity is greater than
the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller than the fracture permeabilty, but
not negligible.
Source: See References
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fracture(s) Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions
1. Circular fractures.
2. Well goes through centre i.e. no shape factor implemented.
3. Fractures are equally spaced - so if there is just one it is in the centre.
Source: See References
User IPR Model DLL
Allows the user to develop their own inflow model(s) and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations. The user-developed model can encompass every element of an inflow
description including the reservoir model and every component of the skin or can simply be any
particular element. Please contact us for details on how to implement this for the specific application
Dietz Shape Factor Calculator
Implemented for 'Darcy-like' models in all fluids.
Assumptions: Calculation is for vertical wells rectangular reservoirs.
Source: See References
Gas Coning
Implemented for oil. Modifies solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor greater than 1,
which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or produced, GOR. This model
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
27
PROSPER
has been implemented with the facility of matching/tuning to real test data
Assumptions: High permeability reservoirs.
Source: See References.
EQUIPMENT
More Pipeline nodes
Reverse x,y coordinate system for pipeline data entry
Rate Multiplier Per Node
Option to "disable" Surface Equipment
FLOW MODELLING
Complex Terrain Flow Correlation
Slug modelling
Correlation Threshold Angles
Erosional Velocity (C Factor) calculation.
Flow Regime Plots
More detailed data displayed during Gradient calculations
Phase Densities, inter-phase IFTs, slug and bubble properties
ARTIFICIAL LIFT
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pumps (or HSPs)
Design
System Sensitivity and Lift Curve Generation
QuickLook diagnostic
Pump and Turbine Database management
MISCELLANEOUS
Preferences
All options relating to the customisation of an individual installation of the program have been
gathered together in one location.
This option can be found on the File menu and has four sections (tabs)for ease of use. These are
Screen
File
Plot
User Applications
Welcome Screen
This screen is displayed immediately the program is started and is destroyed as soon as the main
screen appears. There can be a significant time difference in some cases between these two events
and this screen will assure the user that the prgram has indeed started. The reason for the time
difference could be any of the following
1) Program Installation - The program could be on a remote network drive and network traffic would
affect access time.
2) Software Key - a network installation could slow access to the key is the network is busy.
3) Last file loaded - if one automatically reloads the last file on program startup,then the file size and
location(remote network) could make a difference
New import format for PVTP file
The new format exported from the PVTP program includes more details (Volume Shift flag and the
separators included in the analysis.)
Screen Design
Redesign of many data screens. More consistency between data screens, navigation, and flexibility
of screen size (see Preferences-> Screen)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
28
Version 5.1
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1997 official release.
Changes to EOS model
The method of calculating GOR and FVF has been enhanced to take account of the fluids path back
to surface. Up to 5 separator stages can be defined. The fluid is flashed through any defined stages
to find the resultant gas/oil mixture in the accumulator/stock tank. If no stages are defined a single
flash to ambient conditions is performed.
WHP to BHP
Method for calculating flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure for a large number of
points.
VLP Matching
Ability to allow or disallow the plotting of labels. Added ability to export and report from this screen.
Output more information to reports
Miscellaneous
The following bug fixes/ improvements.
Errors in files when saving long labels from downhole/surface equipment.
Sensible choice for file prefix when saving files.
Improved error checking in relative permeability screen in IPR section.
Scaling problems on status screen IPR plot when changing units have been fixed.
General updates to Status Screen
Errors transferring surface equipment details when changing from Pressure only to Pressure and
temperature prediction have been corrected.
Improved legend for Gaslift Design Plot
Improved legends for plots generally for consistency.
Improved handling of multi rate input data in IPR section.
Load correlation DLLs automatically from run directory.
Fixed errors in PVT matching reports
Fixed errors for water injectors reporting marginal amount of oil
Improved depth error checking in equipment section
Fixed bug in gradient calculation section (not setting Top Node Pressure and Rate correctly)
Insert a check for Choke Model selected when reading files.
Fixed EOS calculation initialisation problems.
Added feature to output 4 variable MBV (lift curve ) files
ESPs - allow user to select location of database files
Sensitivity analysis - improved error checking in variable selection
Status screen error for PVT Condensate display (wrong unit for CGR/WGR)
System Plot - wrong label for Gas Rate has been corrected.
IPR - improved calculation of combined Total GOR for multi layer IPRs
Gray Correlation - advise of unsuitability for use in Pressure and Temperature predictions
PVT Matching - ability to transfer data from Tables and import data from PVT Program
PVT Tables - ability to import data from Matching Section.
29
PROSPER
Version 5.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1996 official release.
Report Generator
The reporting interface gives complete control over how the reports are formatted and what
information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the use of report templates which
can be edited to suit the users's own requirements. One can choose to use the default report
templates provided with the system or can choose to create its own slightly different versions of these
reports. The selected templates can then be used to generate the actual reports which can be sent to
a variety of places (printer, file or screen).
Flexible Importing
This facility is designed to let the user import tabular data from a wide variety of files and databases
via ODBC. A filter 'template' is configured visually and can be saved to disk for future use. It can also
be distributed easily to other users.
User Choke Model DLL
Allows the user to develop their own choke model and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations
New Choke Model (from ELF)
A model based on Perkin's (SPE 206333) approach along with discharge coefficients determined by
the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at TUALP)
Pipe Correlation Comparison
A technique for comparing pipeline flow correlations against observed data similar to the existing
Correlation Comparison for tubing correlations
QuickLook for ESP
A diagnostic technique for analysing ESP lifted systems to determine if the pump is performing as
expected and to trouble shoot for potential problems
Inipath
A option to allow users to run PROSPER from one network copy whilst maintaining their own
configurations in private copies of PROSPER.INI
New Gaslift Design Options
New Emulsion Viscosity Modelling Options
Generate TPD files for GAP
Extended lift curve format to allow modelling of ESP systems in GAP
Expanded EOS Import Format
Allows user to import all the data that is normally generated by Petroleum Experts EOS model. The
file format is flexible to allow for multiple compositions and the results obtained for each composition.
This allows the possibility in the future to generate sensitivities for several compositions. (e.g. EOSbased lift curves)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
30
Version 4.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1995 release.
Black Oil PVT
Added new Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to
Petrosky et al (SPE26644)
Added new Viscosity Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to Petrosky et al (
SPE29268)
Allow modelling of emulsion viscosity corrections for OIL-WATER mixtures.
Improved matching for heavy oils.
31
PROSPER
ESP's
Emulsion PVT applied to ESP head, power (and consequently) efficiency corrections.
Intake gas fraction sensitivity plot (Dunbar plot).
Tubing automatically terminated at pump depth.
Database report improved.
Inflow Performance
Multi-layer - Upgraded for injection wells.
GAP and MBAL links. IPR points are transferred directly to GAP or saved in a file for MBAL.
SkinAide - new IPR model from ELF
Gaslift Design
Optional checks for rate conformance with IPR during design.
Expanded design options and additional logic for valve closing pressures.
Improved dome pressure temperature correction above 1200 psi.
Design plot shows unloading fluid gradients, actual surface injection pressure and production
rates.
Database report improved.
File handling
Significant reduction in all file sizes due to implementation of file compression techniques.
Improved error handling in low space (disk nearly full) situations.
Speed up file reading/writing..
Error Checking
Improved the checking of equipment entry
Units
Revised to include validation option on main Units screen.
New options added to allow user selection of precision of display,
Reports
Screen reporting more flexible
Font handling problems (with regards to font size) fixed. Printer fonts are now entered as
point sizes instead of relative size units. This avoids the need to adjust printer font sizes when
changing printers
Batch
Automatic Batch generation of tubing curves(VLP) and inflow curves(IPR) via improved
interface with GAP
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
32
Calculation / System
User selection of sensitivity values on plots.
Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Miscellaneous
Plot results in multirate IPR's.
Reset buttons in sensitivity variable selection screen
Screen appearance has been improved to improve layout and readability.
IPR MultiLayer report
Separate units available for Anisotropy, PumpWearFactor, TimeToSurface and Volume
Allow selection of curves to plot in VLP
Store and report Depth Of Injection in gradient sensitivty analysis
Fluid Flow Correlation Parameters report added
Last file loading option
Previous files loading option.
Version 4.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1994 release.
General
UNIX versions have been shipped for HP 9000 and IBM RISC. Other platforms can be
supported on request.
New program installation procedure build program icon and group automatically.
Stackable keys now supported.
33
PROSPER
EOS PVT
EOS PVT input screen editing improved. Now allows input of up to 30 pseudocomponents.
Critical volume is now passed between PVTP and PROSPER. This improves PROSPER
viscosity calculations for some fluids. For old files, Vcrit is estimated using a correlation as before.
EOS algorithms improved and run faster.
EOS oil density now used instead of Standing and Katz.
System I Equipment
Sketches of both surface and downhole equipment can be drawn from the summary screen.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD, Length or X,Y co-ordinates.
Inflow Performance
Relative permeability can be optionally used in oil IPR calculations. PROSPER allows entry
relative permeability curves and the water cut at a test rate. PROSPER now calculates IPR
sensitivities for water cut.
Fractured well IPR improved for both short and long flowing times.
Horizontal well - friction dP. This major development allows modelling of horizontal well
accounting for friction loss, gravel packs for oil, gas and condensate.
Multi-layer - Layer dP. A network algorithm is used to solve multi layer IPR while accounting
for pressure differences between layers. Available for oil now, gas and condensate in Summer 95.
Matching
IPR matching facility added. Allows IPR to be compared to matched test pressures. This is
a useful graphical means to find reservoir pressures and to examine changes in well condition and
quality control the well model.
Match data screen re-worked to allow cut and paste to/from windows clipboard. Match data
comment field added.
Calculation / Inflow
A new Inflow section has been added. This enables sensitivities for IPR variables to be
quickly calculated without the need to calculate the VLP also (System calculation).
The range of sensitivity variables has been expanded with completion design in mind.
User selected rates can be now be Generated if required. This is useful for IPR sensitvities
when Automatic rates are determined by the AOF for the base case. Sensitivity variables values can
be Generated also.
Calculation / System
The range of outputs displayed expanded to include wellhead temperature, pressure loss
components, gas injection depth.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Technical Overview
34
Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Range of sensitivity variables expanded.
Calculation / VLP
Lift curve variables are sorted and filtered so that only valid sensitivity variable are considered.
Number of VLP table entries increased from 1296 to 10,000
Increased range of VLP variables and simulator formats supported. (COMP3 VIP & MORE)
For oil wells, VLP can be calculated in terms of gas rates
VLP algorithms improved for very high GOR.
Additional VLP correlations - Petroleum Experts 2 (improved loading rate calculations) and
Duns and Ros Original.
Calculation / Choke
General purpose choke tool can find: flow rate, pressure drop or choke size. Calculation
based on thermodynamic principles, not empirical correlations.
1.7
Examples Guide
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
Integrated well bore models
Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
Sand control tutorials
Compositional modelling tutorials
Well test matching tutorials
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
35
PROSPER
Description
Integrated oil well model
Reference File
T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT
Description
Reference File
Modelling a dry and wet gas producer T01_DryAndWetGasWell.Out
T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT
Modelling a naturally flowing oil well
Modelling an oil well with black oil PVTT03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
matching
T04_HorizontalOilWell.out
Modelling an horizontal oil well
Modelling a multilateral dry gas producer T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out
T07_SlantedOilWell.Out
Modelling a slanted oil well
Modelling a gas well with connected T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.
Out
pipeline
T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a water injection well
T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a gas injection well
T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a steam injection well
Description
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
Modelling a frac and pack well
Modelling a well with pre-packed screen
Reference File
T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT
T14_OilWellwithPrePackedScreen.out
T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
Modelling a well with slotted liners
Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScre
ens.out
screens
PROSPER Manual
Description
Reference File
Fully
compositional
retrograde T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.
Out
condensate well
T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out
Fully compositional CO2 injection well
January, 2010
Technical Overview
36
Description
Matching a gas well test
Matching a naturally flowing oil well test
Matching a water injection well test
22
Reference File
T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT
T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT
T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
est.OUT
T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTes
t.OUT
Description
Continuous Gas lift design
Intermittent Gas Lift Design
Reference File
T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT
T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.
OUT
T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.
Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design
OUT
Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESPDesign.OUT
producer
Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer
Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCPDesign.OUT
producer
T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
Diluent Injection tutorial
Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_MultiphasePumpOnseabed.
OUT
single well
Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT43_JETPUMP.OUT
producer
Description
Troubleshooting a gas lifted well
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well
Trouble-shooting a sucker rod lifted well
Reference File
T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT
T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT
No reference file
Description
General flow assurance features
Reference File
T36_FlowAssurance.OUT
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
37
PROSPER
37
38
39
T37_PipelineMatching.OUT
T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT
T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT
Special topics
Tutorial
40
41
42
Description
Reference File
T40_SPOT.OUT
SPOT example
Multi-layer model with dP loss between the T41_MultilayerOil.Out
zones
Multilateral IPR for well penetrating
T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservo
different zones
irs.OUT
44
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Chapter
39
PROSPER
User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:
Introduction
File management
Data input - General
PVT data input
Equipment data input
IPR Data Input
Artificial Lift Data Input
Matching menu
Calculation Menu
Design menu
Output
Units
Wizard and
Help
2.1
Introduction
Welcome to PROSPER, Petroleum Experts Limited's advanced PROduction and S
ystems PERformance analysis software. PROSPER can assist the production or
reservoir engineer to predict tubing and pipeline hydraulics and temperatures with
accuracy and speed. PROSPER's powerful sensitivity calculation features enable
existing designs to be optimised and the effects of future changes in system
parameters to be assessed.
By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing
the User to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER ensures
that the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has been tuned
to real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in different
scenarios and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on surface
production data.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
40
2. The PVT section in PROSPER can compute fluid properties using standard black
oil correlations. The black oil correlations can be modified to better fit measured
lab data. PROSPER allows detailed PVT data in the form of tables to be imported
for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the Equation of State method.
This option also allows the User to enter the equation of state model parameters
and uses the standard Peng-Robinson EOS model to generate properties given
a multi-stage separator scheme. With this option the Users can also import all
PVT data in the form of tables, which could have been generated using their own
proprietary EOS models.
3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single layer,
multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated completions,
optimising all aspects of a completion design including perforation details and
gravel packing.
4. It can be used to accurately predict both pressure and temperature profiles in
producing wells, injection wells, across chokes and along risers and flow lines.
5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and easily
optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.
6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump
and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.
7. Its choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or the
choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure drop
across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to generate choke
performance curves.
8. The multiphase flow correlations implemented can be adjusted to match
measured field data to generate vertical lift performance curves (VLP) for use in
simulators and network models.
9. The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations, choke
calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and proprietary
viscosity models (both Newtonian and Non-Newtonian) .
10. The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data is
available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.
In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using non-linear
regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the input data.
In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.
11. PROSPER can be used to model complex (topographically) and extensive (in
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
41
PROSPER
length) surface pipelines. Complex steady state slug analysis can also be
performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency. Pigging
calculations are also available
12. Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil
tables can be generated by Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the right format
(*.PTB file). Equally compositional model can also be directly imported as *.
PRP file.
13. A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER. Data
may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of units.
Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for each
variable type.
14. It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the User chooses this
in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the hydration
formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The hydrate and wax
models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is compositional.
Note that one can also use Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance conditions. A compositional
PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to generate hydrate formation tables.
15. The following situations can be modelled:
Fluid Type:
Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of inflow,
tubing and ESPs or HSPs.
Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
Modelling of Condensed Water Vapour for gas wells
Well Flow Configuration:
Tubing or Annular flow or Tubing + Annular flow
Producer or Injector
Artificial Lift Method:
Naturally flowing well
Gas lifted well (continuous and intermittent)
Electric submersible pump (ESP)
Hydraulic drive downhole pump (HSP)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
42
Prediction Type:
Pressure Only
Pressure and Temperature Offshore
Pressure and Temperature on Land
Temperature Model:
Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
Rough Approximation
Improved Approximation with or without steam
Completion:
Cased Hole
Open Hole
Sand control:
Gravel Pack
Pre-packed screen
Wire wrapped screen
Slotted liner
Sand failure
Reservoir:
Single Well
Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)
43
PROSPER
the accuracy of the fluid properties model (i.e. PVT). The pressure drop in a pipeline or
wellbore is the summation of 3 components:
Gravity head
Friction loss
Acceleration
i.e.
The gravity component is due to the density of the fluid mixture at each point in the
system and is a complex function of the relative velocity of the phases present.
PROSPER makes a flash computation at each calculation step to determine the
proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip density is then calculated using the
proportions of each phase and the predicted density at each pressure and temperature
step.
Industry standard 2-phase correlations are then applied to determine the increase in
apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared to oil and
water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density corrected for
slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid velocity etc. The
need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head loss become
obvious.
Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter
and roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications, (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss coefficient.
The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant fluid
expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.
Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the User to match real data by adjusting the roughness coefficient
of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular rate, but
cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due to the
different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.
The recommended engineering approach when modelling wells and / or pipelines
response with PROSPER is to first construct a robust PVT model for the fluid. The
process consists when possible in entering laboratory PVT data and adjusting the black
oil correlation model to fit the measured data while respecting the fluid thermodynamics.
This approach consistently improve the accuracy of forward prediction.
In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.
In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
44
45
PROSPER
The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The User-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between the
seabed and wellhead.
The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference that
the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the User along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is accounted
for.
PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.
PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system. Only data relevant to a particular problem
need to be entered.
The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
46
2.1.3 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.
The example guide provide the User with tutorials covering various dexterity and
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
47
PROSPER
engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model.
All the example files related are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where Petroleum
Experts software in installed. The location of this directory depends on where the
program has been installed.
Examples Guide
2.2
File Management
This section describes the menus, options and procedures used in PROSPER to create
new files and open or save existing files. The Units system and how to define printer
settings are also outlined. The menus described in this section are the PROSPER File
menu and Units menu.
The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data directory,
as well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under Windows.
PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis output.
To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
48
Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
name.
49
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
50
2.2.2 Preferences
The Preferences screen is used to customise the program to the particular
requirements. Click Preferences from the File menu to customise PROSPER. Click on
the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the option
require. The various tabs are described below:
2.2.2.1 Main Screen
This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all data
entry (dialog) screens.
Dialog Font
This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry
screens. This may be useful to make all dialogs smaller in case of a
low-resolution screen or larger to improve readability in case of a highresolution screen. Use the Reset button to reset the dialog screen font
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
51
PROSPER
Font Height
If the font height is modified then an attempt is made to scale the font
so that all information displayed in each panel on the status screen will
be visible. This will vary depending on the relative size of the program
window to the total screen. If the font height is not modified then some
information may not be displayed as the size of the program window is
varied.
Screen Font Use this option to change the font type and size used to display
information on the status (front) screen of the program.
Label Colour Change the colour used to display labels on the status screen
Text Colour
Background Change the colour used for the background of the status screen
Box Colour
Change the colour used for the background of each panel on the status
screen
Box Shadow Change the colour used for the 3D shadow effect on the status screen
panels
Box
Highlight
Change the colour used for the 3D-highlight effect on the status screen
panels
FileName
Option
Length of
FileName
Analysis
Summary
Columns
This option changes the way the Analysis Summary is displayed in the
PROSPER main screen
For all of the above Colour options the Choose button to the right will bring up a dialog
screen to select an appropriate colour.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
52
2.2.2.2 File
Location of
Import Files
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import files
Import File
Directory
Choice
Use this option to define the directory that will be pointed every time
the file Import function is selected
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import Filter
Import Filters
Location of
Report
Output Files
Use this option to specify the default location of output files from the
reporting subsystem.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
53
PROSPER
Location of
UserCreated
Report Files
Confirm
Switches (on or off) the message that appears at the end of any
Calculations calculation function.
Switches (on or off) file compression for PROSPER files (OUT, ANL,
File
Compressio SIN, PVT). Default is off. File reading and writing is slower with
compression on, but less disk space is used by the file. The user
n
needs to decide the trade-off between speed and disk space.
File
Overwrite
2.2.2.3 Plot
Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.
Always Use Each time a plot is done default values will be used rather than the last
Plot Defaults selected values for each particular plot type
X
Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
54
Y
Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Plot Labels
Plot Scales
Plot Legend
Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of the
plot will expand to fill the whole window.
Scaling
Method
Grid
Type
Line
Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.
Mouse
Readout
Date
Title
Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Stamp
Line
Thickness
Vertical Font Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)
Horizontal
Font
Default
Colours
55
PROSPER
This tab allows to add up to four of the Users favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system the User may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the chosen
application, high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.
Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.
The description is the data that appears on the menu.
The command line is the full path name of the program to execute.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
56
Use the Browse buttons to browse for the application require. Use the Clear buttons
to initialise the appropriate application information.
2.2.2.5 Limits
The Preferences Screen is used to customise PROSPER
to your particular
requirements. Click on the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to
change the option you require.
Done
Cancel
Help
This tab allows you to specify Limiting Values for the following options.
for
RETROGRADE
57
PROSPER
Power
Step
Yes
No
Yes
TPD
files
are
documented
with
descriptions of all data. Use this option
sparingly as it increases the size of the
resultant files considerably.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
Maximum
Number
Sensitivity Values
58
2.2.2.6 Units
This tab allows to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.
If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for any
file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in the file.
Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.
The free format number set the precision for all inputs and output data to free.
59
PROSPER
2.2.2.7 Equipment
This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that will be
used in the Equipment Data.
2.2.2.8 VPC
VPC stands for Valve Performance Clearinghouse.
Done
Cancel
Click on this button to discard changes made on all tabs in the current
edit session
Help
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
60
For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.
61
PROSPER
This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software keys
must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry date
changed.
Entering the Authorisation Code
To enter the authorisation codes, click the Update button. The following screen will
appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
62
Enter the codes that have been received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to copy
the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts. Press Continue to activate the
codes or Cancel to quit the code update.
Updating the Software Protection Key
Access to the software automatically ceases when the license expiry date has elapsed.
The user is however, reminded several days in advance, which gives sufficient time to
contact Petroleum Experts to obtain update codes. This occurs when either:
The software license trial period has ended.
The annual software maintenance fee is due.
Software protection keys also need updating when one acquires new Petroleum
Experts software packages. The procedure for updating the software key is the same
as described above. When the appropriate screen appears, enter the codes provided from left to right beginning with the top row. Press OK to activate the codes, or Cancel
to quit the update. To view the expiry date for any of the enabled programs, click on the
software title.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
63
PROSPER
When receiving new codes, always update every key that belongs to the company.
Subsequent updates may fail if all previously issued codes have not been properly
entered into the key.
One can view the software key driver versions by clicking on the Versions button. The
following screen will appear.
2.2.4 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in the system.
Browse a directory, then enter the Patter (file format, for example: *.OUT to load all the
PROSPER files) and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained within
the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
64
65
PROSPER
Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS commands
(DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the Value (valid only if using DoSet)
and click Evaluate to perform the function.
In the Returned value it is possible to read the results of the operation.
The buttons Commands, Variables and Functions will access the lists of the strings of
the commands, input/output variables and functions
PROSPER Manual
In the string lists screen it is possible to search for strings by using the Search
function
January, 2010
User Guide
66
EXTENSION
Flow Correlation
.COR
67
PROSPER
Choke Correlation
.CHK
.RSM
.GDR
Viscosity Model
.VSM
Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will be
displayed.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
68
The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
set-up options.
69
PROSPER
The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:
Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export data.
Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical alignment of the
columns.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
70
Click OK to return to the output screen. Clicking Print initiates generation of the export
data and sends it to the selected destination.
Export data can be sent to the following entities:
Printer -
Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print will display a
File dialogue box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file name (the
program automatically appends a ".PRN" extension) and click OK to save the file.
The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format that can be imported
into a DOS based word processor or text editor. Use the Tab Delimited format to
save a file suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the data onto the
Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, can view, edit and paste the data directly
into another Windows application. E.g. a word processing program. Tab delimited
data can be pasted directly into spreadsheets.
Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view the report on the
Screen screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling thumbs or arrows. When finished
viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
71
PROSPER
All
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.
Calculate Performs the various calculations on the input parameters for the
correlations selected.
Cancel
Continues to the next input screen. Any changes to the fields will be saved
Continue and retained in memory for later calculations. A warning message will be
displayed when fields requiring input data are left blank.
Copy
To copy existing data points, select the line entries to duplicate and click
on Copy. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Copy again.
Subsequent line entries will be not be overwritten by this operation.
Correlati
Displays
o
the results of any matching performed under the VLP/IPR Match
option.
n
s
Delete
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It allows to delete individual or several data
points.
To delete, select the line entries to erase and click on Delete. If one
wishes to delete all
existing line entries, click All and then Delete. The program will clear the
input screen.
Done
Edit
This command button is used in the main Equipment screen. One or more
items can be modified at a time. When used with 'All', all items will be
selected for editing.
Export
Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on the
active window.
Help
Provides on screen help for PROSPER. For general information, press the
'ALT' and 'H' keys together in the Main menu, or the Index button under any
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
72
help screen. Specific help screens are also available for each window.
Import
Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any text
file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be input.
Insert
This allows to add one or several data points providing there are sufficient
entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry and click on I
nsert. The program will move existing line entries down to accommodate
the inserted line(s).
Main
Match
Move
Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click on
Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).
Plot
Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies of
the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
button on the Plot screen.
Recall
Allows to recall an existing PVTP file. The User will be prompted for the
directory and name of the file.
Report
Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report is
generated from a system report template.
Reset
Save
Saves a current PVTP file. If this is a new data file, the User will be
prompted for a file name.
Clipboard
Sends black and white or colour copies of the screen plot to the
Windows Clipboard where it may be retrieved by a word processing
program for inclusion in reports.
Colours
Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales, grids,
etc.
Finish
Hardcopy
Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot. It
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
73
PROSPER
2.3
Labels
Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.
Replot
Scales
Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y
plot axes.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
74
The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options.
Each is described below.
2.3.1.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save or
create new data files.
It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups options
and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs via
PROSPER is also provided.
2.3.1.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.
Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as - prediction
method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique to the current
file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled. These options also
determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that are displayed.
2.3.1.3 PVT
Use the PVT menu to define well fluid properties and select fluid property correlations.
PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a nonlinear regression technique. Alternatively, detailed PVT data may be entered in tables.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
75
PROSPER
2.3.1.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's downhole and surface equipment as well
as the reservoir inflow performance.
When applicable, Gas Lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and other artificial lift methods equipment
data are entered in this menu.
2.3.1.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops in
well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.
2.3.1.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides with the relevant calculation options. Calculations to
determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the wellbore, perform
sensitivity analyses, make gradient comparisons and generate lift curve tables are
available in this menu.
2.3.1.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well as
gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing and
diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases that
hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps (NEW!!!)
equipment characteristics is via the Design menu also.
2.3.1.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data. Report
templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data used can be
input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in various file formats
(RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer. Export data can be
viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a printer or saved in a file.
Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a Windows metafile. Selected
plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can be retrieved by other Windowsbased programs.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
76
2.3.1.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and Run
wizards that allow the User to build and run models step-by-step guided fashion.
2.3.1.10Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing to customise the internal units system.
2.3.1.11Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The User can get help on specific tasks, fields or
commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.
77
PROSPER
The entry screen is divided in two main sections - System options and User
information.
Under the System options section, define the well characteristics such as fluid type, well
completion, lift method, etc. These selections determine information that will be
required to enter later. The lower section of the screen comprises the header
information and comments that identify the well and will appear on the report and screen
plot titles.
Option Selection
To select an option, click on the arrow to the right of the required field. The list of
available choices will be displayed.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
78
2.3.2.1.2 Method
Black Oil
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. Five correlations are
available for oil producers. For gas condensate systems an internally
developed model is used. These correlations can be adjusted to match
measured data using non-linear regression.
Equation of State
Reservoir fluid is modelled by pseudo components having user-specified
properties. The two equation of state models Peng-Robinson and SoaveRedlich-Kwong are available in PROSPER to predict PVT properties.
User EoS DLLs can also be linked into PROSPER.
Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)
79
PROSPER
2.3.2.1.4 Separator
Single Stage
This option is available for black oil option for following fluids:
Oil and water
Dry and Wet Gas
Two Stage
This option is available for Black oil model in case of Oil and Water fluid type only.
Separator and tank properties are entered and recombined by PROSPER.
Multi-Stage
This option is available for:
- Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model
- Equation of State Method
Up to 10 stages of separation can be modelled for compositional applications.
2.3.2.1.5 Emulsions
No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction
Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of Emulsion
viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be selected to turn on pump
viscosity corrections.
2.3.2.1.6 Hydrates
Disable Warning or Enable Warning
Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of hydrates formation in calculation
screens. To use this feature, go to the PVT section and enter or import the
hydrates formation table.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
80
81
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
82
2.3.2.3.2 Type
If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
No Friction Loss In Annulus
It is the classic approach for the annulus gas gradient. The pressure drop
due to friction in the annulus is ignored and the gas gradient is determined by
the top casing pressure and the temperature profile.
Friction Loss In Annulus
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is taken into account, but the
top casing pressure is assumed constant. If this option is selected the tubing
equipment screens will automatically change and require tubing OD and
casing ID data to be entered.
Safety Equipment
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift injection string and safety valves in
the annulus are taken into account. Top casing pressures will change with
injection rate.
If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types
are available.
Commingled Annular Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the annulus and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the tubing.
Commingled Tubing Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the tubing and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the annulus.
Closed Loop Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the outer annulus and returns to
surface via the inner annulus. The reservoir fluid is produced through the
tubing. There is no commingling of produced and power fluids.
If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
Sucker Rod Drive
The program will assume to have a surface drive head from which require
rods in order to move the rotor across the pump.
Downhole motor drive
The program assumes to have a downhole motor instead of surface drive
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
83
PROSPER
motor.
If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
No Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are neglected.
Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are accounted for.
If Diluent Injection is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through the
annulus
Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through the
tubing
If Jet Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through the
annulus
Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through the
tubing
If Multiphase Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Framo Pumps
January, 2010
User Guide
84
This option will calculate both pressure and temperature profiles using the
method specified in Temperature Model.
2.3.2.4.2 Model
Three models for temperature calculations are available:
Rough Approximation
Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using an overall
heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference between the fluids
and the surrounding formation and the average heat capacity of the well
fluids. The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation
temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A
minimum of the surface and first node temperatures are required.
Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static temperatures,
and should not be confused with the entry of measured flowing
temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.
The Rough Approximation temperature model requires calibration using
measured temperature data. It is not accurate in a predictive mode.
Enthalpy Balance
This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat transfer
coefficients are calculated using values held in a user-definable database.
The temperature prediction calculations are transient, allowing
sensitivities against flowing time to be run. This temperature model
requires considerably more input data and computation time for either
Predicting Pressure Only or the Rough Approximation temperature model.
The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore the heat
loss prediction between the seabed and wellhead will be accurate. Due
to increased computation times, we recommend that this option be used
only when temperature prediction rather than pressure loss is the required
result (for e.g. process calculations and material selection).
The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is capable of accurate flowing
temperature prediction for a wide range of conditions.
The temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles
in:
long pipelines
subsea wells
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
85
PROSPER
2.3.2.4.3 Calculation
Full System
Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir
Pipeline Only
Calculations for pipelines only
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
86
2.3.2.4.4 Output
Show calculating Data
During a calculation it displays the calculated values
Hide calculating Data
Select Hide to speed up calculations by not updating calculation screen displays.
This will automatically be set to Hide when run from GAP
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Slotted liners
2.3.2.7 Reservoir
2.3.2.7.1 Type
Single Branch
This option allows to model single branch IPRs. The IPR screen comes with
various standard inflow models from which the user selects one.
Multilateral Well
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
87
PROSPER
Enables the Multilateral IPR model. For the multi-lateral selection, the IPR screen
requires detailed drawing of the downhole completion.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
88
Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in the
gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
- vendors,
- Gun OD
- Gun types
- Minimum restriction and
- Tolerance.
The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Schlumberger (SLB)
89
PROSPER
Dynawell (DYNA)
GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognizes as valid in this
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1
data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations
(based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a
reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole
conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
90
reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a
stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed
rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT Vendor
Database under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API RP
19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
__
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, Recommended Practice for the Evaluation
of Well Perforators, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with API for
review at the time of writing.
The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the user
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
91
PROSPER
can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description of the
down hole equipment.
The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.
The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From the
down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the database
and use it directly for the description of the well bore.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
92
The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe Size, Steel schedule number,
wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.
The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From
the surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the
database and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.
2.4
2.4.1 Introduction
To predict pressure and temperature changes from the reservoir, along the well bore
and flow line tubular, it is necessary to accurately predict fluid properties as a function of
pressure and temperature. The User must enter data that fully describes the fluid
properties or enables the program to calculate them. There are four possible
approaches:
- Correlations: Where only basic PVT data is available, the program uses traditional
black oil correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky etc. A unique black oil model is
available for condensates and details of this can be found later in this guide as well as
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
93
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
94
screen.
At this point it is possible to Calculate PVT properties using a correlation
and Plot the calculated and match data to see how closely the non-optimised
correlation fits.
Select Regression, then Match All. A non-linear regression will be
performed to best fit each correlation to the measured lab data. Once the
calculation is finished, select Parameters and identify the correlation that
best fits the measured data. This correlation should then be selected and this
modified correlation will be used in all further calculations of fluid property
data. The fit parameters are the multiplier and shift applied to the correlation
in order to fit the lab data. If the correlation were a perfect fit to the match
data, Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0 and Parameter 2 would be zero.
In order to see how well the tuned correlations fit the data, on the regression
screen there is plot utility, which will plot the variable values from the matched
correlations, and the data entered simultaneously, to allow the User to see
how good the fit is. Select Plot to display both the calculated and measured
PVT data. Select the Variables option on the plot menu bar to choose the
fluid property data to display.
95
PROSPER
Enter the required data in the fields provided. Movement from one box to another can
be done using the TAB key. Next, select a Pb, Rs and Bo correlation and a viscosity
correlation to use then click OK.
Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas production. For
gas production in wells producing injection or gas cap gas the solution GOR
should still be entered. The balance of free gas production is accounted for
elsewhere.
Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition.
CO2 Injection
When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid, the viscosity
correlation used by default for gas viscosity calculations is the Lee
correlation.
For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix E).
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
96
2.4.2.2 Tables
In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to fifty separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data screen. This
option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a range of
temperatures.
Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can read in tables of Black Oil PVT
properties. To do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and PROSPER will
prompt for the name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data. Petroleum Experts
PVT Package PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black Oil PVT tables. An
example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix D.
Alternatively, data can be passed directly from Excel on a table-only basis using the
Clip button. The Clip button will paste the copied data from Excel into the selected PVT
table.
PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete i.e., one table containing only a single row of values will result in
interpolation errors.
Information on how to import the data from a ASCII File can be found in Appendix F 1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
97
PROSPER
Since gas evolution in the tubing is a constant composition process, Flash data, not
differential liberation data should be used for matching. For each match data table,
enter the temperature and bubble point, then enter pressure versus gas oil ratio, oil FVF
and oil viscosity. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field blank. Use
the GOR and FVF at bubble point plus the viscosity if available. Enter only the minimum
number of points to ensure a good match.
Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
98
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.
Clip
This option allows to import and export data from/to the Clipboard or export the tables to
Printer, Screen, etc.
2.4.2.4 Regression
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the correlations
to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression matching
technique can be used on up to five PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match variables:
Pb
Bubble point pressure.
GOR
Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF
Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the
PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by
matching on the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble point
can be difficult to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that, where
possible, it is used as a match parameter. The minimum data required to perform a
regression match is the bubble point and GOR.
The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below the bubble
point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the regression may not
achieve good results. When matching the oil FVF, always enter data at the
bubble point. Do not enter many match points only use the minimum number
to define the shape of the correlation curves. In most cases, only data at the
bubble point is required.
99
PROSPER
2.4.2.4.1 Match
From the Regression screen, individual correlations can be matched to selected
measured PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations
Selecting the fluid properties to match to
Clicking Match
All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in one keystroke by
selecting the Match All command button.
2.4.2.4.1.2 Parameters
Having performed the matching process, the match parameters are displayed by
clicking the Parameters button. The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier
- Parameter 1, and a shift - Parameter 2 to the correlations. The standard deviation is
also displayed, which represents the overall closeness of fit. The lower the standard
deviation, the better the fit. The best overall model is the one that has Parameter 1
closest to unity.
The Parameters button displays the PVT correlations parameters screen. This shows
the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched correlation. Use
these statistics to select the best correlation for the data set and conditions pertaining to
the application. A plot should be made (refer calculation and plot sections) and a visual
check of the fit quality performed before making the final correlation selection. The
match parameters can be reset i.e. returned to the un-matched state by selecting the
reset option. The following is an example of a correlation parameters screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
100
The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.
In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that no
discontinuities occur.
2.4.2.5 Correlations
This options displays the match parameters and standard deviations for each matched
correlation. See the Match section for a more detailed explanation.
101
PROSPER
2.4.2.6 Calculate
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate the
values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the calculated
data points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can be generated.
The following is an example of the PVT Calculations screen. If the correlations have
been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the modified
correlations.
The calculation procedure is optional and used only to generate fluid property
data for display and quality control purposes. During the computation of a
pressure traverse, PROSPER calculates fluid properties at each pressure and
temperature step or node as required by the application.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
102
The PVT section can be used as a convenient calculator by entering User selected data
points, then entering specific temperatures and pressures to calculate fluid properties.
103
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
104
Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until satisfactory results
have been obtained.
For multi-well projects, set up matched PVT models for each producing area
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
105
PROSPER
first. This will save time and reduce the potential for error by recalling the
relevant PVT data into each well file.
2.4.2.9 Composition
In the PVT Input Data screen, click the Composition button, and PROSPER will use the
PVT properties (Oil Gravity, GOR) to estimate the composition of the reservoir fluid.
The estimated composition is used internally by PROSPER to calculate thermodynamic
properties needed in the choke and enthalpy balance temperature models. The
following is an example of an estimated Black Oil composition:
Click BI Coefficients and PROSPER will display the Binary Interaction coefficients to be
used in an EOS description of the fluid. An example BI Coefficients display is shown
below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
106
2.4.2.10Emulsions
If Options | Emulsions is selected PROSPER allows selection of the emulsion
occurrence in the system from the PVT input dialogue. This tells PROSPER where the
viscosity corrections will take place during calculation
The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.
Water cut can be entered at this point that will then be used to calculate the emulsion
viscosity in the PVT calculation section.
2.4.2.10.1 Emulsions
PROSPER can model the effect of Oil/Water emulsions on mixture viscosity for Black Oil
PVT systems. The behaviour of emulsions in producing well equipment is not well
understood. Emulsion PVT in PROSPER provides a means to assess possible effects
of increased emulsion viscosity by curve fitting experimentally determined data. It must
be emphasised that the method is empirical and does not represent any rigorous model
of emulsion behaviour.
In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples discovered in surface separation equipment do not
necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well. Field experience shows that
the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests. Emulsion PVT
should be used with caution and only when it is certain that emulsions are present and it
is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated pressures.
107
PROSPER
To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the Emulsion option must first be selected on the
Options screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture viscosity for selected
elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical emulsion viscosity data
can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression. The fitted curve is used to
optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR, VLP and pump calculations.
When selected, emulsion viscosity for the User-entered value of water cut will be
substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.
Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
No viscosity corrections
Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections
Everywhere
Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if present
Tubing and Pipe
Emulsion viscosity for casing, tubing and pump if present
Pump only
Emulsion viscosity for pump only
Pump and Above
Emulsion viscosity in pump and tubing above pump
Tubing + Pipe (not pump)
Emulsion viscosity in tubing and pipe only
The selection of system elements affected by emulsion can be changed at a later time
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
108
Experimental Parameters
Match Parameters
Results of regression
The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in Experimental Parameters. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.
109
PROSPER
When the regression has stopped, click Plot to display the matched mixture viscosity:
Match data is plotted as crosses, whereas the calculated viscosity is shown as a solid
line.
When Emulsions Everywhere have been selected, the calculated Oil Viscosity in the
PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity for the value of Water Cut
entered.
2.4.2.11Non-Newtonian Fluid
PROSPER can model the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.
The implementation of the model is based on drilling fluid models developed by
TotalFinaElf.
A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
110
To enter the required non-Newtonian fluid viscosity data, select Rheological Parameters
from the PVT Input Data screen:
111
PROSPER
where:
= Shear Stress
0 = Yield Stress
K = Consistency Index
= Shear Rate
n = Shear Thinning Index
For further details about how the viscosity model is used to determine the apparent
viscosity, please refer to the Help on-line of PROSPER.
2.4.2.12Power Fluid Data
If one of the following Artificial Lift Methods have been selected: HSP (Hydraulic
Submersible Pump), Diluent Injection or Jet Pump, then additional details of the power
fluid must be supplied to estimate the fluid properties.
There are two choices for power fluid type:
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
112
Other Fluid
If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power fluid.
The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT model.
If Other Fluid is selected, then tables of fluid properties need to be entered that
PROSPER will use for interpolation. The program will never extrapolate so please ensure
that the table data covers the expected ranges of pressures and temperatures. Click the
Properties button and the following screen will be displayed.
Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the tables
span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
The Generate feature allows to automatically calculate the tables using the
PVT model in the main screen.
If a PVT model is available for the power fluid, the suggestion is the following:
1. Enter in the PVT main screen the fluid black oil properties
2. Use Generate to create the tables modelling the power fluid
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
113
PROSPER
3. Enter in the main screen the black oil parameters for the produced fluid
January, 2010
User Guide
114
Up to one hundred data points may be entered. Please ensure that the table spans
within the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
115
PROSPER
The bottom-right part of the screen will only appear when the option Calculate
Condensate Water Vapour is selected in the Options | Water Viscosity section. If
this option is selected, the effects of condensation of water vapour on the pressure drop
calculation in the tubing / pipeline will be taken into account.
This model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production is included in the gas
stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single-phase gas plus free water if
present. The Separator Pressure is used to estimate the GE (Gas Equivalent Rate).
The separator temperature is assumed to be the same as the top node temperature. If
there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing, a retrograde condensate
model should be used.
The Separator Pressure is used to calculate
The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that models the effect of
liquid dropout in the tubing. This overrides the Dry and Wet gas PVT.
Please refer to the PVT Matching Data section. Matching operations are
carried out as for oil PVT.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
116
If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can be no liquid
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
117
PROSPER
production. When the dew point is unknown, set it to the reservoir pressure.
PROSPER handles conflicting input data by dropping the separator pressure to
atmospheric, and increasing the separator gas gravity as required accounting
for the liquid production indicated by the Separator GOR. The mass balance
is respected at all times.
The black oil condensate model must not be matched as previously done for
oils. This is because the black oil model for condensate in PROSPER uses a
mathematical model and matching could throw the model out of bounds.
2.4.4.2 Calculations
Fluid property data can be calculated for a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. If the correlations have been matched, then the matched correlations will be
used for the calculations. Plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can
be generated.
2.4.5 Export
NEW!!!
The Export button enables the user to export input data, correlation parameters, Match
Data, Tables and Calculation results from the PVT main section.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
118
where b represents the hard-sphere volume of the molecules and a the intermolecular
attraction.
119
PROSPER
The two cubic Equations of State which are available in PROSPER are:
1) Peng-Robinson (PR)EoS:
and,
2) Soave-Redlich-Kwong(SRK)EoS:
All cubic Equations of State can be rewritten as a function of the compressibility factor Z
e.g. the Peng Robinson equation becomes:
and
The PVT calculation method is identical for all reservoir fluid types i.e., oil and water,
condensate or gas.
The choice of fluid type affects the choice of IPR and VLP models as well as the range
of available sensitivity variables.
A Note about using the EOS option
PROSPER can handle pressure drop calculations using EOS PVT in two distinct ways:
PROSPER Manual
It can calculate fluid properties at each calculation step from the EOS explicitly.
This option eliminates any potential interpolation errors, as the EOS is used to
calculate fluid properties at the exact node pressure and temperature. The
January, 2010
User Guide
120
If PVT tables have been generated using the EoS, selecting the Interpolated from
Generated Tables option instructs PROSPER to look up and interpolate the
tables. The tables must be calculated over a sufficient number of points that
cover the entire range of pressures and temperatures to reduce interpolation
errors. For problems that require it, the Use Tables option allows an EOS fluid
description to be used without significantly increasing computation times.
PROSPER will determine whether the reservoir fluid is an oil or a gas
condensate within the EOS PVT calculations. Since the VLP correlations are
approached differently depending on whether a gas or oil is being produced,
when running calculations, if the fluid type recognised during the calculations is
different to the fluid type specified in the main program Options screen, the
program will display a warning message
121
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
122
Optimisation Mode
Over the past few years, our PVT experts have been working on ways to speed up the
calculation of properties from an EOS model. Speed is one of the main issues with fully
compositional models and the options in this field will define the speed of calculations.
The objective of this option is to speed up the calculations without penalising the
accuracy the results. The Medium mode is the fastest (up to 80 times)
Volume Shift
Option to enable/disable the use of Volume Shift in the EoS.
Path to Surface
This Option specifies the path the fluid follows down to standard condition.
This is essential when calculating volumetric properties like FVF or GOR, which are
path dependent. The amount of gas and liquid resulting from the calculations will be
different depending on the path the fluid will take to standard conditions. These are the
available options:
Use K values
The Use K Values option is an addition to the compositional modelling that
allows modelling the process based on K-values (equilibrium ratios). This can
allow process calculations from systems more complex than separation to be
represented as Pseudo separators and can be obtained from process
simulators.
To import the K values select Import KValues:
123
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
124
These options should reflect the EOS available for the fluid (from PVTP
for example) and the process (path) the fluid follows to standard
conditions (which will affect the volumes and quality of the resulting
fluid)
125
PROSPER
The EOS fluid model is activated via the Options Summary screen where the various
EOS options can be selected. The Options can also be changed from the EoS main
screen by selecting Change.
This screen requires input of pseudo component concentrations and properties (critical
temperature, pressure and volume, acentric factor, molecular weight and specific
gravity). Up to 30 pseudo components can be entered. Entry of Critical Volume,
Volume Shift, Boiling Point Temperature and Parachor are optional.
Use of regressed critical volume data will improve the quality of calculated liquid
viscosities. Where critical volume data is unavailable, PROSPER uses a correlation to
estimate the values. The Parachor is used for surface tension calculation. Binary
interaction components are entered on a screen similar to that shown below by clicking
on the BI coeffs button from the EOS input screen.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
126
After entering the interaction coefficients, click OK to return to the input screen. Then
click Generate to display a screen requesting the range of pressures and temperatures
and the number of pressure and temperature steps to calculate.
127
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
128
Properties
Click the Properties button and the program will determine the equivalent black oil
properties by flashing the fluid to atmospheric (i.e. standard) conditions using the
129
PROSPER
Production rates entered in PROSPER when using EOS PVT assume the
produced fluid is flashed through the user-entered separator train.
The Gray VLP correlations internal PVT will override the EOS PVT.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
130
131
PROSPER
The EOS input screen allows pseudo component data to be imported directly from data
files such as those generated by Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp or other
programs. Simply click Import and select the appropriate file from the dialogue box.
Once fluid properties have been generated, they can be saved in a .PVT file by clicking
the Save button and entering a file name when prompted.
Calculate Hydrate...Wax
This utility allows to calculate the Hydrate formation curve, along with the wax occurrence
temperature.
The Hydrate formation curve and wax formation temperature plot will be displayed along
with the phase envelope.
2.4.6.3.3 Target GOR
This feature allows to calculate the recombined fluid composition characterised by a
GOR different to the Original Composition GOR:
Enter the new GOR in the Target GOR field and then Calculate, and the program will use
the Target GOR method defined in the main EoS options in order to determine the new
composition.
The Calculated composition is reported in the Calculated column.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
2.5
132
Depths in PROSPER for downhole and surface equipment are referenced to zero
on the deviation survey screen. Calculated pressures are then referenced to the
Xmas tree (if no surface equipment has been entered) or Manifold (if surface
equipment has been entered). Therefore, when PROSPER well models are
combined in a field-wide system model, the depth references that were used in
the individual PROSPER models are not important. In the field model, however,
the depth of each well's Top Node must be known with respect to a common
reference.
For subsea systems, any depth reference (e.g. sea level, drill floor, ground level)
can be used. If ground level is used, then a tied back well would have a negative
wellhead elevation. To minimise the potential for errors in correcting the depths, it
is recommended to use the same reference as used for the deviation survey data.
133
PROSPER
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence.
If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display a
summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen to Yes.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
134
There is a Measured Depth to True Vertical Depth (and the reverse is true) at the
bottom.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
135
PROSPER
If the user wishes to find the TVD at a given MD, just enter the MD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate. If the User wishes to find the MD at a given
TVD, just enter the TVD value in the relevant space and select Calculate
Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar to
the one below will be displayed:
The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the
Deviation Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated to determine
the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD data must be at
least as deep as the bottomhole tubing depth; PROSPER will not calculate
beyond the last depth in the table.
Deviation Survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for the
surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node. The
deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due to this
reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above the wellhead.
For a sub-sea well (with or without pipeline), if the reference depth is selected in
such a way that it is above the wellhead (at the mean sea level for instance), we
can actually assume an imaginary vertical path in the deviation survey table down
to the wellhead. We do not need to include the pipeline measured depth in the
deviation survey. The deviation survey describes the deviation of the downhole
equipment only.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
136
Horizontal wells with deviation angles greater than 90 degrees from vertical can
be entered. PROSPER will issue a warning that the TVD of one node is less than
the previous one, but well profile plots and calculations will proceed as normal.
For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the heel of the
well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of the inflow
description.
2.5.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 18 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 18) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).
137
PROSPER
In the Raw Data table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.
It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row (click on the number
1) and Paste from the Clipboard
These are the function buttons:
Calculate Angle
Reset
Filter
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
Transfer
screen
138
entered on the left. Check the fitting by hitting on Plot. If this is not
ok, change some parameters (like for example the
angle step)
Transfers the calculated points to the main Deviation Survey
When selecting Filter, the program will fit up to 18 points in order to reproduce the well
trajectory previously imported:
The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered trajectory
(in red) is plotted along with the fitted points (in green):
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
139
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
140
Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account for
the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given system:
141
PROSPER
PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production manifold
and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is regarded by
PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow rate. If systems
analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering system pressure
losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.
The surface equipment model can be described using the following 2 elements:
Pipe
Choke
The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to the
manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the reference
depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe segment.
The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate gravity
head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered determine
the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream node must also
be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow
line. The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
142
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered, enabling the
user to model very long pipelines.
PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts method and is more robust in extreme conditions.
Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the
difference in TVD between its ends.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
143
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
144
The Downhole Equipment screen will change automatically depending on the options
selected in the Options menu screen. For example, if Annular Flow has been selected,
the tubing screen will require Casing I.D. and Tubing O.D. to be entered.
The tubing string can be modelled using the following element types:
Tubing
SSSV
Restriction
Casing
PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first downhole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering the
bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor.
Casing is treated the same as tubing for pressure drop calculations. Downhole
equipment details should be entered down to the producing interval being analysed.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
145
PROSPER
The deepest depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should be
consistent.
Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile (as measured by
a production logging tool) depends on layer productivity etc. The uppermost
producing perforation is the deepest point in the well passing 100% of the
production. Below this point, the calculated frictional pressure gradient may
be over-estimated in high rate wells having small I.D. completions.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and select the equipment from the drop-down
list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records
that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For
complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the major elements that
dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
2.5.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the well. If no bottom
hole flowing pressure survey data is available, the static reservoir temperature at the
mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature can be used. A
minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
146
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.
PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data for depths within the
table limits, and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate potential
errors, ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node depth. It is
recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth, deviation survey
depth and intake node depths are all consistent.
147
PROSPER
In the Surface Equipment section this is achieved by selecting the Equipment button:
2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)
3. Select the equipment to use from the database
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
148
149
PROSPER
For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
150
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the S
ummary command button will display a schematic summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item. Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or
exclude it temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment
choice box at the bottom of the screen.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
151
PROSPER
The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production
tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced
and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of
the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
January, 2010
User Guide
152
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a convenient
way to determine average heat transfer coefficients. The heat transfer area is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.1.5 Average Heat Capacities
To edit Average Heat Capacities, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
153
PROSPER
Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.
The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil wells.
However, actual Cp values for oil and gas may vary significantly. Do not rely on
the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy Balance
method where accurate temperature prediction are achieved.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
154
155
PROSPER
To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise
the following equipment types:
Line pipe
Coated pipeline
Flexible tubes
User selected
Choke
To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter. The choke
calculation handles both sub-critical and critical flow. The program will calculate the
temperature drop across the choke. Descriptive labels for each element can be
entered in the Label field if desired. Labels appear on reports and calculation screens.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the upstream end of
the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the Xmas Tree) coordinate pairs. Refer to Section 6.1.2 above for more details.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several wells
being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The fluid
velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional
pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1. As an
example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells could be
modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines having identical
dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe and a
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
156
pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the
pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered, enabling the
user to model very long pipelines.
Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled. To define the pipe
insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:
Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations can
be entered for each section of the flowline as required. The calculated composite
thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter. Pipes can be laid on the
surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below shows the burial depth
geometry.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
157
PROSPER
The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D. of
the insulated pipe.
Ensure that the flowline pipe geometry is consistent with the pipe burial depth.
If necessary, insert another node and change the burial depth for e.g. the
riser.
The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken from the Thermal
Properties database for the shallowest rock type entered in the Litho logy
screen. In previous PROSPER releases, the soil conductivity was fixed at 3.5
W/m/K.
The thermal properties database for downhole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are correctly modelled. The following is an example of
a downhole equipment data input screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
158
For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material type
are entered under Drilling and Completion, so the downhole equipment description is
required only for the tubing string.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from the
drop-down list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data
records that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records
can be simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For
complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the major elements that
dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
159
PROSPER
in the Temperature Data screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just like
in the Geothermal Gradient section for Rough Approximation), and the temperature
profile in the sea, along with the sea velocity.
If the surface equipment is exposed to air, the data concerning to the air temperature,
humidity and velocity will be accounted for the temperature calculation
January, 2010
User Guide
160
The screen below shows an offshore well with a 30" OD riser run to a seabed depth of
400 ft. The well also has a 7" OD liner run to 14000 ft with the liner top set at 11000 ft.
The completion fluid Liquid and Gas properties can have a significant effect on the heat
loss through the annulus. If pressure is maintained on the annulus, the mud weight used
should be modified to reflect the actual annulus pressure at the packer depth. If the well
is being gas lifted, the program assumes that the annulus is full of gas down to the
injection point.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.
For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from the
main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be
entered via look-up table data. The figure below shows the data required when
selecting the Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and
completions section.
161
PROSPER
Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that
the table will span the expected range of pressure- temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. Use the Import button to
import data from a wide variety of sources.
2.5.2.2.6 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types including
Sandstone, Shale, Limestone, Dolomite, Halite and others. The thermal properties
database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology data is available
it should be entered in the screen as shown below. If no data is available, use shale
from surface to total depth.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
162
The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production reference
depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the reservoir and
surface environment temperatures.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.
Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the shallowest
formation type entered in the Lithology screen.
2.5.2.2.7 Databases
This optional feature is used to access the thermal properties databases for editing or
addition of user-defined materials. Select Databases and click Edit and the following
selection screen will be displayed:
163
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
164
Check that the units are correct prior to entering the thermal properties.
Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file when
the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined entries for use
in other projects click the Save button to keep them in the database. The Reset button
is used to return all entries to their default values.
165
PROSPER
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all the
relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the S
ummary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To go back
and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the Equipment Data screen.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
166
The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not be
confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production tubing,
annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced
to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.3.3 Downhole Equipment
The Downhole Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.5.2.3.4 Temperature Data
PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer
coefficient to be entered on this screen:
167
PROSPER
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The Enthalpy
Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
168
coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.6
Oil &
Water
Dry &
Wet Gas
Retrograde
Condensate
Back Pressure
C and n
Composite
Darcy
Dual Porosity
External Entry
Fetkovich
Forchheimer
Hydraulically fractured
Jones
Multi-lateral
Multi-layer
Multi-layer - dP Loss
Multi-rate C and n
Multi-rate Fetkovich
Multi-rate Jones
169
PROSPER
Petroleum Experts
P.I. Entry
SkinAide
Transient
Vogel
SPOT
January, 2010
User Guide
170
Done
This button exits the screen after saving and validating all the data
pertaining to the chosen models. If the data are not valid an option of
remaining in the IPR edit screen and reviewing the validation errors that are
listed in a validation error dialog is provided. This also occurs after the
validation in the Calculate, Transfer Data and Save Results button
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
171
PROSPER
commands. If the IPR section is exited with invalid data left in the input then
all calculation options using IPR data and models are disabled.
Cancel
This exits the screen and restores the data to its state at the start of the
main edit session
Validate Checks the data on the current child screen for validity. If the data are not
valid, the validation dialog will appear with diagnostic messages
Reset
This replaces the data of the current child screen with the data that was
current when the screen was entered
Help
This displays information relevant to the current child screen
Calculate Saves and validates all the data pertaining to the chosen models (e.g.
Darcy reservoir model and Enter Skin By Hand) then runs the correct
calculation routine if the data are valid. On successful completion of the
calculation the results are automatically plotted
Plot
Will produce a plot screen appropriate to the current reservoir model (for
example, a Darcy plot) and plot the data from the last Calculate command
Report
Enters the PROSPER Reporting System. The report produced will depend
on the current model choices
Export
Can export current data (input and results) to the printer, a file, the clipboard
or the screen
Test Data Allows to enter the test data (rate vs Bottom Hole Pressure, a date stamp
and a comment) that will be then displayed in the IPR plot
Sensitivity Allows to perform sensitivities on the various parameters affecting the IPR
Transfer
Data
Save
Results
GAP
PROSPER Manual
Saves and validates all the current data before opening a standard File
Save As dialog that provides an opportunity to save the data to file in
MBAL input format (.MIP).
If PROSPER has been opened from a session in GAP then the data are
posted to GAP instead. The transfer button does not prompt for creation of
a .MIP file.
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. On a
successful validation options to either over-write the current file or to save
the PROSPER file using File Save As options are provided
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. It shuts down
the IPR screen and minimises PROSPER, thus bringing GAP to the forefront
Note that the Save and Validate sequence carried out by several of the
action button commands does not actually save to file but transfers data
from the context of the IPR data screen to the PROSPER data structure in
memory. Hence, files should regularly be saved to avoid losing work due to
power failures or crashes.
January, 2010
User Guide
172
Reservoir input
The User also specifies the pressure, temperature, producing GOR and water cut
at this screen.
Relative permeability.
This option can be set to Yes or No in case of oils. If set to Yes, the User has the
option of defining a set of relative permeability curves, which will be used to
change productivity of the system with changing water cut.
The gravel pack selection and the type of completion (cased or open hole) are
chosen from the main Options screen (in the PROSPER main menu) but some
reservoir models have internal gravel pack data entries instead.
In case gas coning option has been selected in main options, for oils the
coning button is displayed to allow the activation of a dialog screen in which
parameters for the calculation of rate-dependent GOR's can be entered
If the fluid is a gas or a condensate the format of the screen is very similar; only the
reservoir and other model input selections vary for example, in gas systems, we have
CGR and WGR instead of GOR and WC.
The choice of reservoir models governs which subsidiary models (principally skin) are
enabled. Thus, horizontal well models do not require a deviation skin data entry and
some of the more complex reservoir models (e.g. multi-layer with dP friction loss)
contain their own skin and gravel pack models.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
173
PROSPER
Reservoir Model
Mech/Geom Skin
Dev/PP Skin
Gravel Pack
Relative Perm
Viscosity
The tabs are coloured according to the validity of the data on the
corresponding dialogs.
PROSPER Manual
If the tab is green, then the data are valid for the current system set-up.
January, 2010
User Guide
174
If the tab is grey, then this tab is not applicable to the current reservoir
model (or model selection) and so is inaccessible.
The various screens, accessible by the bottom tabs comprise the dialog
screens, where the input parameters for the selection are entered. Laid in the
area below the Section and Action buttons. in case of the model selection
screen it is mainly occupied with ways of choosing models, namely three list
boxes, a drop-down list box and a push button.
For example figure above a Darcy reservoir model dialog encapsulated in the data
input screen contained in the main entry screen.
The Reservoir Model tab is marked invalid (due to the unlikely reservoir
thickness of 1 feet).
The Dev/PP Skin tab and relative permeability tabs are marked disabled. In this
case it is because the Enter Skin By Hand option is selected which is assumed
to contain the deviation and partial penetration information. In the latter case
relative permeability is simply not selected (see figure above, showing the model
selection screen).
On each of the IPR Input screens there is a validate button. Pressing this
button invokes a checking routine which flags for the any invalid entries.
175
PROSPER
blocks of the table, using mouse drag operations and the buttons provided on
the screen.
As the data in a table are typically interdependent some
consistency validation checks are carried out in addition to the range
validation.
There are twenty inflow options, including the multi-lateral method described
in Section 7.8, are available.
The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered
for all inflow performance models, except for multi-rate models.
From the Multi-rate models the average reservoir pressure can be back
calculated.
If test data is available it can be entered and plotted against the calculated
inflow.
Well skin can be either directly entered or calculated using the Locke,
Macleod or Karakas and Tariq methods for a mechanical/geometrical skin,
and the Cinco/Martin-Bronz or Wong-Clifford methods for a deviation/partial
penetration skin.
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities
(from PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The
calculated IPR can be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR
pressures for any rate and water cut. Relative permeability can be applied to
all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
Frictional pressure losses between multiple producing zones are accounted
for in the Horizontal Well - friction dP and Multi layer - friction dP. A network
algorithm determines the production from each zone while accounting for
flowing pressure losses to find the total well production.
These models can be combined with gravel pack and relative permeability
models if the option is enabled (the former in the Options screen from the
PROSPER main menu and the latter from the IPR main data entry screen).
Once a specific model is chosen and data entered for it, after which an IPR can be
calculated using the Calculate button. The following sections list various inflow models
that are available for oil wells.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
176
Q = J ( Pr - Pb )
Where J is the Productivity Index, expressed as STB/(day psi).
2.6.2.2 Vogel
The program uses the straight-line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel empirical solution below the bubble point. A single flowing bottom hole pressure
and surface test rate is used to calculate the IPR, below the bubble point. From this IPR
the rate and bubble point pressure are used to evaluate the PI for the straight-line part of
the inflow above the bubble point.
When calculating IPR sensitivities for reservoir pressure, PROSPER retains the correct
well productivity. Otherwise, changing the reservoir pressure changes the Vogel well
productivity.
Pwf
Pwf
Q
= 1 - 0.2
- 0.8
Qmax
Pr
Pr
2.6.2.3 Composite
This is an extension of the Vogel inflow solution (Petrobras method) that accounts for
water cut.
Vogel essentially decreases the inflow below bubble point because of gas formation.
However, if the water cut is higher the inflow potential will increase and approach a
straight-line IPR due to single-phase flow. The composite model captures this by using
the following formulation.
A test flow rate, flowing bottomhole pressure and water cut are required to be entered.
177
PROSPER
2.6.2.4 Darcy
The program uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point. Required input is:
Reservoir permeability (total permeability at the prevailing water cut and GOR)
Reservoir thickness (thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. vertical thickness of
net pay interval)
Drainage area
Well bore radius
Dietz shape factor (to account for the shape of the drainage area)
2.6.2.5 Fetkovich
The Fetkovich equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
two phase flow below the bubble point. The Fetkovich equation can be expressed as:
2
Q = J ( Pr - Pb ) + J ' ( Pr - Pwf )
Enter the same inputs as for the Darcy example plus the relative permeability for oil.
Skin can be entered either by hand or calculated using Locke's, Macleod's or the
Karakas and Tariq method.
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot. If the reservoir pressure is not
available, the program will calculate it. For producing wells, enter a reservoir pressure
lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures. The program will dismiss the
reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it. For injection wells, input a
reservoir pressure higher than the test pressures entered. The program will then
calculate the reservoir pressure.
2.6.2.7 Jones
The Jones equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both Darcy and non-Darcy pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form:
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
178
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test. The same data as for the Darcy model plus the perforated interval is
required. Skin can be directly entered or calculated using the available methods.
2.6.2.9 Transient
This IPR method takes into account the change of deliverability with time. This method
can be particularly important for tight reservoirs. Both the Darcy and Jones equations
assume that the well has reached pseudo-steady state flow conditions. In tight
reservoirs, the transient equation can be used to determine the inflow performance as a
function of flowing time. Once the flowing time is long enough for pseudo-steady state
flow to develop within the drainage radius, the Darcy inflow model is then used. Enter
the same data as the Darcy example plus:
Porosity
Time
Time is the flowing time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation up to the time of
the analysis. If the flowing time exceeds , the deliverability is evaluated using , which is
equivalent to using the pseudo-steady state Darcy model.
The Transient IPR model in PROSPER is designed to
check whether the production is in the transient state or semi-steady state.
If it is in the transient state, then the IPR will be calculated using the equation
mentioned above.
If the production has already reached the semi-steady state conditions, then the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
179
PROSPER
Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR to
model Frac-Packed wells
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Well bore radius
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
Time
(Inflow is transient in early time)
Fracture height
Fracture half length
Dimensionless fracture conductivity
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
180
model are as per this manual and not necessarily on basis of the reference
paper.
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock h
Reservoir thickness
)
Well bore radius
Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the
horizontal well and Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
(Horizontal section L)
Length of well
Length
of
drainage
area
(Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx
)
Width of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly)
Distance
from
length
edge to centre of well
(
Xw)
(
Distance from width edge to centre of well
Yw)
(
Distance from bottom of reservoir to centre of well
Zw)
A sketch outlining the main geometric parameters is shown below:
181
PROSPER
25
h = 50'
zw = 25'
rw = 0.25'
kh = 50 md
vis = 1 cp
P.I. (BOPD/psi)
1.0
20
Simulator - Lines
PROSPER - Symbols
15
4000'
4000'
10
0
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
L1/2/Lx
2.6.2.13Multi-Layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered as
shown in the following example input screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
182
Each layer can have different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties.
The oil gravity, GOR and water cut may be entered for each layer. The produced fluid
properties in the well bore are determined from the summation of the individual layer
contributions. The summation accounts for cross flow between layers having different
pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers
can be modelled. For cases where the zones are separated by significant depth or
friction pressure losses are significant, the Multi-layer - dP Loss network IPR model
should be used.
If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is assumed that it was
performed on the commingled layer fluids. The fit parameters generated will
be applied to all PVT calculations for all layers in determining the combined
inflow performance.
To use the Multi-Layer IPR, enter the reservoir temperature then click Input Data to enter
the tab-controlled screen, and then click on the Reservoir Model tab button. For each
layer, select the inflow model from: Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, or PI Entry methods then
enter the layer PVT properties, average pressures, thickness and skins. For each layer,
click the Layer Data button and enter the information required by the inflow model.
183
PROSPER
off. To return it to production, re-select the original IPR type, and the layer
parameters etc. will be re-instated when the IPR is re-calculated.
The Multi-Layer IPR solves the combined contribution from each producing
layer at the intake node. This effectively places each layer at the same depth.
The reservoir pressure entered for each layer should therefore be referenced
to the intake node depth.
2.6.2.14External Entry
This option allows an externally generated IPR data set to be imported or directly
entered. Up to five tables can be entered to allow sensitivities to be calculated on any
arbitrary set of variables. For example, IPRs for a range of reservoir pressures
calculated by a simulator could be input using this option.
An example of an external entry IPR input screen is shown below:
External IPR tables can also be imported from ASCII files. The file format is given in
Appendix D of the PROSPER User Guide.
Curve Label and Units
These fields allow the user to identify the curves with a label and units. Note that label
and units will appear only in the Sensitivity calculation in the list of sensitivity variables,
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
184
Import/Export
It is possible to import or export the IPR tables for the External Entry IPR
2.6.2.15Horizontal well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high permeability reservoirs, it is
necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER divides
the horizontal section into 20 sections and a network algorithm solves for zone
production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between zones is accounted for. The
Horizontal well - dP Friction input screen is shown below:
185
PROSPER
The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by the
network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity on a zone-by-zone basis. A
description of the input parameters follows:
Reservoir Parameters
Horizontal Well Model
(Model used for overall well productivity)
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
Reservoir thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock h)
Well bore radius
(Radius of open hole rw)
Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the horizontal well and Ky
is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
Length of well
(Horizontal section L)
Length of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
186
(
(
(
Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:
Zone Type
(Blank, Perforated or Open Hole)
Skin method
(Enter by Hand, or Karakas & Tariq for perforated zones)
Gravel Pack
(Yes or No)
Zone Length
(Length of zone along the well)
Zone Permeability (Average permeability at the prevailing water cut)
Flowing Radius
(Internal radius of the completion tubing)
Zone Roughness (Roughness for zone friction calculation)
These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the well bore.
Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation parameters. If
the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are required. If
Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details as in Section 7.4.1 and
PROSPER will estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel packed, this data is
entered under Zone Data.
To allow comparison of the IPR with and without friction losses, setting the
zone roughness to zero turns off the friction pressure drop calculation entirely
rather than calculating friction for a smooth pipe
187
PROSPER
Enter a production rate and porosity then select the required coning calculation method.
Click Calculate to find the critical rate and time to breakthrough for the rate entered.
The pressure along the well bore for the specified rate is calculated and displayed by
clicking Plot.
January, 2010
User Guide
188
The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at the heel of the
well as a function of pressure. The intake node is therefore the heel of the
well. The heel should be the last node entered in System Equipment and
Deviation Survey tables - it is not necessary to enter details of the horizontal
producing section except in the IPR.
An
189
PROSPER
This screen allows for the entry of up to 50 layers. To enter PVT, IPR data (permeability,
test rates etc. depending on the IPR model selected) and layer skin, click the
appropriate button to display the input screen. The depth entered for TOP is the depth
for which the IPR is to be evaluated. This is normally the same as the deepest depth
entered in System Equipment, but it can be set to surface or other value.
The input data required are:
Layer Type
Measured Depth
True Vertical Depth
Layer Pressure
Layer Flowing Radius
The IPR at surface can be calculated by entering the surface elevation for TOP depth
and a blank zone from surface to the shallowest producing zone. Use blank zones with
appropriate reduced I.D. to simulate the effect of sliding sleeves and flow controls in a
multi-zone completion. Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and the summation
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
190
To list the layer production in detail, click Results and scroll through the layer results one
by one. An example results screen is shown below:
Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.
Gravel pack and well skin etc. can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results table.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
191
PROSPER
The multilayer option is now available for dry gas and gas condensate model
2.6.2.17SkinAide
The Elf inflow and skin calculation method is incorporated in PROSPER. API perforation
characteristics can be used to estimate perforation damage given casing and formation
properties. A detailed description of SkinAide is given in Section 7.7.
2.6.2.18Dual Porosity
This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller
than the fracture permeability, but not negligible. It requires the entry of the following
parameters: fracture permeability, reservoir thickness, drainage area, well-bore radius,
porosity, time, storativity ratio and interporosity coefficient. The latter two parameters
are defined as follows:
1. Storativity ratio, w = ff cf / ( ff cf + fm cm)
where ff is the fracture porosity, cf is the fracture compressibility, fm is the matrix
porosity and cm is the matrix compressibility.
2. Interporosity, l = a km rew^2 /kf
where a is a shape factor (see Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour of Naturally
Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept. 1963), 245-255.), km is matrix
permeability, rew^2 is effective well radius squared and kf is fracture permeability.
2.6.2.19Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
The horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures is based on a model proposed by T.
M. Herge and Leif Larsen in the SPE paper 28845. The model is based on a
relationship between the effective wellbore radius, fracture conductivity, fracture size,
wellbore radius and number of fractures; the correlation also calculates the distance
between fractures.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
192
Once the effective wellbore radius is determined the model calculates the well
productivity the same way the horizontal well with no-flow-boundaries is calculated.
This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. It is assumed that the fractures are circular, the well goes through their centre
and they are evenly spaced. If there is one fracture it is in the middle of the well. The
data to be entered are the same as those for a horizontal well, along with the fracture
half-length and its dimensionless conductivity.
The following points describe the method of performing the calculations.
The fracture half length, fracture conductivity, and number of fractures are used to
calculate an equivalent wellbore radius. This calculation is based on the
technique developed by Hegre and Larsen (SPE 28845)
The effective wellbore radius is then used in the Horizontal Well No Flow
Boundary model to compute the IPR of the well.
For the Horizontal Well - Transverse Vertical Fracture model, in some cases where the
equivalent wellbore radius approaches or exceeds the input reservoir thickness, the well
is effectively located on the edge or outside the defined drainage area leading to
reduction in AOF with increasing vertical anisotropy.
2.6.2.20Thermally Induced Fracture Model
2.6.2.20.1 Overview
This IPR model is enabled when Well Type Injector is set in the main program Options.
The algorithm follows the framework outlined in: SPE 30777, Thermally Induced
Fractures: A Field-Proven Analytical Model.
SPE Reservoir Evaluation &
Engineering, February 1998. J-L. Detienne, Max Creusot, Nicolas Kessler, Bernard
Sahuquet and J-L. Bergerot. Information was also assembled from SPE 7964 (radial
reservoir temperature profile) and SPE 11332 (coefficient for thermo-elastic stress
equation). Note that the temperature profile derivation uses the same basis as the work
of de Lauwerier referred to in SPE 30777.
SPE 7964: Analytical Definition of the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, A. B.
Zolotukhin.
SPE 11332: The Effect of Thermo-elastic Stresses on Injection Well Fracturing, T.K.
Perkins and J.A. Gonzalez.
This model is concerned with the thermo-mechanical effects induced by injecting cold
water into a hot reservoir. The method first tests whether a calculated Pwf rises above
the reservoir stress around the well bore. If this occurs then a fracture is assumed to
propagate and the Pwf at the fracture tip is equated to the reservoir stress (i.e.
equilibrium) by iterating on the fracture length. The fractures effect is incorporated in a
skin term, and two stress effects are considered; a thermo-elastic one (varies with
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
193
PROSPER
injection temperature) and a poro-elastic one (varies with Pwf). The stress at the
wellbore is calculated by adding these effects to the initial reservoir stress. The Pwf is
calculated using varying fluid and geometric properties (inner and outer radii) and a
Darcy-like model in three circular zones. The first (inner) is water that is still cool, the
second is water that has warmed up, and the third (outer) is the original reservoir.
The IPR calculated by this model consists, therefore, of two different zones with a breakpoint where the fracturing occurs. See the following figure.
The model is not valid for uncontrolled hydraulic fracturing where the fracture length may
be several hundred feet. The fracture should not extend beyond the so-called cooled
injection zone, the extent of which is calculated using the temperature profile referred to
above.
January, 2010
User Guide
194
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing formations)
Drainage area
DIETZ shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area).
Wellbore radius
Porosity
(Enter the reservoir porosity)
Time
(Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days)
Mean Historical Injection Rate
Thermo-mechanical Parameters
Initial Reservoir Stress
Sweep Efficiency
Injected Fluid Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Conductivity
Overall Reservoir Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density
Top and Bottom Surroundings Conductivity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Specific Heat Capacity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Density
Reservoir Thermal Expansion (thermo-elastic correlating coefficient, relates
temperature perturbation to stress perturbation)
Biot's Constant (poro-elastic correlating coefficient, relates pressure perturbation
to stress perturbation)
Poisson's Ratio
Reservoir Young's Modulus
195
PROSPER
Endpoint Relative
Permeability
Corey Exponent
To enter lab relative permeabilities, click Test Data. Enter your test data and click OK to
display the plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and
water until PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data
points.
Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot,
then OK to return to the IPR screen.
When relative permeability is being used, water cuts for both the test data and that
used to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test value will be
carried over from the relative permeability input screen. The water cut for calculation
value can be subsequently changed to see the effect on the calculated IPR. The same
will apply for GOR if you have selected the Correction for Vogel option.
2.6.2.21.1 Test Data
To enter lab relative permeabilities, enter your test data and click Done to display the
plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and water until
PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data points.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
196
2.6.2.21.2 Plot
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut. Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated
as a function of both water cut and production rate.
The following options are common to all plots
Finish
Main
Annotate
Scales
Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels
Replot
Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.
Output
Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
Colours
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.
Options
Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help
If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
197
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
198
Reservoir permeability
Perforation height (vertical distance from perforation top to bottom)
Vertical anisotropy
Vertical distance from perforation top to gas-oil contact
Three correlating parameters: F1, F3 and an exponent
If the gas coning is enabled then a Coning button appears on the model selection dialog
screen. Clicking on this brings up a dialog that allows the correlating parameters to be
tuned. There is an automatic matching facility, which calculates F3 from the other data
and a (rate, GOR) coordinate. Also, the GOR can be calculated from different rates
whilst in this screen in order to verify the parameters.
199
PROSPER
2.6.3.1 Jones
The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both laminar and non-Darcy flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be
expressed in the form:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test. Required data entry is:
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
PROSPER Manual
The Jones IPR model is discouraged to use with high reservoir pressures as
the assumption of the model is to keep 1 / Z constant at pressures
>2400psig.
January, 2010
User Guide
200
2.6.3.2 Forchheimer
The Forchheimer equation expresses the inflow performance in terms of a laminar and
a non-Darcy pressure drop coefficients expressed as:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
The "a" and "b" factors are input parameters for the Forchheimer IPR model.
2.6.3.3 Back Pressure
In this form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C is determined from the reservoir pressure and reservoir properties. Required input
data are:
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
(Open hole radius)
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
Exponent n
(Between 0.5 and 1)
2.6.3.4 C and n
This is the common form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C and n can be determined from a plot of: Q versus (Pr2-Pwf2) on log-log paper. n is
the inverse of the slope and varies between 1 for Darcy flow to 0.5 for completely nonDarcy flow. This option allows direct entry of C and n.
201
PROSPER
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report.
If the Reservoir Pressure defined in the IPR section is less than the highest value of the
bottom hole pressure for the test points, then PROSPER will automatically calculate the
reservoir pressure. For example, if there are three Well test data points defined for the
IPR model as follows,
then if the reservoir pressure defined is less than 4036 psig, PROSPER w ill recalculate the reservoir pressure. If the
reservoir pressure is greater than the highest FBHP specified, then the Multirate C & n model is designed to recalculate the C
and n parameters so that the IPR w ill pass through the test data points and the reservoir pressure specified.
PROSPER Manual
It is advised to enter more than one test point. Using a single data point can
generate a non-representative IPR profile.
January, 2010
User Guide
202
Note for injection wells. If flow test data for a producer has been fitted, the well
will have the correct IPR if it is then converted to an injector.
203
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
204
Relative Permeability
Krl
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Krg'
Slc
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
Liquid Saturation
The mass flow rate of each phase is directly proportional to its mobility (k/m), Krs can
be determined using PVT and the surface production rates. This technique is used to
determine the reduction in productivity as a function of the produced liquid ratios. The
derivation of the technique and details of the equations used are given in Appendix B.
205
PROSPER
2.6.3.11Multi-layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered each
with different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties. Each layer can be
gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers can be modelled.
The gas gravity, CGR and WGR must be entered for each layer. The produced fluid in
the well bore is equivalent to the summation of the individual layer contributions. Refer
to Multi-layer Inflow for Oil for more details.
2.6.3.12Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
Refer to Horizontal Well - dP Friction for Oil. For Gas, PROSPER uses the Petroleum
Experts IPR method for steady-state flow. The Reservoir porosity and connate water
saturation are required to be input in addition to the parameters described in the
Horizontal Well- dP friction loss model in the Oil IPR section.
2.6.3.13Dual Porosity
Please refer to the Dual Porosity model in the IPR for Oil section. Additional input data
for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy flow
factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
January, 2010
User Guide
206
repeated four times. A stabilized point (pseudosteady state) is usually obtained at the
end of the test.
Modified isochronal tests are commonly used in gas wells, because they require less
time and money to produce results comparable to the isochronal test. This IPR model is
based on standard Back Pressure Model
The flow at any selected rate should be continued long enough for the reservoir to
approach steady-state (stabilized) conditions. The time to reach stabilized conditions is
called the readjustment time. For wells with wide well spacing (large drainage radius
values), low permeabilities, or high gas compressibilities (low reservoir pressures),
large readjustment times can be expected. In cases where the readjustment time
exceeds the duration of each test, the test data can be corrected to isochronal
conditions and then to stabilized conditions as described below.
When a well is tested from an initial steady state shut-in condition, the increase in
drainage radius with time is not dependent upon the rate. Therefore, separate flow tests
conducted for the same length of time will reach the same drainage radius.
When a well is not shut-in between tests until steady state is reached, successive tests
will indicate values of (P2res P2wf) which are too large because of the increasing
drainage radius. For the general case, a table of correction factors to be applied to (P2
2
res P wf) to obtain an isochronal performance curve from conventional performance
data can be calculated as follows:
Flow Correlation Factors
The back pressure equation coefficients C and 'n' are obtained by non-linear
regression using the isochronally corrected data. 'n', the reciprocal of the slope of this
line, is constrained to a value between 0.5 and 1.
Although 'n' is constant, the coefficient 'C' is not the same at stabilized flow conditions
as it is at isochronal conditions. It is calculated using the same technique as before,
regressing on C and keeping n constant, after adjusting the isochronal (P2res - P2wf)
values to stabilized conditions using a variation of the following equation.
207
PROSPER
The a and b parameters are here determined by means of multi-rate tests data.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
208
Entered by Hand
Calculated Using Models.
It is assumed that this value will contain deviation and partial penetration
information.
In case the entered skin is only mechanical skin, there is an option of enabling
the Wong and Clifford model for deviation and partial penetration in the input
screen for the skin itself.
209
PROSPER
PROSPER can also be used to estimate the value of the skin pressure drop across the
completion and the proportion of the total pressure drop attributable to the various
completion elements.
Karakas and Tariq has been found to give good results in many field applications. The
following input data are required:
Reservoir permeability
(Effective permeability at connate water saturation)
Perforation diameter
(Entry hole diameter)
Shots per foot
Perforation length
(Effective perf. length in formation)
Damaged zone thickness
(Thickness of invasion)
Damaged zone permeability
(Permeability in invaded zone)
Crushed zone thickness
(Crushing associated with perforation)
Crushed zone permeability
(Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel)
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability
Wellbore radius
(Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.)
An example of the input data for the Karakas and Tariq method is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
210
A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown in the figure below.
Enter the requested data and, having entered some reservoir model data, press Cal
culate to display an IPR plot. The plot shows the pressure drop resulting from the total
skin as well a breakdown of the individual factors contributing to the total skin as per the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
211
PROSPER
following example. The individual factors to be plotted can be chosen from the V
ariables menu option of the plot window.
This plot is useful to assess the efficiency of a particular perforating program by allowing
the User to instantly assess the completion pressure loss resulting from different
perforation options. For gravel packed wells, the value of skin posted on the plot does
not include the gravel pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the
breakdown of dP's resulting from each completion element.
Enhancement to the skin modelling options in PROSPER is the ability to apply the API
RP43 to determine the actual length and diameter of perforations (figure below).
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
212
213
PROSPER
Note on Skin:
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of 1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.
January, 2010
User Guide
214
215
PROSPER
Accessing this section will allow for the calculating the Maximum Drawdown at which the
sand is expected to fail. The input data for the three available options are self
explanatory.
The Sand Failure model implemented is a proprietary model received from BP. As
such the formulations for this model cannot be disclosed.
There is also a 'Solids' model available in the tool REVEAL. This Solids model
implemented in REVEAL looks at the sand failure with changes in all three principal
stress directions. Further information on the Sand model implemented in REVEAL is
described in the REVEAL User Guide. This section describes the Sand Failure model
used in REVEAL along with the requisite references and equations. The REVEAL User
Guide can be accessed from Start | Programs | Petroleum Experts IPM7 | User Guides |
REVEAL.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
216
217
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
218
On the right side of the screen a table shows typical permeability data for different types
of gravels.
The pressure drop across a gravel pack is computed using a summation of a Darcy and
a non-Darcy component. For a cased oil well, the pressure drop due to the gravel pack
(dPgravel) is calculated using the Jones IPR equation:
dPGRAVELPACK = a Q 2 + b Q
Where:
a = The non-Darcy term,
Q = The total liquid rate and
b = The Darcy term
Intermediate calculations are required prior to computing the dPgravel value and
consider the following variables:
Kg
= Gravel Pack Permeability
= 1.47E7/Kg^0.55
PerfDi = Perforation Diameter
SPF
= Shots per ft
PRFINT = Perforation Interval
AOTF
o
Bo
= oil FVF
= Oil Density
219
PROSPER
Skin can be calculated using one of the methods described in Section 7.3 or directly
entered. Note that partial completion skin is included in the total well skin, and is not
affected by adjusting the gravel pack completion parameters. The total well skin as
measured by a well test prior to gravel packing should be entered. Click Calculate
when finished entering data and an IPR plot similar to that below will be presented (the
plotting of the individual dP components can be chosen from the Variables menu in the
plot window):
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
220
The contribution of the gravel pack to the total skin pressure drop can be readily seen
on the IPR plot. The value of skin posted on the IPR plot does not include the gravel
pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the breakdown of dP's
resulting from each completion element. Sensitivities can be calculated on factors such
as gravel pack thickness, shots per foot etc. to evaluate the effectiveness of gravel pack
designs. Gravel packed completions are also available in the Multi-layer IPR model.
The PROSPER gravel pack model allows for non-Darcy (i.e. dP proportional to rate
squared) effects within the gravel pack and the resulting rate dependent skin. Lift
curves for gravel packed wells generated using PROSPER can be calculated from the
sandface, through the completion, and back to the production manifold. This more
correctly models the IPR as compared to simply imposing an additional skin to allow for
the gravel pack pressure loss as is done in many reservoir simulators.
Gravel packs can be combined with the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR to
model Frac-Pack completions.
221
PROSPER
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow Performance |
Input Data | Sand Control:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
222
223
PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the pre-packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
224
225
PROSPER
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow Performance |
Input Data | Sand Control:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
226
227
PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
228
229
PROSPER
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow Performance |
Input Data | Sand Control:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
230
The input data required to model the slotted line completion are:
- Liner Inner Radius,
- Liner Outer Radius,
- Slot height
- Slot width
- Slot density
- Screen Outer Radius (optional)
- Outer Permeability and
- Outside turbulence (optional).
The IPR curve is generated with | Calculate:
231
PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the slotted liner completion,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
232
233
PROSPER
The gravel pack velocities have been incorporated in Version 6 of the IPM Suite of
tools.
Vc is the velocity of the fluid at the entry point of the casing.
It is calculated by dividing the flow rate of the fluid with the area of flow at the casing.
These velocity calculations were implemented at the request of clients who require
these velocities for gravel pack design.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
234
Drainage Area
Reservoir Thickness
Reservoir porosity
Porosity
Connate
Saturation
Water
These parameters are used to determine an equivalent flowing radius that will be used
by the program to estimate the pressure drop due to the friction in the reservoir.
The dP friction will take in account of the fluid apparent viscosity (which is velocity dependent) calculated by the Non-Newtonian viscosity model.
235
PROSPER
where:
Corr = Permeability Correction Factor (Multiplier)
Cf = Rock Compressibility
PR = Current Reservoir Pressure
PRi = Initial Reservoir Pressure
N = Compaction Model Exponent
This option can be enabled in the main IPR section:
The option will activate a new TAB screen in the Input Data section where the basic
model inputs are required:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
236
Reservoir
Reservoir
Compressibility
Compaction
Exponent
Model
237
PROSPER
2.6.10 SkinAide
The SkinAide inflow method has been developed by Elf Aquamarine and
acknowledgement is given for its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is
based on information provided by Elf.
2.6.10.1SkinAide Theoretical Background
Consider the case of a partially penetrating, deviated well, cased and perforated and
equipped with a gravel pack. The total pressure drop around such a well corresponds
to the pressure difference between:
- an equipotential surface at the external limit of the reservoir drainage area, and
- another equipotential surface corresponding to the screen.
This total pressure drop is due to a number of features. Moving downstream from the
external limit of the drainage area towards the well:
- the position of the producing interval with respect to the reservoir geometry (due
to partial penetration and deviation).
- the damaged zone.
- interference between the different perforations.
- the crushed zone surrounding the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the annulus between the screen and the casing.
Pressure drops between equipotential surfaces can be added to one another, and the
conceptual model corresponds to an attempt to simplify the problem by finding
equipotential surfaces.
January, 2010
User Guide
238
The pressure drop due to interference between perforations and the damaged zone is
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
239
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
240
241
PROSPER
An approximate analytical solution has been found for flow in this region.
2.6.10.1.7 Hemispherical Flow Model
The conventional linear perforation model assumes that the surface of the perforation
tunnel is an equipotential surface. This assumption breaks down when permeability of
gravel in the tunnel becomes sufficiently low. When permeability in the tunnel becomes
sufficiently small, flow in the reservoir approaches hemispherical flow towards the
perforation mouth.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
242
2.6.10.2Using SkinAide
When the SkinAide IPR model is selected, the following IPR Input screen is presented:
Select the required options for the Flow and Skin models plus Perforation Data. The
options are listed below:
Pe, the static reservoir pressure is the average pressure in the well
drainage area, not the pressure at the external boundary. Pe is used in
the Productivity Index equation:
The reservoir pressure should be entered at the same reference datum
as the intake node depth.
243
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
244
The data required can vary according to the options selected. Click each data entry
button in turn and enter the data as follows:
2.6.10.2.4 Geometry
Reservoir Thickness - Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping
reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a heterogeneous reservoir,
use the net sand thickness.
Completed Interval - Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.
Distance to Top of Completion - This parameter affects partial completion skin and is
measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used for reservoir thickness,
enter the actual distance to the top perforation (dimension h1 in the above sketch).
When using net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals.
Drainage Area - Area drained by the subject well
Dietz Shape Factor - Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.
245
PROSPER
Hole Diameter - Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured size
where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth are measured beyond the hole
diameter.
Deviation - Average angle between the well axis and vertical.
2.6.10.2.5 Petrophysics
Horizontal Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock
(along the bedding plane).
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
246
Vertical Permeability for Geometrical Skin - Reservoir permeability for the bulk
reservoir measured perpendicular to the horizontal permeability. Determines the
anisotropy ratio between the completed interval and the remainder of the reservoir.
Porosity exponent c - Porosity raised to this power. Default is 0.0. Note the
exponent value assumes the porosity is a fraction, regardless of the current unit set.
High velocity flow pressure drops arise from acceleration and deceleration of reservoir
fluids as they pass through pore throats as in the following diagram:
247
PROSPER
Damaged Zone Thickness - Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of
perforation tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth that
respects this relationship.
Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient
correlation.
External Casing Diameter - Enter nominal casing diameter opposite the completed
interval.
Casing Weight - Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the completed
interval.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
248
Most of the high velocity flow pressure loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added to
the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no high
flow velocity pressure drops are calculated.
Crushed Zone Thickness - Thickness of perforation altered zone. The default value
is 0.5 inches.
Crushed Zone Permeability - Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the
virgin reservoir.
Crushed Zone Porosity - Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high
pressure flow losses.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Permeability - Permeability for the crushed zone within
the damaged zone.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity for the crushed zone within the
damaged zone.
Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:
Rcrushed and damaged = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal)
permeability / undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.
The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone permeability.
It is suggested that the crushed and damaged zone permeability ratio should be
the product:
Rcrushed and damaged = RdamagedRcrushed only.
Where the ratio for the damaged zone:
Rdamaged = damaged (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed formation
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
249
PROSPER
(horizontal)
permeability
2.6.10.2.9 Perforations
The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sizes are required. Alternatively, API test data can be
entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.
Common Perforation Parameters
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
250
Shot Density - Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Angle Between Vertical Plane and Perforations - For anisotropic reservoirs, the
angle between the perforation tunnels and the direction of maximum permeability
influences productivity. When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all
aligned with the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes an
angle of 45.
Affects
Tunnel Length - Length of effective perforation in the reservoir formation i.e. beyond
the cement sheath.
251
PROSPER
Cavity Entrance Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently
uses a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
Cavity Tip Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses a
cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
API Test DataThe correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the API
test series selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.
API RP 43/1 Entry Hole Diameter - Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target
test. Note that the steel quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test
specifications. Ensure the relevant data is entered.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
252
Gun diameter - Gun diameter is used to correct API perforation test results for
stand-off.
Lithology
Reservoir
Uniaxial
Compressive
(psi)
Strength
(bar)
Loose sand
150
10
750
50
1500
100
3750
250
3750
250
Rock Density - Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log,
not the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation grains.
Casing Elastic Limit - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. The elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel
quality. e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
Reservoir Stress - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation dimensions.
Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective stress (frac
gradient) is suitable.
Gravel Packs in SkinAideWhen the Gravel Pack option has been selected, additional
data entry is required to describe the pack geometry and properties. Separate gravel
properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand in the perforation
tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be simulated.
253
PROSPER
Screen Outside Diameter - The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled hole
diameter is occupied by gravel.
Gravel
Mesh
Type
Ottawa Sand
Carbolite
Isopac
Lab
Permeability
(Darcies)
12/20
500
20/40
150
30/50
90
40/60
60
50/70
30
20/40
350
16/20
500
20/40
110
Annulus Gravel Porosity - Used in calculation of high velocity flow coefficient in the
gravel pack.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
254
Tunnel Gravel Porosity - Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
tunnels.
The inflow and skin pressure drop are computed by clicking the Calculate button once
all the relevant input data have been entered and Plot to display the results. To evaluate
the contribution of individual completion components in the inflow performance, click
Variables and select the parameters to display as in the following screen example:
Select the required variables by clicking their check boxes. Click Done to display the
results:
255
PROSPER
Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
- a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to
reservoir geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric
- contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning with
the pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure loss in the
casing/screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to the total skin
is called the completion skin Scompletion.
The total skin is the sum of the two components
Stotal =Sgeometric + Scompletion
The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect the
quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical completions,
producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one reservoir is double
that of the other:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
256
Scompletion = a k h DPcompletion / ( Q m B )
Since DPcompletion is identical but reservoir thickness h differs by a factor 2, applying
the above relation leads to values of Scompletion, which differ, by a factor 2.
Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the length
of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :
Smechanical = a k hp DPskin / ( Q m B )
where, for oil wells,
a
k
hp
SI
depends on units
2p
permeability
m2
length of the completed interval m
US
7.07 10-3
mD
ft
French
0.0536
mD
m
Pa
psi
bar
m3/s
Pa.s
v/v
bpd
cP
v/v
m3/d
cP
v/v
Charge properties
257
PROSPER
Fluid properties
AOF
CBL
CFD
EoH
DoP
Depth of Penetration
FDC
GUI
IPR
NWEVS
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
RP
OB
OverBalanced
SPOT
TWC
UCS
WIQI
258
259
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
260
261
PROSPER
All the guns available in SPOT as well as corresponding information is displayed here.
Note that Normalised gun data displays Section 1 results that have been converted to
5000psi pressure (rather than ambient conditions).
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update the data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that the User cross checks critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognizes as valid in this
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1 data is
converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations (based
on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a reasonable
estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole conditions, a
better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting reservoir
specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a stressed
rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample
under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT under the
Section II/Section IV Data heading.
The following data must be entered under the Section II/Section IV Data heading:
Basic gun information e.g. gun type, gun size and vendor name
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. This information should be
available in the Gun Database. Generally, a deep penetrating gun will have an
entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Depth of penetration: the perforating depth of penetration measured from the inside of
the casing or tubing to the end of the perforation tunnel (Reference: API RP19B,
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001).
Entrance hole diameter: the diameter of the hole through the casing
Test sample compressive rock strength (UCS)
Effective stress: the net effective stress applied on the sample in a Section IV test or
3000psi for a Section II test (Reference: API RP19B, Recommended Practice for
Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001). If a pseudo Section II test was conducted at
atmospheric conditions the effective stress would be zero.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
Material
J55
L80
P105
P110
Brinell Hardness
180
230
275
320
262
Fluid fill type: This is the fluid fill in the pore spaces of the rock sample. According to
API RP19B, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the
pore fluid should be sodium chloride brine solution (3% by weight). This function
allows you to conduct a pseudo Section II or Section IV test with gas filled core to
represent a gas reservoir and input the result in SPOT. Note that the well bore fluid is
always assumed to be liquid.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing. According to API RP19B, Recommended Practice
for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the standoff should normally be 0.5in.
Core Sample Size: Select between 4in and 7in core sample used in the Section II or
Section IV test. If neither a 4in or 7in core sample was used in the laboratory tests, the
User should select the core size closest to these bounds. This information is used in
the Synthetic Effective stress Correlation selected on the Options screen).
It should be highlighted that flow data obtained from Section IV test is not used in the
SPOT inflow performance calculation. The Core Flow Efficiency (CFE) ratio can
however be used as a qualitative check and for charge/charge comparisons.
The User also has the ability to enter additional gun systems in the Gun Database by
clicking the "Add" button..
Gun selection from the Vendor Database can be made according to:
Vendor
The type of gun i.e. wireline, tubing conveyed
Gun OD
Clearances:
o Enter the minimum restriction.
o Restriction Tolerance.
o Click "Update" which will only display guns with an OD less than the minimum
restriction minus the tolerance.
o Click "Clear" to remove the above filtering.
263
PROSPER
2.6.11.2.1 Gun
This dialog is used to examine a single gun from the guns database. It is displayed in
different situations:Editing/entering a new gun in the database:
If you have the API 19B or 43 test for a new gun which is not in the default database, the
gun can be added by the user. In this case the dialog is used to enter or edit the
information from the test sheet.
Viewing details for a selected gun:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
264
This dialog is also used to display the details of the gun that the user has selected for
the SPOT calculations. Click the "Select Gun from Database" button to pick a gun from
the guns database. In this case most of the fields are disabled as they are read only.
The only two fields in the "Gun Details" that are enabled are Shot Density and Gun
Phasing. These two values are specified in the API 19B and 43 test. However some
guns can be configured to different values to those used in the test. In this case we allow
the user to modify them from the values in the test. Warning : although we allow these
values to be modified this is strictly incorrect as the shot density and phasing have an
effect on the Lp. The section 2/4 data is also enabled as this may be modified by the
user.
See the Gun Database help for specific information on the data.
265
PROSPER
This dialog allows the user to select a gun from the PROSPER gun database and
correct the test Lp and EHD to in-situ conditions using the Shell SPOT corrections.
These are the same calculations as used in the full SPOT IPR but this calculation is for a
single set of conditions e.g. UCS, permeability. The Lp and EHD can then be
transferred to the PROSPER IPR data and used in calculation of skin.
Input Data:
This is a description of the in-situ data required by the SPOT Lp and EHD correction.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
266
Lp Correlation Type
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the
core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the
perforation depth of penetration under effective stress measured at surface in
conventional Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that would be
expected downhole under the
same effective stress condition. It should be
highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is believed to be
valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional
correlations option should be selected.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations option should be selected.
Casing OD
Casing Weight
Casing Grade
API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing defined in the test data. So if if a
much thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as more of the gun energy is
lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then the Lp will be higher.
These data should refer to the casing at the depth of the perforation.
If a different casing grade was used in the test, pick the material with the closest
hardness. i.e.:
Material
J55
L80
P105
P110
Mean Brinell Hardness 180
230
275
320
Layer Fluid - For producers this is fixed by the type of the producer. For injectors this
should be set to the fluid in the rock that is being perforated.
Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be selected.
(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration
calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into
account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in unrealistic
flow results.
Use Downhole Standoff - Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise
select "No" in which case the gun is assumed to be centralized.
Downhole Standoff - If "Use Downhole Standoff" is set to "Yes" enter the value to be
used.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
267
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
268
In order to fully describe the SPOT reservoir model, select | Input Data at the top right
corner of the screen to access the various tabs (below listed from left to right) required
to enter the model inputs:
- Options
- Layers
- Log Data
- Completion Data
269
PROSPER
Lp Correlation Type:
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the
core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
270
No: the quadratic (non-Darcy skin) term is not taken into account.
Well type:
The well type can be:
Vertical
Inflow Equation:
For vertical or deviated wells the user has 2 IPR choices:
Vogel: SPOT uses a straight line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel relationship below the bubble point to account for two phase flow. This equation
is based on an empirical relationship developed by Vogel using numerical
simulations.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
271
PROSPER
Fetkovitch: the Fetkovich IPR model also accounts for two phase flow below the
bubble point. It was developed to improve Vogels correlation.
For horizontal wells the user has 4 IPR choices: Economides-Joshi: This model has been adopted from Economides (1990) and
Joshi (1988). It assumes the well is located in the center of the drainage volume. The
method is not appropriate for partially cased and perforated or partially openhole
perforated horizontal wells.
Borisov: This simple equation was developed by Borisov (1964) and has been found
to provide good results in many simple cases. The method is not appropriate for
partially cased and perforated or partially openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Babu-Odeh: This method treats a horizontal well as a vertical well turned sideways.
Despite being a simple concept, it has received wide acceptance. The method is not
appropriate for partially cased and perforated or openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Goode-Wilkinson: The method was adopted from Goode and Wilkinson. It is the only
horizontal well model in SPOT that can be used to calculate performance of a partially
cased and perforated horizontal well. The model also assumes that the horizontal well
has been drilled in a rectangular drainage area that is twice as long as it is thick (I.e.
reservoir length>>reservoir height). The method is not appropriate for partially
openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Note that Non Darcy skin effects are currently NOT considered in SPOT for horizontal
gas wells.
January, 2010
User Guide
272
Double run perforating - Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired.
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
(assuming the perforating guns are not oriented).
For a workover/reperforation: Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per standard perforating
practices.
Double run perforating Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired.
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie,
assuming the guns are not oriented.
For a double perforating run, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for
the first and second perforating run.
Re-perforating - You are re-perforating over existing perforations (old holes) that are
contributing to production
If this option is selected the User must fill out the Reperforating box in the Reservoir
layers screen. The User is presented with a drop down box that includes the following
options
New holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the new perforation holes
New and Old holes- i.e. model the contribution from the new and old perforation
holes
Old holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the old perforation holes.
Note that according to the option selected here, the User must also tick the
appropriate perforated interval in the Log Data screen
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the
User should match/adjust these results using field data.
For a reperforation calculation, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for
the old and new perforating run.
In SPOT mud invasion is assumed to have a permanent effect on reservoir performance
that does not improve over time. Thus, when reperforating an existing zone or
perforating a new zone in an old well, SPOT will assume mud invasion properties do not
alter over time (i.e. the existing zone will contain the same amount and degree of mud
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
273
PROSPER
invasion as the new zone). In reality, if a mud has been ideally designed, it is likely the
effect of mud invasion will reduce over time. SPOT recognizes the fact that most of the
drilling muds used in practice are not ideal. Despite this, if the User wishes to alter the
mud invasion properties for new and old perforating zones within a well, the Enter Mud
Invasion Log option should be selected. This will give the User the ability to specify
certain mud properties for different zones.
Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during drilling
of the well) which is used to calculate an equivalent rate of penetration.
Drilling downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has been
drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note that the
model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filter cake.
2. "Enter Mud Invasion Log"
The User should enter a mud invasion petrophysical log. This is the most
accurate method of predicting mud invasion depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow resistivity
data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion depth and if
drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region (which is likely
for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth calculations are
resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method should be obtained
from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, Log data Input must be selected as Yes and data
entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if conventional
petrophysical log data is not available but the User still wishes to import a footby-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone permeability
options are available- use of return permeability data or predicted return
permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a
multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
274
Sanding model:
There 2 choices: "None" and the "QinetiQ model".
The "None" option will not calculate any possible production of failed sand.
The "QinetiQ model" is an analytical model that calculates if failed sand will be
produced from a vertical or horizontal perforation:
in deviated and horizontal wells both the horizontal and vertical transportation
models are used. If either model results in sand production SPOT will identify that
sand will be produced. The User should enter the perforation angle for the
perforation type of interest.
This model can also be used as a debris transport model. Thus, it can be used to model
debris flow if the debris diameter is entered (rather than the sand particle size
distribution diameter) and if the density of the debris is entered (rather than the sand
density).
Model limitations include:
The model does not account for random fluctuations in velocity due to turbulence
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
275
PROSPER
that may, in reality, enable movement of particles even when no sand transport is
indicated.
The model assumes that the fluid of interest is the reservoir fluid (not the
completion fluid or drilling mud).
It should be highlighted that the QinetiQ Sanding Model does not predict perforation
tunnel failure. It only predicts if sand production will occur assuming that failure has
already occurred. I.e. perforation tunnel cleanup.
Entered
If the entered crushed zone model is selected, the user needs to input:
o
Permeability (impairment) factor, which represents the ratio of the crushed zone
permeability to the virgin reservoir permeability and
o
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
276
The QinetiQ Test Results" option will use a default crushed zone permeability
relationship which defines the thickness of the crushed zone and the crushed zone
permeability damage factor based on laboratory experiments using big hole charges.
Open Hole
Pressure Transform:
This option is only required for gas/condensate wells. It refers to the pressure transform
used in the IPR calculations.
Pressure Squared
Pseudo Pressure
Use Downhole Standoff:
Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise select "No" in which case the
gun is assumed to be centralized.
Enter Gun per Layer:
Select "Yes" if you wish to select a different gun for each layer in the reservoir.
Select "No" if the same gun is to be used for the whole reservoir.
Use SPOT IPR Extensions:
Select "No" if you wish to use the same assumptions as other PROSPER IPR models.
Select "Yes" if you wish to use the same assumption as the original SPOT program
from Shell.
277
PROSPER
This tab is used: to enter some basic data such as well radius
to split up the reservoir into layers and enter data per layer.
select a gun
It is not necessary to enter multiple layers but at least one layer must be entered. Only
one layer is allowed for horizontal wells.
Basic Data:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
278
If the openhole well does not penetrate the Bottom Reservoir Layer, the distance
between the bottom of the well and the Bottom Reservoir Layer must be defined using
the additional reservoir height box.
279
PROSPER
In an openhole vertical or deviated well the top of the producing well section will be
defined by the bottom of the casing on the Completion Details screen. Thus the bottom
of the casing and the additional reservoir height will define the producing well length in
an openhole vertical or deviated well.
Select Gun:
If gun per layer has not been selected, click this button to select a gun from the guns
database.
Select Old Gun:
If gun per layer has not been selected and the user has chosen to reperforate existing
perforations, click this button to enter details of the gun used to create existing
perforations.
Layer Data:
Top MD - For all vertical and deviated wells this is the top of the specific reservoir layer
to be analysed, defined in terms of measured depth. Thus:
Bottom MD - Top MD = reservoir height for a vertical cased and perforated well.
Top MD must be used in conjunction with Additional Reservoir Height and Bottom
Well MD to define the reservoir height for an openhole or openhole perforated well.
Bottom MD - For vertical and deviated cased and perforated wells this is the bottom of
the reservoir layer to be analysed. Thus:
Bottom MD Top MD= reservoir height
Well length is defined by the perforated interval on the Log Data screen.
This is depicted below.
Cased and perforated vertical well:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
280
281
PROSPER
The Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods allow the following type of
horizontal well situation to be analysed:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
282
Xwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir length. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods
Ywell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir width. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods.
Zwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir height. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods.
Reservoir Length - Length of the reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
Reservoir Width - Width of the box reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
2.6.11.3.2.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Rel Perm Data
283
PROSPER
The User must select Corey Function in the Reservoir Layer screen.
End points (residual saturations and corresponding relative permeabilities) as well as
Corey Exponents must be specified. A brief explanation of these terms is provided
below:
Relative permeability: Permeability of one phase in the presence of another
phase
Residual saturation: The irreducible saturation remaining in the pore space
when another phase flows through the reservoir rock
End point relative permeability: The permeability corresponding to the residual
saturation of the other phase/phases
Corey exponent: An exponent that describes the shape of the relative
permeability curve between endpoint saturations
For example, in the below graph:
Residual water saturation=0.2 (20%)
Residual oil saturation= 0.2 (20%) i.e. 1-0.8
Oil relative permeability end point at the residual water saturation of 20%= 0.8
Water relative permeability end point at the residual oil saturation of 20%= 0.3
If water saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
oil is flowing in the reservoir
If oil saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
water is flowing in the reservoir
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
284
General rules to be used when specifying relative permeability values are provided
below (ideally, Corey Exponents would be obtained from laboratory experiments):
End point relative permeability <1
Residual saturations 0-1 (i.e.0-100%)
Recommended Corey Exponent for Gas/Oil Drainage
In order to estimate a Corey Exponent, the wettability of the reservoir must first be
determined.
Wettability describes the preference for fluid to adhere to the surface of the reservoir
rock (i.e., in water wet rocks water preferentially adheres to the rock surface,
conversely, in oil wet rocks oil preferentially adheres to the rock surface). In general,
most reservoirs are classified as being intermediate wet.
Guidelines for Wettability Determination:
Swi
WaterWet
>20 to 25% or more
Oil-Wet
<15%, usually 10%
kro=krw
@ Sw >50%
@ Sw< 50%
krw at Sorw
< 0.3
> 0.5
285
PROSPER
Wettability
Water Wet
Intermediate Wet
Oil Wet
2 to 4
3 to 6
6 to 8
5 to 8
3 to 5
2 to 3
Corey Exponent
5 to 8
2 to 4
Corey Exponent
2 to 4
The User can easily view the generated relative permeability curve by clicking Plot
Curves in the Corey Function data screen.
Relative permeability assumptions used in SPOT are outlined below:
-Oil production- oil, water and solution gas are assumed to be the only phases
present
-Gas production- gas and water are assumed to be the only phases present
-Water production- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into an aquifer- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into oil reservoir- water and residual oil are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into a gas cap- gas and irreducible water are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into an oil reservoir- gas, oil and irreducible water are assumed to be
the only phases present
Thus, it is important that the User selects the correct reservoir type on the Corey
Function screen for injection. That is:
-For water injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that water is
being injected into a water aquifer
-For gas injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that gas is
being injected into a gas cap.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
286
SPOT contains four mud invasion data entry options on the New well data and Reperforation data screens:
1. No Invasion: The SPOT calculation assumes no mud invasion.
2. Enter discrete invasion depth: The User should input a discrete mud
invasion depth based on field knowledge, information from deep and shallow
resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well as
the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the Invasion tab on the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
287
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
288
289
PROSPER
effects). Thus, if drilling mud solid particles are not correctly sized, the formation
will experience deeper mud filtrate invasion. The SPOT mud model assumes
that all drilling mud solids have been optimally sized.
Return permeability tests can be used to define the permanent permeability
reduction due to mud filtrate and solids invasion. It should be highlighted that
solids invasion should be negligible if a mud has been correctly designed.
Filtercake pop off/ flow back tests can be used to define the differential pressure
required for filtercake removal. Note that residual solids at the surface of the
wellbore will have a much larger impact on return permeability than filtrate
invasion so it is important to ensure the filtercake has been removed (Francis,
1997, SPE Paper 38182). If a drilling mud has been properly designed, the
filtercake should easily lift off and no residual solids should remain at the surface
of the wellbore.
It should also be highlighted that the mud calculation model in SPOT can only be used
to obtain a first pass estimate of mud invasion depth. If the depth of penetration of the
perforating gun and mud invasion depth is similar, more detailed studies and/or
laboratory testing should be undertaken. Such studies can account for additional
factors such as dynamic filtration effects. An example of such a study using a fine scale
3D reservoir simulator is described by Suryanarayana et. al in SPE Paper 95861.
Users should always conduct an After Action Review to compare the mud invasion
depth predicted by the model to that in the actual well (e.g. mud invasion depths in the
well can be measured using deep and shallow resistivity logs). This information will
assist design and interpretation of mud invasion depths in adjoining fields/wells. It
would be appreciated if results of any such comparison are sent to Petroleum Experts
for future improvement of the SPOT mud invasion model.
Some recognized limitations of the SPOT mud invasion model include:
It is possible to generate inconsistent skin and flow results when using high 'mud
filtrate zone' factors. If this occurs we recommend increasing the filtrate factor to
100percent or reducing the filtrate factor below 50percent. A model to rectify this
problem will be avaliable in the next version of SPOT. The correct behaviour is
that flow reduces (and skins increase) as mud invasion depth increases.
It assumes the mud has been correctly designed including sizing of mud solids.
Athough it can be applied to oil, gas and water flow, the model assumes piston
like displacement of filtrate. This is in general valid for gas wells, however, may
not be appropriate for oil wells. If the viscosity of the filtrate is lower than the
viscosity of the reservoir fluid, fingering may occur, resulting in much higher
invasion depths than predicted by the SPOT model. In order to correctly model
this effect, multiphase flow effects must be taken into account.
It is a static model and neglects dynamic effects such as filter cake erosion.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
290
291
PROSPER
filtercake invaded zones must be specified. Two options are available for specifying
the effective permeability of the invaded zone:
1. Input return permeability from core tests. This option should be selected if return
permeability laboratory testing was undertaken. Simplistically, the test involves
measuring the initial permeability of the sample at irreducible water saturation,
dynamically exposing the core to drilling mud so a filter cake forms, statically
exposing the filter cake to drilling fluid, cleaning up the sample using drawdown
and finally, measuring the return permeability of the core sample. The damaging
effect of the drilling mud is quantified by the difference between the initial and
final permeability of the core sample.
To use this option, the following inputs are required:
Fluid loss at end of test= total mud fluid loss
Cross sectional area= cross sectional area of core sample
Fractional porosity of core sample= average porosity of core sample
Length of core plug sample=length along the axis of the core sample
Swi of core sample= irreducible water saturation of core sample
Kreturn= return permeability of the core sample after conducting the laboratory
test (%)
Kinitial= initial permeability of the core sample i.e. 100% by definition
This information is used to determine a linear fluid invasion depth, and thus the
effective permeability of the fluid invaded zone.
2. Input factor for permeability in mud invaded zone: If return permeability
laboratory testing was not undertaken, the effective permeability if the solid and
filtrate invaded zones must be estimated. This is inputted into SPOT is the form
of mud invasion zone permeability factors, Ks and Kl,:
Ks = factor to describe the final permeability of the solid invasion zone following
mud invasion
Kl = factor to describe the final permeability of the filtrate invasion zone following
mud invasion
Suggested values based on research by Hans Van Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell) are as
follows:
Kl (OBM) = 52% Kl(WBM) =62%
(90% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)
Kl (OBM) = 89% Kl(WBM) =91%
(50% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)
Ks(OBM & WBM)= 5%
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
292
Research suggests that a cut-off may exist for mud invasion damage depending
on initial permeability(i.e. high permeability reservoirs are not greatly affected by
mud invasion). The mud invasion model used in SPOT accounts for irreducible
water saturation and, as such, a permeability cutoff is not recommended for
gas reservoirs. However, a permeability cutoff could be applied to oil
reservoirs.
Alternate work by Francis (1997) suggests: Ks (OBM & WBM)= 0.1%
(Reference: Francis, 1997, Dominating Effect Controlling the Extent of Drilling
Induced Formation Damage, SPE Paper 38182)
If the drilling mud is inappropriate or has been poorly designed, permeability in
the mud invaded zone may be very low due to pore plugging by solids, fluid/ fluid
and fluid/ rock interactions, changes in saturation, phase blockage, clay swelling
in the formation, wettability alterations and in situ emulsification and/or
precipitation. The mud invasion model in SPOT does not explicitly consider
these factors.
In addition, the User must enter an irreducible water saturation or irreducible gas
saturation value. This is the irreducible fluid saturation of the reservoir interval.
If Enter Discrete Invasion Depth was selected in the New Well/Reperforation
screen, a value should be entered into the Discrete invasion depth box on this
Invasion Data screen. This option will assume a constant invasion depth over the entire
reservoir interval.
If Calculate invasion was selected in the New Well/Reperforation screen, one of the
following four mud invasion depth calculation options should be selected:
1. Fluid loss vs time
2. Total fluid loss time and volume
3. No fluid loss data-option 1
4. No fluid loss data- option 2
Most accurate calculation method is Option 1, followed by Options 2, 3 and 4.
However the option that requires the least data and thus is most easily applied by the
User is Option 4. In many circumstances (especially for high permeability gas and oil
reservoirs), the User will only have data available for Option 4.
1. Fluid loss vs time
This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if fluid loss behaviour during the
duration of the test is avaliable. It will predict the amount of spurt loss as well as
the external filter cake build-up process (excessive spurt loss will occur if the
drilling fluid is not properly designed, in this case the drilling fluid should be
redesigned). The User will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data
screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
293
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
294
295
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
296
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. It is assumed that there is a negligible effect of the few
shots which may overlay. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the User
should match/adjust these results using field data.
If the option of Old holes only or New and Old holes is selected, the User will be required
to input the following data on the Reservoir Layer screen for the existing holes:
Most of the required information can be obtained from the Vendor Database:
Gun size
Shot density
Gun phasing
DoP Section 1: the depth of penetration measured during the API RP19B Section 1
test
Entrance hole diameter
Perforation efficiency: perforation efficiency is the number of holes that are
contributing to production. E.g. 80% efficiency would mean that 8 out of 10 holes are
contributing to production as 2 hole are blocked due to debris, perforation collapse
etc. Rough rules of thumb for perforation efficiency are:
o 80% for a current perforation gun in a vertical well.
o 50% for vertical perforations in a horizontal well (the gun sitting on the low side of
the hole will prevent tunnel cleanup)
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o <80% efficiency if a large dynamic or static drawdown is applied to consolidated
sand (i.e. tunnel collapse is not a concern)
o 50% for old perforation guns (greater than or equal to 20 years old)
o 50% for very tight reservoir
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. In general, a deep penetrating
gun will have an entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing that applies to the specified Section 1 DoP value
provided above.
Downhole standoff: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing when the gun was originally fired in the well.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:
Material
J55
L80
P105
P110
Mean Brinell Hardness 180
230
275
320
297
PROSPER
The Shell PGDT recommends that the following set of log data is inputted in SPOT to
improve perforation and inflow performance predictions (i.e. answer YES to Log data
available?):
Porosity
Permeability
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS)
Thick Walled Cylinder Strength (TWC)
If UCS and TWC data is not available, the following information should be entered:
Formation Density Compensated (FDC)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
298
Compressional Sonic
Shear Sonic
Petrophysical data should be entered on a typical data acquisition scale (i.e. 0.5-1ft).
Additional data that may also be entered in the Log data screen is listed below (these
are not used in the SPOT calculations):
Gamma-ray: to identify different formation types e.g. sand, shale, coal
Resistivity: to identify hydrocarbon intervals
Cement Bond Log (CBL): to identify poorly cemented zones
Caliper: the caliper diameter should be entered. This will be used to identify washed
out and slumped zones. Any caliper data entered in SPOT will be used to define the
wellbore radius in inflow performance calculations
Net/Non Net reservoir: to identify net pay or sand zones
The best method to get log data into PROSPER is to first import it into Excel and
preprocess it to the format of the log data tab. Then copy and paste it into PROSPER.
Once all the data has been entered, click the "Fill-in" button to calculate any columns
that were not entered (these are shown in blue).
Perforation Zones
The tick box in the "Perforated" column allows each row to be perforated or not. If the
perforated tick box is blue and disabled then it means the log row depth does not
intersect any of the entered layers so it can not produce/inject.
Obviously it can be time-consuming to tick or untick each log row as there may be
thousands or rows. So there are several methods to make this process easier:Multiple Selection:
Select a number of rows by clicking and dragging over the rows. Then right click on the
selected rows and select either "Perforated - On" or "Perforated - Off" to tick or untick
the Perforated tick box for all the selected rows.
Perf by cutoff:Click this button to display a dialog that allows rows to be perforated by cutoff e.g.
perforate all rows with a permeability grater than 10 md.
Perf by depth:Click this button to display a dialog that allows rows to be perforated or not over a range
of entered depths e.g. perforate all rows between a MD of 10105 and 10674 feet.
Note that if the Goode-Wilkinson horizontal well model is not selected for a cased and
perforated analysis, the User will be unable to update the perforation interval in the Log
Data screen (the entire interval will be automatically selected as being perforated).
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) and Thick Walled Cylinder (TWC) Data
299
PROSPER
The User should input a UCS petrophysical log into SPOT. UCS is a very important
parameter as it affects the perforation depth of penetration. There are four options for
determining UCS:
1. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs) and match the generated UCS log to
laboratory core UCS measurements at specific depths. The complete UCS log
should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst. This is the most
accurate method of creating a UCS log as the predictive correlation will have been
match against actual field core UCS measurements. For example:
2. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs). The UCS log is NOT matched against
core data. The complete UCS log should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
3. Determine a UCS log for your field using information/ data from nearby wells/fields
4. Use correlations in SPOT to estimate UCS. The following correlation types are
available in SPOT to estimate UCS under the UCS Relation column in the layer
data tab:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equation 1: UCS as a function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty factor
2)
- Equation 2: UCS as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 2)
- Equation 3: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity>7%)
- Equation 4: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 5: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity 4-37%)
- Equation 6: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 3)
SPOT may request more information than required by the selected UCS correlation. For
example, the User may select Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional Sonic
from the Log data input drop down menu in the options tab, however if Equation 1 is
selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate UCS (porosity
and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If the User wishes
to use petrophysical log data to calculate UCS but only average values to calculate
inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and Sonic logs and constant
porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log data tab.
Although it is possible to internally calculate porosity in SPOT for oil and water wells, it is
recommended that porosity values are not calculated within SPOT and that porosity
information is always entered by the User after it has been determined by a Log Analyst/
Petrophysicist (as it can have a large effect on mud invasion depth calculations and
permeability correlations, and subsequently inflow values). To internally calculate
porosity in SPOT for an oil or water well a FDC (density) Petrophysical log and a Rock
Bulk Density value must be provided. Mud invasion effects are ignored in the SPOT
porosity calculation. SPOT does not allow the User to internally calculate porosity for
gas wells as density logs measure electronic density (which can be significantly less
than actual density in gas).
Many of these correlations are based on trend lines and as such, there is uncertainty
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
300
<130 psia
130-550 psia
550-1300 psia
1300-4500
psia
>4500 psia
4500-7200
psia
7200-17000
psia
>17000 psia
301
PROSPER
data must be generated. The screen to generate this data will be displayed
automatically the first time the log data tab is accessed. To regenerate the log data
again, click the generate button.
2.6.11.3.3.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Generate Log Data
This dialog is used to generate synthetic log data if none is available. This will create
log data with constant values entered in the average properties data.
The log depth increment should be a small number (e.g. 1 ft).
2.6.11.3.3.2 SPOT: Model inputs - Perforation Cutoff
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
302
This dialog allows the perforated state of the log rows to be set depending on the values
of the log data.
For example, if you wish to only perforate log rows where the permeability is greater
than 10 mD, enter a value of 10 mD for the "Lower Permeability" and then click the
"Apply Cut-off" button. Log rows with a permeability greater than 10 mD will have the
"Perforated" tick box selected and any with a permeability lower than 10 mD will have
the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.
Alternatively if you wish to only perforate log rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia, enter
a value of 7000 psia for the "Upper UCS" and then click the "Apply Cut-off" button. Log
rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box selected and
any with a UCS higher than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.
Leave fields blank if you do not want to them to be applied in the cut-off.
2.6.11.3.3.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Perforation Depth
This dialog is used to select or deselect the perforate tick box for all log rows over a
certain depth range. The depths are always MD rather than TVD.
For example, if you wish to perforate between 12050 and 12100 feet, enter "Upper
Depth" = 12050 ft and "Lower Depth" = 12100 ft. Then click the "Set Perforated" button.
303
PROSPER
This tab is used to enter completion details for the SPOT calculations. Only the
completion over the producing zone is required.
This data is used to correct the Lp. API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing
defined in the test data. So if if a thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as
more of the gun energy is lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then
the Lp will be higher.
Appropriate completion details will need to be entered for the selected option. This may
include:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
304
L80
230
P105
275
P110
320
SPOT will always assume that the casing of a well is cemented. It cannot calculate the
effect of perforating an uncemented liner or tubing.
Multiple casing strings (2 or 3 casing strings only) can be entered into SPOT and an
adjusted perforation depth will be calculated using empirical correlations.
The holdup depth is effectively the bottom of the well. No perforations are allowed below
the holdup depth. The holdup depth is a measured depth (not TVD).
305
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
306
but is provided here for flexibility). The external gravel pack represents where the casing
has been underreamed, the interval has been perforated and the perforations and
underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all other intervals in
the well contain a traditional openhole perforated completion.
Openhole well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the internal gravel pack
represents an openhole well that has been completed with a gravel pack within it (it is
extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in practice, but is provided here for
flexibility). The external gravel pack represents a conventional external gravel pack
where the casing has been underreamed and the underreamed area is filled with
gravel.
This option assumes that all other intervals in the well contain a traditional openhole
completion.
Gravel pack permeability: the permeability of the gravel pack can be estimated using
the following recommendation by Golan and Whitson (1991)
US Mesh Size
40/60
20/40
10/20
8/12
Permeability (md)
1.2E5-1.7E5
1.2E5
5E5-6.5E5
1.7E6
307
PROSPER
SPOT initially does all the calculations of corrected Lp's, skin, rates etc for each log row.
For reporting purposes it then calculates representative values for the layers for some of
these variables. For example it will use the results of the log rows belonging to each
layer to calculate an equivalent skin for the layer.
Click on the Log Results button to display the detailed results for each log row. Some of
these results are at a specific FBHP so a value needs to be entered before displaying
the log results.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
308
This dialog displays the detailed results for each log row. Some of the data (such as
rates) are calculated at the FBHP that was entered in the layer results.
Notes on some of the variables are as follows:Underbalance Behrmann, Underbalance King - Recommended underbalance as
calculated by Behrmann & King.
Qo, Qw, Qg - rates from the log row at the entered FBHP
Qo Aof, Qw Aof, Qo Aof - rates from the log row if FBHP = atmospheric pressure
Qo Cum, Qw Cum, Qg Cum - the total rate from this log row plus all log rows below this
log row at entered FBHP.
Qo Cum Aof, Qw Cum Aof, Qg Cum Aof - the total rate from this log row plus all log
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
309
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
310
Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:
1. Network window the window on which the system network is drawn.
2. Navigator window contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
about large systems.
3. Menu bar and toolbar. The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER and
the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands compared to a normal
application framework window because it is a subsidiary window of the main
programme. The toolbar contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or unzooming on the
network window.
4. Visualisation screen up to three windows showing front, side and top views of the
multilateral network.
311
PROSPER
The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is displayed
and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one time; this
means that different views of the same system are available simultaneously, which can
be of help in editing large networks.
The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes are
represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on this
window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of the
system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions can be
performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.
Addition of Network Nodes and Links
To add an item to the system, activate the required network item type from the toolbar or
by using the right hand mouse button menu. The cursor will change to indicate that a
network item selection has been made. Click on the screen at the point to insert the
element. A network node will be created and an icon to represent it. A label dialog will
appear prompting for a name. If the element is not labelled, a default label is provided
which can be edited later using the icon right hand mouse button menu.
Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between two
nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or not and
the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be attached to
completions and the type of link is logical; in other cases the link is a piece of tubing.
These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The network is
hierarchical and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the connections
(which is normally the same direction as increasing vertical depth). Each icon is given a
characteristic colour, depending on the network item it represents. The colours and
items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow (completion), blue (reservoir) and pink
(tubing).
Zoom/Unzoom
To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
hand mouse menu, as described above. To zoom in on an area, hold the left hand
mouse button while sweeping the mouse cursor over the area of interest. Alternatively,
click once at a point in the system, and the programme will zoom or unzoom on that
point using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the Preferences dialog
in the Preferences menu).
To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand mouse button at any
point in the window (except on an icon). The view will re-scale to show the whole of the
system.
Mask/Unmask
To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
312
hand mouse menu, as described above. To mask a node, click on itwith mask
selected; to unmask it click on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node from
the calculation without removing it and its associated data from the network (which
deleting does). Masking is useful for simulating the effect of removing or adding in
completions. Note that masking a branch will have the effect of masking those below it
in the hierarchy.
Moving Items
Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. To move a
single item, place the mouse cursor above it and hold down the left mouse button while
dragging the mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a group, select an
area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left mouse button with the mouse
cursor in the window before dragging the whole group to a new location. Items stay
selected after a group move but can be de-selected using the select option.
Deletion of Items
Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Groups of
items may be deleted by group-selecting them as above, but with the delete option
chosen. NB: deletion of a node deletes the data associated with it so this option
should be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Selection of Items
To select an item or items, first choose the select icon (black arrow) from the toolbar or
from the right hand mouse menu, the selected item will change colour. Group selections
can be achieved by first selecting the select icon then drag the left hand mouse button
over the area of interest. The select option is a toggle, so it can select or de-select
items. Group selections can be used to turn off the selection actioned by a group move.
Editing of Items
If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and can be edited by
double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/unzoom, move, delete or select are
chosen. Editing of network item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.
Right Hand Mouse Button Actions
Utility menus will appear when the right hand mouse button is clicked anywhere in the
system view. The normal menu appears when the button is clicked over an empty
space. It contains the commands to add and manipulate network items as well as
commands to bring up dialog screens to change fonts and icon sizes. If it is clicked
over a network icon, a shorter menu will appear with a number of network item specific
functions, such as the ability to change the icon size and label, and delete and select.
Panning
To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the edge of the view in
the direction the system will be moved. The cursor will change to an arrow. Clicking the
left hand mouse button will move the system view by a fixed amount depending on the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
313
PROSPER
current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down and, after a short
time, the pan action will 'auto-repeat'.
Popup Status Information
If no toolbar (or equivalent menu item) is chosen as the mouse is moved over the
network icons, a small window will appear and show basic status information for the
node in question. The pop-up status window allows the validity status of a network item
to be checked without entering the data entry screen. This is optional: to switch this
function off go to the Preferences screen. To select nothing, toggle the currently
selected toolbar or menu items, or choose the blank option from the drop-down list box
in the toolbar.
Changing Icon Sizes / System Fonts
These functions are also available from the right hand mouse menu. See the section on
menu details for more information.
Other Window Actions
Minimise:
Click this button to minimise the window in the multilateral main
window.
Maximise:
Click this button to maximise the window to fill the multilateral main
window.
Close:
System menu:
This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always consist
of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system window. In
addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the portion of the
system currently under view in the system window.
The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network window,
this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle, the
cursor changes to allow resizing of the rectangle. In this way, the navigator window
facilitates creating views in areas of interest. Double-clicking the left hand mouse button
in the area will create a new system view displaying the selected area, although resized
to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.
Right Hand Mouse Button Menu
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
314
Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a utility
menu. This contains the following functions:
Navigator On Top: By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views. This
can be changed by selecting this item from the menu.
Hide Window: The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed, will
not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the Window menu. The
navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the cross button at the top right hand corner
of the window or by using the Window menu option.
New Window: Another way of producing a new view (see above).
Icon Sizes: Invokes the Icon Sizes dialog (see below).
The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It consists of
a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu functions
accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand mouse button
in the network window.
The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment. A
small yellow box with a short description will appear.
Network Item Set-up
The functionality of the network items buttons is duplicated in the drop-down list: a
selection from this list will cause the appropriate button on the toolbar to be shown as
depressed. When a network item button is selected, the cursor, when over a system
window, will be drawn to represent the current selection. Click once on the system
window to cause a new node of the required type to be created at the chosen point. A
label dialog will appear to allowing the node to be labelled; leaving the label blank
results in default node naming. This can be edited later by clicking the right hand mouse
button on the icon created.
Connections between nodes are created by choosing the Link button and holding
down the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between the nodes. There is a
connection hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into one
or more child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out
physically. Indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or completioncompletion connections by the order in which they are joined up.
Tie-point. This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is located at the
top of the system (in vertical depth and hierarchically). Hence, the tie-point
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
315
PROSPER
Zoom in/out. When 'zoom in/out' is selected, a zoom can be achieved either
by clicking the mouse on the system window, which will zoom in/out a fixed
amount and set the centre of the view to the position clicked. If zoom in is
selected, sweeping an area with the mouse will zoom in on the area
selected. The aspect ratio will be retained when an area zoom is performed.
Mask/Unmask an item. After masking is selected specific items can be
removed from the network for calculation purposes without deleting them.
This is particularly useful for seeing the effect of removing a completion
item.
Delete a node. After this is selected, the node may be deleted by clicking on
the item in the system window. The icon automatically becomes unselected
following a deletion to prevent accidental deletion of further nodes. To
delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Move a node. After this is selected, a node may be moved by clicking on the
item in the system window and then, with the mouse button depressed,
dragging the item to the new position. A group of nodes may also be
selected and moved.
Select a node. After this is pressed, a node may be selected/de-selected by
clicking on the item in the system window. The item will reverse its colour to
indicate selection/de-selection.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
316
Finish
Done exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data first. If the
structure is not valid a warning message appears providing the opportunity to remain in
the multilateral screen. One can exit the data screen, however, the data are marked
invalid.
Cancel leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at the start of
the edit session.
Tools
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside, the drop-down list box in
the tool bar and have been explained above.
Analyse
This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a similar way to those in
the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is treated as one reservoir model option, such as
the multi-layer with dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option, which brings up the
dialog in the following figure.
317
PROSPER
The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
former case pressure can be calculated from a rate or rate from a pressure. In the latter
case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other IPR
calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed up
calculations if appropriate. Results of the points for curve calculation will be reported at
the bottom section of the screen. Also, having a bearing on calculation speed is the
switch between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In the latter case the
pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying out the calculation, the
network structure is validated and any errors are reported in the white list box in the
middle section of the screen. If the structure is not valid the calculation is not carried out.
The Details button is used to display pressure and rate-related parameters with respect
to the measured and vertical tubing depths of each branch.
During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow stopping the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except Help,
which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.
Visualise
These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
318
Preferences
The preferences dialog is gained from the Preferences item of the frame window menu.
It allows customisation of a set of User-interface variables for subsequent PROSPER
sessions. The following options are available:
Enable Flyover Status Information. If this is checked then a status box appear as
the mouse is moved over the network item icons.
Auto-repeat delay when panning. When panning, the left-hand mouse button may be
held down to auto-repeat the action. The value given in this field represents the time
(in ms) before the auto-repeat action starts from when the mouse button is clicked.
Fraction of screen to pan per click. This represents the resolution of panning.
Zoom/unzoom factor. A single click in a system window while the zoom or unzoom
icons are active results in a fixed scaling to be applied to the view, while the centre
of the view is changed to the position in which the mouse was clicked. The value
entered in this field is the fixed scaling factor, and as such should be greater than
one.
Output
Printer Setup - to set up the printer if not already done.
Print - prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the clipboard,
whether a network window or a visualisation screen.
Window Menu
New Window. This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components.
Close All. Shuts down all system windows in the application.
Cascade. This reorganises the system windows into a cascade.
Tile. Tiles the system windows.
Toggle toolbar display. This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and
vice-versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, toolbar commands can be accessed via
the right hand mouse button on the system view window.
Toggle navigator display. Displays or hides the navigator window.
Below this is a list of currently active system windows. The current focus window may be
changed by clicking on one.
Help
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
319
PROSPER
The dialog consists of a slider with a data entry field, which contains the current icon
size (this defaults to 50 out of an arbitrary 0 100 range for a new file). Change the icon
size by adjusting the slider or entering a new size in the entry field. Check the Automatic
Update box to update the system window with the new size as the slider is moved.
When the new icon size is entered, click on This View or All Views. In the latter case
the change will be applied to all network windows. In the former case, only the currently
active network view will be changed. The new icon size will not be saved; i.e. all
changes will be lost when the current file is exited.
2.6.12.1.2.6 Visualisation Screens
These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral object.
The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and reservoirs) are
drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are updated whenever a
network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever an item is deleted or
becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same colour as their
equivalent network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified by the same
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
320
321
PROSPER
2.6.12.2Data Entry
2.6.12.2.1 Overview
The data associated with any network item is accessed by double-clicking on its icon
when none of the network manipulation options (zoom/unzoom, delete, move and select)
have been chosen. This brings up a screen with editable data fields in it.
Apart from the tie-point and junction data screens, the main data entry screen for each
node is similar to that of the single well main data entry screen (see Section 7.1).
However, the reservoir data input child screen does not have any tab buttons in it. The
main data screens differ from the single well case in the action buttons: only the leftmost group - Done, Cancel, Reset, Validate and Help - are available. Their function is
the same as in the single well case. Hence, the differences between the single well IPR
data entry and the similar multilateral ones lie in the model selection and data input child
screens.
Given the hierarchical nature of the network, editing a parent branch causes the starting
points (e.g. depths) of child branches to be initialised. Those data fields that are
initialised from outside a particular network item are set read-only (coloured cyan) when
the screen to edit that net item is brought up. Hence, in order to edit a net item and fill it
with valid data it is normally necessary to have edited the parent branch first. However,
it is not a requirement to edit the network in hierarchical order as any child net item can
be filled with invalid data and saved before editing its parent.
Another difference from the single well IPR is that in each screen, on the right hand side,
there is a list box containing a drawing of the network where the data carrying nodes are
sorted hierarchically, by type or alphabetically according to a right-hand mouse button
menu selection. By clicking on the line corresponding to a node the given screen is
closed and the screen belonging to the node clicked on is opened.
January, 2010
User Guide
322
There must be no more than one tie-point in a network; other loose items are
ignored.
The top node must be a tie-point.
All branches must end in a completion; completions must be attached to at least one
reservoir.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
323
PROSPER
Reservoirs should not overlap in depth (in the current model they are assumed to be
layers).
10000 feet
(12000, 10000)
(12100, 10020)
(12200, 10020)
Kh = 100 mD
(12400, 10100)
10100 feet
Azimuth = 170 deg.
Azimuth = 0 deg.
10200 feet
Kh = 50 mD
(13000, 10210)
(13000, 10220)
(14000, 10220)
(14000, 10280)
10300 feet
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
324
325
PROSPER
12100
10020
in the white boxes in row 2. Now enter the Equipment tabbed dialog by clicking on
that tab. In row 1 choose Tubing from the drop-down list box and then enter the four
numbers:
12100
0.7
0.0006
170
170
(row 2)
(row 3)
0.0006
(row 1)
10210
10280
(row 1)
C2 Deviation
12400
10100
0
(row 2)
13000
10220
0
(row 3)
14000
10220
0
(row 4)
C2 Equipment
14000
0.7
0.0006
1
(row 1)
C2 Completion Info.
12200
12400
10020
10100
13000
14000
10220
10220
1
1
(row 1)
(row 2)
January, 2010
User Guide
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness:
326
100 md
100 feet
The other fields in the model selection and data input screens (for both reservoirs)
should be entered with some reasonable numbers. For example: pressure (5000),
temperature (200), salinity (150000), water cut (15), GOR (800), gas gravity (0.9), oil
gravity (30), vertical permeability (10) and drainage area (500).
2.7
327
PROSPER
go directly to Design Gaslift Design (New Well). Note that the gas lift design section
has been revised to give users greater flexibility in choice of design methods.
The required input depends on the choice of casing pressure calculation method.
These are the options available that can be selected in the general options:
Safety Equipment
Friction pressure losses are calculated in the surface piping, tubing/
casing annulus and an annular safety valve where fitted.
To analyse an existing installation, the gas lift details that need to be entered will
depend upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.
Firstly select the gas lift system type on the Options menu, then enter the gaslift data by
selecting Gaslift data on the System menu.
Enter the required lift gas composition data. It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the
injected gas. For example, to model CO2 injection enter Gaslift Gas Gravity = 1.53 and
Mole percent CO2 = 100%.
Select one of three gas lift methods available. The methods currently available are:
The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient to inject lift gas at
the specified depth to achieve the GLR Injected or the Injected Gas Rate.
The GLR injected can be subsequently overwritten with entered calculation sensitivity
variables. If the GLR injected is unknown, leave it set to zero. The GLR to inject is set
using Sensitivity variables GLR injected or Injection gas rate in the Calculation section.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
328
GLR/Rate ?
It is possible to select whether to use by default GLR Injected or Injected Gas Rate as
mode of gas injection.
For example, if one selects use GLR Injected as method, then the program will use by
default the value of GLR injected entered in the same screen above. If instead before
any calculation one enters the gas lift gas (as GLR injected or gas lift gas injection rate)
as sensitivity parameter, then the mode selected in the GasLift Input Data will be
overwritten.
329
PROSPER
For the Gas lifted (safety equipment) option, the compressor discharge pressure is
requested instead of the casing pressure.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
330
If a gas lift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have been entered for
a Gaslift QuickLook Calculation, the valve details can be copied across using the T
ransfer button.
331
PROSPER
The safety equipment data can be entered by accessing the Safety Equipment button in
this screen.
The details of the surface injection system are used to calculate the casing head
pressure as a function of gas injection rate and compressor output pressure. Frictional
losses in the annulus are taken into account when calculating the casing pressure at
each gas lift valve depth. The safety valve pressure loss is clearly seen on the following
gradient plot:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
332
333
PROSPER
And in the Gas Lift Data enter the properties of the gas and the GLR injected:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
334
Surface injection pressure: this is the gas lift injection pressure at surface
Injection depth: depth of the injection valve
Gas lift gas gravity: gravity of the injected gas lift gas
Valve port size: size of the injection valve
Water Cut: water cut of the produced well stream
Tubing Liquid level: depth of the liquid in the tubing to be lifted
335
PROSPER
The Pump wear factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc.
For example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head
curves down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value).
Entering 0 causes the program to use the database curves directly.
A negative number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that
performs better than the database curve.
Note: to be able to enter negative wear factors, modify the range of validity of
the wear factor parameter in the Units section. To do that, access the menu
Units/Units and enter for the Pump Wear Factor a Minimum Validation value
equal to -1 (fraction):
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
336
When a downhole gas separator is run, the GOR of the oil above the separator will be
lower than the produced oil GOR. Depending on the completion, the separated gas is
produced up the annulus or a separate tubing string. Both casing I.D. and tubing O.D.
are required to be input on the System Equipment Downhole Equipment.
337
PROSPER
The Pump wear factor is defined as in the ESP pumps, as seen in the previous section.
Turbine speed is assumed to be the same as the Pump speed. The % Power Fluid of
Reservoir Fluid defines what fraction of the total produced liquids the power fluid
represents.
A figure of 100% means that the amount of power fluid used to drive the
turbine is the same as the amount of produced reservoir fluids.
January, 2010
User Guide
338
In order to select the correspondent pump and rods, the pump database must be set up
first. The section devoted to the PCP design will describe how to enter the
correspondent pump and rods database.
339
PROSPER
Two lift methods are available: Specified Injection Depth and Optimum Injection Depth.
Please refer to the Gas Lift section above for further details.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
340
341
PROSPER
In this section the User has to select the Pump and enter specify its position and
maximum size along with injection rate and pressure.
The loss coefficients are also required. These coefficients are a measure of the energy
loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the pump.
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
342
The Pump Wear Factor is defined in the same way as in the ESP pumps. Please refer
to that section for details.
Other input data are the power available, the pump configuration (single pump or pumps
in parallel) and the pump model.
343
PROSPER
The input data screen is directly connected to the database for the Sucker Rod Pumps.
2.8
Matching Menu
The PROSPER Matching menu is mainly used for the following objectives:
Input data and model quality control
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
344
The Quality Control exercises like Correlation comparison are based on what is
possible according to the principles of fundamental physics.
This should be used only if for a given rate more than one measurement is
available along the production string.
Pipeline Matching
The program uses actual wellhead and manifold pressures together with temperature
data points to match surface pressure drop correlations. Separate screens allow the
match parameters to be viewed and the best match selected.
Correlation Comparison
This is the primary step in quality control of measured well test data.
This option allows pressure gradient plots to be generated with different correlations to
be compared with measured gradient survey data. The comparison enables the User
to:
- Understand if the measurements make sense, that is to say, violate or not the
principles of physics
- Select the flow correlation that best fits the experimental measurement
Correlation Comparison is a fundamental step in the quality check of the model.
QuickLook
This feature is active only if an artificial lift method (Gas Lift, ESP or HSP) is selected.
It allows calculation of the pressure gradient in an artificially lifted well for a quick check
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
345
PROSPER
of lift performance.
For gas lifted wells, valve opening and closing pressures are calculated to permit
troubleshooting gas lift installations.
For ESP and HSP wells, the performance of the ESP and HSP can be checked.
Correlation Parameters
The tubing and pipeline match parameters can be inspected reset or entered by hand
using this menu option. This capability is useful for troubleshooting, or to input match
parameters determined previously.
Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify a threshold angle for both tubing and pipeline
correlations at which the program will automatically change to another (specified)
correlation. This option will enable vertical risers in sub sea completions to be modelled
more accurately.
The Gas Oil Ratio is the solution GOR. If the reservoir is under-saturated, there
is no free gas production at the sand face and the GOR free should be set to
zero.
The Gas Oil Ratio can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free GOR). In
this case the GOR Free can be entered as nil. The program will determine how
much gas is in solution and how much in the free phase according to the PVT.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
346
A comment can be entered for the test. Also, each test can be
associated to a date stamp
Tubing
Pressure
Tubing
Temperature
Water Cut
Rate
Gauge Depth
Gauge Pressure
Reservoir Pressure
Pressure of the reservoir when the test was taken. This field
will not be displayed if the IPR model in use is MultiLayer or
MultiLateral
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
347
PROSPER
GOR
GOR Free
Injection Depth
Operating
Frequency
Pump
Pressure
Pump
Discharge ESP Lifted wells only
Pressure
The Test Point Date and Comment fields are provided to allow the optional entry of
notes to identify the match data set. Examples would be test date, source of pressure
data, comments on test quality etc.
This input screen has a number of features to simplify data manipulation. The selection
buttons on the left hand side are used to select data points for further editing. Hold
down the Ctrl key and click the required buttons to select multiple points. Copy copies
the selected points into memory and onto the Windows clipboard. Click the selection
button of the desired destination and click Paste to copy the data to the new location. I
nsert shifts the data down to make room for new entries. The Delete button deletes the
selected records. Data from this table can be copied to or from the Windows clipboard.
Therefore, test data can be read in from a Windows based spreadsheet by first
copying it to the clipboard, and then pasting it directly into the table.
Bad or inconsistent data points occasionally prevent the program obtaining a good
match. The Disable button causes a selected data record to be ignored in the matching
process. Disabled records are dimmed in the VLP matching screen. Disabled points
can be re-included in the matching process by first selecting the point and clicking on E
nable. By sequentially disabling suspect data points, potentially inaccurate test points
can be identified and eliminated from the match.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to estimate
the overall heat transfer coefficient.
Click on the Estimate U value button
PROSPER will estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient that matches
the wellhead temperature of the well test.
The User can then go to the Geothermal Gradient section to change the
overall heat transfer coefficient value.
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected well test data to the correlation comparison section. The procedure is:
348
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to perform
correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the correlation comparison screen and at the
same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with the selected
well test data.
For each well test it is possible to enter a date stamp and the reservoir pressure
at the time of the test.
This feature can be used to store the actual reservoir conditions and allow the
User to get back in time and check old tests.
Accessing QuickLook
When Gas Lift, ESP, or HSP artificial lift method is in use, from the VLP/IPR
matching screen it is possible to access the QuickLook section
New!!! Adjust IPR: After matching the VLP, it is possible to solve the system
for reservoir pressure in automated fashion. The algorithm will estimate the
reservoir needed to match the well test. The user will have to make an
engineering judgment about the adequacy of the mathematical solution.
349
PROSPER
Click the Statistics button to examine the match parameters as shown on the example
screen below:
If necessary, match parameters can be edited or directly entered on this screen. This
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
350
should be done with extreme caution and only if previous work on similar wells has
yielded consistent match parameters or to apply match parameters for the same well in
a different PROSPER application.
PROSPER uses a non-linear regression to tune the VLP correlations to best match the
measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure traverse using a correlation and
determining the error between measured and calculated pressures. The gravity and
friction terms of the pressure loss equations are then adjusted and the process
repeated until the measured and calculated results agree within 1 psi, or 50 iterations
have been completed.
Notes on Matching Parameters
Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop
correlation
351
PROSPER
data points.
VLP matching provides a logically consistent means to adjust flow
PROSPER
correlations to reproduce field measured pressures. Combined with IPR
matching, PROSPER provides the means to create a robust well model that is
capable of reproducing observed pressures and rates. This is a necessary
condition for making accurate performance predictions and optimisation studies.
January, 2010
User Guide
352
(including downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).
Petroleum Experts 5. The PE5 mechanistic correlation is an advancement on the PE4
mechanistic correlation. PE4 showed some instabilities (just like other mechanistic
models) that limited its use accross the board. PE5 reduces the instabilities through a
calculation that does not use flow regime maps as a starting point.
PE5 is capable of modelling any fluid type over any well or pipe trajectory. This
correlation accounts for fluid density changes for incline and decline trajectories. The
stability of the well can also be verified with the use of PE5 when calculating the gradient
traverse, allowing for liquid loading, slug frequency, etc. to be modelled.
Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured data. However, its
formulation includes a discontinuity in its calculation method. The discontinuity can
cause instability during the pressure matching process; therefore we do not encourage
its use.
Beggs and Brill is primarily a pipeline correlation. It generally over-predicts pressure
drops in vertical and deviated wells.
Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50
bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. Gray contains its own internal PVT model
which over-rides PROSPERs normal PVT calculations.
Hydro 3P (internal) is a mechanistic model and considers three phase flow.
For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT and the
Duns and Ros correlation.
There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given
application. It is recommended that the Correlation Comparison always be
carried out. By inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results,
the User can select the correlation that best models the physical situation.
Further details can be found in the PROSPER Help menu, under HelpFlow Correlations.
References about multiphase flow are reported in Appendix A.
353
PROSPER
Select the desired correlation and then click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the
VLP for a range of rates and pressure at the sand face for each of the active test points
that have been entered on the VLP Matching screen. Once this calculation is
completed, click Plot and the VLP/IPR plot will be displayed along with the test point:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
354
The errors between calculated and measured data are shown on the side of the plot. If
the test points are not consistent with the IPR model, the skin, etc. can be adjusted until
a match is obtained. To modify the data of the IPR, select IPR, which will access the
IPR input screen.
NEW!!! During the adjustment of the IPR, to modify the value of the Reservoir
Pressure, change the reservoir pressure entered in the test data screen
Inconsistent test data points will be easily identified on this plot. Clicking Finish returns
to the Adjust IPR screen. Matching both the VLP and IPR to actual test data ensures
that the PROSPER well model is capable of accurately reproducing the currently known
producing conditions.
An IPR is required when automatic rate calculation is used for VLP or system
calculations. IPR data must be present before commencing a VLP/IPR Match.
355
PROSPER
NEW!!! In the VLP Matching - Adjust IPR screen the option to allow/disallow
Left-Hand Intersection is available. This option can be used in cases like Gas
Coning
The first node pressure is entered in the Input Parameters section - do not include it in
the Match Data table. The Transfer button copies the measured gradient data from the
Correlation comparison data. The same guidelines for GOR apply as for VLP/IPR
Matching. Enter the required data and click Match. The following will be displayed:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
356
Select the correlations to be matched by clicking on them, and then click Match to start
the matching routine. Parameter 1 is the correction factor applied to the gravity
component of pressure drop whilst Parameter 2 is the factor applied to the frictional
element of pressure drop. The match algorithm continues until the standard error is less
than 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been performed. The adjusted correlation and
measured pressures can be visually compared by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the
following is displayed:
357
PROSPER
The match points appear as blue squares in the figure reported above.
The calculated pressure gradient can be inspected by clicking View. Click the Statistics
button to display the match parameters. Use the statistics and knowledge of well
conditions and correlation performance to guide the choice of VLP correlation. Once a
correlation has been matched, the match parameters are appended to the correlation
name for all subsequent operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or clear the match
parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use the Reset All button
to reset all correlations to their un-matched state.
Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching. VLP matching is
the preferred option. Gradient matching is only to be considered for
specialised artificial lift applications and where many (reliable) pressure Vs
depth data points are available.
January, 2010
User Guide
358
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected pipeline test data to the pipeline correlation comparison section. The
procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the pipeline test data that we wish to
perform correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the pipeline correlation comparison screen
and at the same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with
the selected pipeline test data.
Enter measured manifold and tubing head pressures for a range of rates and click M
atch to enter the calculation screen. Select the correlations to match in the same
manner as for Gradient matching. All editing and calculation controls operate as
described under Gradient matching. Once the matching is complete, click OK to return
to the main menu.
359
PROSPER
input and plotted on the same graph for comparison with the pressure calculated from
the correlations. The correlations may be modified or unmodified (Matched or
Unmatched).
Click Matching / Correlation comparison to display the following data entry screen:
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the wellhead only if there
is no surface equipment or it has been disabled.
Enter the surface flowing conditions at which to compare the flowing gradients
calculations for the selected Vertical Lift correlations. Select a surface equipment
correlation then click on the required Vertical Lift correlations to select a number of
them from the list. Please remember that the lowest and highest pressure drops are
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
360
given by Fancher and Brown (no slip) and Duns and Ross Modified (highest pressure
drop in the slug flow regime) for oil wells. These can serve as quality check boundaries
for downhole measurements. Fancher Brown should never be used for actual
calculations.
Ensure that the rate type is correct for the specific application.
The value of GOR should reflect the current solution GOR and at no time
should exceed the initial solution GOR.
The GOR Free variable is used to model the effect of free gas production
from a gas cap or injection gas breakthrough. Leave GOR Free set to zero if
there is no free gas production.
The sum of GOR and GOR Free should equal the producing GOR.
Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus depth in the measured
data boxes. The Transfer button copies the measured depths and pressures from the G
radient Match section.
For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are
required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.
When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to display the calculations screen,
then press the Calculate button to compute the pressure gradient in tabular form as
shown below:
361
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Temperature, Pressure.
Total Pressure Gradient, Static gradient, Friction Gradient.
Flow regime, Liquid Hold up, Water Hold up, cumulative hold ups.
Slip Liquid Velocity, Superficial Liquid Velocity, Slip Gas Velocity, Superficial
Gas Velocity, Slip Water Velocity, Superficial Water Velocity.
Mixture Density, Gas density, Oil density, Water density.
Frictional Pressure Loss, Gravity Pressure Loss
January, 2010
User Guide
362
Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.
A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. The plot can be output or saved using the standard features
of PROSPER and Windows. An example comparison plot is shown below:
This plot is a useful quality check on the PVT and field production data. The Fancher
Brown correlation does not allow for gas/liquid slippage, therefore it should always
predict a pressure that is less than the measured value. Measured data falling to the left
of Fancher Brown on the gradient comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density
(i.e. PVT) or the field data (pressure or rate). The use of the gradient comparison plot is
recommended to help identify flow regimes and assess input data quality.
Summary Plot
From the Tubing Correlation Comparison it is possible to visualize a Summary plot
363
PROSPER
This plot allows to compare the total dP and the components of the dp calculated by the
various correlations, as well as the difference between the correlation pressure and the
gauge pressure (Point i in the table):
Results
PROSPER Manual
This consists of a table containing the summary of all the results for all the
multiphase flow models
January, 2010
User Guide
Chart
Done
364
Select from the drop-down menu the component of the pressure drop to
compare
Return to the previous screen.
Export This option allows the user to export selected data to Printer, File, Clipboard
or Screen.
Help
2.8.5.1 Input
The gas lift QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from
the Matching menu displays the following screen:
365
PROSPER
The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input.
If unloading valve details have been entered, their opening and closing pressures will be
shown on the plot also.
The parameters required to be entered are:
Tubing head
pressure
Tubing head
temperature
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
366
Liquid rate
Water cut
Casing head
pressure
Orifice diameter
Injection depth
Vertical flow
correlation
Dome Pressure
Correction above
1200 psi
Thornhill-Craver
DeRating
NEW!!!
This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas
injection rate that can be flowed through a valve or the orifice.
As the maximum gas rate is decreased, this means that to
flow the same gas rate as the original case (with no derating), larger valve or orifice should be used
367
PROSPER
The purpose of this section is to check that all the data is consistent. The static gradient
can also be displayed on the plot by entering two static pressure measurement points.
Downhole measurement entry is optional.
For PROSPER to determine which gas lift valves should be open and closed for the
current producing conditions, the valve depths and characteristics must first be entered.
Click Valves from the QuickLook screen to display the following:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
368
The valve type (casing or tubing sensitive), setting depth, port size, R-value and dome
pressure at 60 F are required to calculate whether valves are open or closed. Opening
pressure etc. fields will be blank until a QuickLook calculation has been performed.
Entering the valve data for the QuickLook is optional.
As an alternative to entering them by hand, gas lift valve characteristics can be
transferred from other sections of PROSPER. Click the Transfer button on the Valves
data entry screen, and the User will be prompted to select the source of valve data.
Select either From Gas lift valves, or From Gas lift design to pick up the depths that
have been previously entered in Equipment Gaslift. After Transferring the valve depths,
select the valve type for each depth. To manually investigate the effects of changing Rvalues and dome pressures, these values may be edited or entered by hand.
369
PROSPER
In the Results box, the program displays the theoretical dP across the injecting valve
together with the casing pressure theoretically required to balance the flowing tubing
pressure at the injection depth plus the dP across the orifice.
Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
370
This plot enables the User to see at a glance which valves should be open or closed,
and how changes in operating pressures would impact on the valves. The results box
displays the following computed values:
Flowing BHP
Static BHP
Tubing pressure at
valve
Casing pressure at
valve
Temperature at valve
GOR
GOR Free
dP across valve
371
PROSPER
Theoretical casing
pressure
Equivalent P.I.
2.8.6.1 Input
The ESP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from the
Matching menu displays the following screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
372
Select the required pump, motor and cable from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Enter well test parameters as follows:
Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus free
gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)
Enter measured data as follows:
Current, surface voltage and
Power
373
PROSPER
Length of cable
Gas separation
efficiency
Number of stages
Enter correlation
Note that PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for ESP systems
since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump, conditions at the pump
intake where gas separation takes place must be known. The calculation of
the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing head pressure is
therefore iterative.
Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the Case
box as in the following example:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
374
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day), free gas
fraction at the pump intake and electrical parameters:
375
PROSPER
If the well bore, inflow and ESP assumptions are all correct, the two pressure traverses
will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge pressures and
surface voltages should coincide.
The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing ESP wells:
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match the
pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The pump
discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional resistance to the
flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the
calculated and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is
different, then the assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and
pump frequency should be examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing
pressure. This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will
indicate any discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.
January, 2010
User Guide
376
pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay.
2.8.7.1 Input
The HSP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from the
Matching menu displays the following screen:
Select the required pump and turbine from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Enter well test parameters as follows:
Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus
free gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)
Enter measured data as follows:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
377
PROSPER
Pump Speed
Enter correlation
Equipment
The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
378
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency.
This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump speed, power fluid rate,
etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be equivalent.
2.8.7.2 Performing the QuickLook Calculation
Click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin the
computation of the pressure traverses. Note that PROSPER always calculates from the
bottom up for HSP systems since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump,
conditions at the pump intake where fluid mixing takes place must be known. The
calculation of the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing head pressure is
therefore iterative.
Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the Case
box as in the following example:
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day) and pump and
turbine parameters:
379
PROSPER
If the wellbore, inflow and pump and turbine assumptions are all correct, the two
pressure traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures should coincide.
The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing HSP wells:
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match the
pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The pump
discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional resistance to the
flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the calculated
and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is different, then the
assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and pump speed should be
examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing pressure.
This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will indicate any
discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
380
2.9
Calculation Menu
This chapter describes all the calculation methods available in PROSPER and how to
calculate system production rates, run sensitivity analyses, generate lift curve tables etc.
The available calculation types are:
Inflow (IPR)
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
381
PROSPER
This option calculates the IPR, that is to say, the relationship between tubing intake rate
and the bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP). The Inflow calculation allows to quickly run
sensitivities without the need to calculate the system solution rate. This is especially
convenient for e.g. frac program design, gravel pack design, perforation programming.
System (Ipr+Vlp)
This option will calculate both the tubing outflow (VLP) and tubing inflow (IPR) curves
and determine the system operating rate and bottom hole flowing pressure. It also
allows to perform sensitivity analyses with a wide range of variables. Sensitivity plots
can easily be generated.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).
Gradient (Traverse)
This option enables the user to generate gradient plots. If the correlations have been
matched, the gradients will be generated using the tuned correlations.
VLP (Tubing curves)
This option enables the generation of VLP curves that can be exported for use in
various commercial reservoir simulators and Petroleum Experts' MBAL and GAP programs.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).
Choke Performance
This is a convenient choke calculator for flow rates, pressure drop or choke settings.
Choke Performance Curves can be visualised.
Generate for GAP
Allows to automatically calculate well performance data for gas lifted or naturally flowing
wells for use in Petroleum Experts GAP production system network modelling program. Not
available when Enthalpy Balance is in use.
Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure
This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure.
This method is only available when using the Pressure and Temperature and Rough
Approximation options.
January, 2010
User Guide
382
To select this calculation type, choose Calculation Inflow (IPR) from the main menu
toolbar.
A few data on the fluid quality are required, along with the selection of the rate range for
which to run the calculation.
As far as the rate method is concerned, select one of the following:
Automatic Linear
The program works out the AOF (IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various sensitivity
variables entered and for each AOF creates 20 evenly spaced rates for sand
face pressures calculations.
Automatic Geometric
As for Automatic Linear, it works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables
entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically spaced rates for sand face
pressures calculations.
User selected
One can either enter a table of up to 20 rates directly, or use PROSPER to G
enerate them. Click Generate from the User Selected rate entry screen and the
following screen will be presented:
383
PROSPER
Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate
the required rate table.
Use the Try button for the preview of the entered range and Done to confirm.
User selected rates can be useful when using the AOF is inappropriate for the
range of sensitivity variables to be considered.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
384
The range of Inflow variables available depend on the particular IPR model entered in S
ystem Inflow performance.
For each of the selected variables enter the values by hand, or click Generate to have
PROSPER calculate a range of values as follows. The Generate feature is exactly the
same as the one for the Rate Method entry.
Leaving the sensitivity variable screen empty will run the calculation with the
default parameters entered in the main IPR section.
The Combinations button can be used to enter particular scenarios to calculate. Refer
to Sensitivity Combinations in the section related to System Calculation for more
details.
Once set up the Inflow sensitivity variables, click OK Calculate to calculate the IPR
pressures. The results will be reported in a table:
385
PROSPER
In the Variables area scroll teh various parameter to display the desired sensitivity.
The results can be exported to different destinations (like for example the Clipboard) by
selecting Export.
Clicking on Report will instead export the results to a Report sheet.
Click Plot to display a screen similar to the following:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
386
On this plot by pressing on the VARIABLES option on the menu bar, one can
get a display of all the variables that have been calculated during IPR
calculations, like skin, dP skin etc. These can be plotted as well.
387
PROSPER
The first input screen requires the Top Node Pressure and the data concerning the fluid
quality (e.g. WC and GOR) and allows to select correlations for surface and downhole
equipment as well as select a rate method.
PROSPER Manual
The Top Node represents the downstream end of the system, hence it is:
-
The Solution Node represents the point at which the nodal analysis is
performed. Three options are available:
-
Bottom Node. It is the bottomhole, that is, the deepest point in the
downhole equipment
January, 2010
User Guide
388
Well Head. It is the Xmas Tree, that is, the upper point of the downhole
equipment.
The Solution Rate reported is given by the VLP and IPR curves intersection.
These curves are interpolated between the selected calculation rates and so
the result may change according to the rate values used.
It is important that an appropriate rates range and distribution is selected
according to each case in order to avoid significant interpolation errors.
An IPR is required for both Automatic rate methods. For wells having very high
AOFs (e.g. horizontal wells) the well rate is determined mainly by the tubing
size. Manual rate selection may give better results in such cases.
389
PROSPER
Only the sensitivity variables relevant to the chosen system will be available. For
example, if a well is gas lifted th euser will be given the option of gas injection rate as a
variable. This option will not be available if the well is naturally flowing.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
390
391
PROSPER
Normally tubing diameter should not be varied in the casing below the tubing shoe. This
option is also useful for determining e.g. the effect of increasing tubing size above a
safety valve while keeping the diameter of the rest of the tubing string diameter
constant.
If no liquid rates are entered, the program uses the current list of rates (either
internally calculated or User input) and calculates the solution for the combination
of sensitivity variables for each of up to 10 cases.
If liquid rates are entered in the Combinations screen, these take precedence.
The program will then find the VLP and IPR pressures for each combination of
sensitivity variables.
Note that a solution rate is not computed in this case.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
392
Once sensitivity values have been entered in either the Combinations or Variables
screen, click Continue to display the calculation screen. Sensitivity values temporarily
overwrite variable values that have been entered on other screens. For example:
Pressure at first node, water cut.
On the right hand side there are the results of the system calculation: solution rates,
FBHP, WHP, WHT, etc.
On the left hand side, instead, there are the calculated parameters related to VLP and
IPR. Scroll to the right to read the results.
In the Variables area it is possible to scroll the different cases or the values of the
sensitivity variables for which the calculation were performed.
Solution Details
To examine the solution in more detail, click the Solution Details button. Individual
solution points can be viewed by clicking on the arrow buttons located beside each
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
393
PROSPER
sensitivity variable. Outflow or Inflow solutions can be viewed as shown in the following
sample screen:
In the case of wells with ESP, HSP, PCP or Jet Pump, the solution details contain all the
results related to the pump.
Plotting Results
The results can be plotted by clicking Plot. The System plot will appear as follows:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
394
The system plot summarizes all the calculations. Each VLP and IPR curve is identified
by up to 3 numbers posted beside them. The variable names and the corresponding
number labels are shown in the panel to the right of the plot. In the above example,
Curve 1,0,0 is for 4500 psig reservoir pressure, 0 % water cut and 4 STB/day/psi
productivity index.
To plot the solution rates and pressures versus the selected variables, click Sensitivity
and a sensitivity plot will be displayed. To select sensitivity variables to plot, click V
ariables and make the selection on the following screen, for example:
395
PROSPER
The Sensitivity screen allows to choose X- and Y-axis variables. Click OK to view the
Sensitivity plot. The program automatically plots the sensitivity values of the X-axis
variable. If variable Combinations have been used, the sensitivity cases will be
automatically plotted.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
396
The pressure gradient for any particular solution rate can be calculated by clicking Se
nsitivity PvD (Sensitivity Pressure vs. Depth).
Performing Gradient Calculations for a Given Solution
For each of the solutions calculated it is possible to determine the correspondent
gradient. To do so, in the System Calculation screen select Sensitivity PvD:
397
PROSPER
Select the desired case by scrolling on the variables, and then Continue and Calculate
to generate the gradient. The results are displayed on the following screen example:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
398
By clicking the Extended button, a greater range of plot variables can be accessed.
Virtually any combination of computed results can be plotted against each other.
399
PROSPER
Return to the standard choice of plot variables by clicking the Original button.
The plots are held in memory until overwritten by a new set of calculations. Plots can
also be displayed or output by selecting Plot from the main menu. The Units menu can
be used to change the display units if required.
Special Note for ESP, HSP, PCP and Jet Pump Applications
When calculating a System solution for a pump equipped well, in the Solution Point
screen lists details of the pump solution such as pump intake pressure etc. (See
example pump solution in the screen below)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
400
Clicking Pump Plot on the pump solution screen displays the sensitivity solutions plotted
over the pump characteristic curves (this is available only for ESP and HSP). As shown
by the example screen below, the effects of the sensitivity variables on the pump
operating point can be readily evaluated.
401
PROSPER
This plot is a powerful tool for evaluating how an ESP design can accommodate future
changes of well conditions.
All pump (both ESP & HSP) designs should be validated by calculating
sensitivities and ensuring that efficient operation at the design rate can be
achieved over the entire range of expected well and pump efficiency
conditions.
For pump (both ESP & HSP) equipped wells, the Sens. PvD gradient calculation shows
the pressure increase across the pump. An example gradient plot is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
402
403
PROSPER
Enter the required data, mostly the same as the one requested by System calculation,
plus the first and the last node for the calculation, which will determine the section of
completion for which to run the gradient calculation.
Then select Continue to access the Sensitivity Variables (or Combinations) screen.
Refer to previous sections for the description of this area.
Selecting Continue again will access the calculation screen. In this screen the User can
select the flow correlations for the downhole and the slug method:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
404
Click Calculate to compute flowing gradients for all the sensitivity cases. Once the
calculations have been completed, the results tables can be inspected by clicking the
respective variable arrows until the desired variable combination is visible.
Important
The Gradient calculation results report very useful parameters
concerning details on the DP calculation, PVT data, mass flow rates and
in the case of pipeline gradients, characteristic parameters of slugs, etc.
A plot of the gradient results similar to that below can be displayed by then clicking the
Plot button:
405
PROSPER
Gradients can be plotted for the well and flow line separately or combined on the one
plot.
2.9.3.1 Options
Every time a Gradient calculation is performed, a number of post-process calculations
are carried out, like for example maximum grain size, erosional velocity, liquid loading
(Turner velocity) and pigging calculations.
The parameters affecting these calculations can be accessed in any Calculation screen
by means of Options button.
This screen can also be accessed from the main menu toolbar by selecting System
Solids.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
406
Where:
-
407
PROSPER
2. Gas Wells
The equation used in this case is applicable to high gas flows and does not
include a factor for viscosity: viscosity has only an insignificant effect on lifting
sand.
Where:
-
In both the oil/water and gas cases, PROSPER knows the fluid velocity in the wellbore.
Therefore, it will calculate the maximum particle diameter that can be transported by the
well flow.
These calculations are important when an attempt is made to cut back the production
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
408
rate so that the well will stop producing sand and will help determine if the formation
sand may be accumulating at the bottom of the well.
References:
1. Fairhurst.CP Sand Transport in the South East Forties Pipe Line, BHRA,
1983
2. Smith.M A Model for Predicting Solids Transport in near Horizontal MultiPhase Oil and Gas Pipe Lines, XFE report 8/2/1993
3. Wasp, Kenny & Gandhi Solid-Liquid Flow Slurry Pipe Line Transportation,
Gulf Publishing Company, Clausthal, Germany 1979
A Conoco paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for Sand Laden
Fluids) challenges API14E on the basis that it can be very conservative for clean service
and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are present. It proposes a
simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with several multiphase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and sand
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
409
PROSPER
The constants C and S for the two formulations can be customised by selecting System
Solids and tab button Erosional Velocity or the Options button in any calculation
screen.
PROSPER calculates the erosional velocity for solid-free fluid using the API-14E method
and the entered C value. If the sand production rate has been specified, PROSPER will
calculate the erosional velocity using both the API-14E and Conoco methods and will
then compare the results and will use the computed lower-value of erosional velocity. To
review the computed erosional velocity values using the Conoco method set the value of
C sufficiently high until the values do not change for changing values of C.
After gradient calculations are performed, scroll right on the results screen to view the
erosional velocity values.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
410
411
PROSPER
Results of the calculation of the Turner velocity are reported in the Gradient calculation
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
412
2.9.3.1.4 Pigging
This calculation can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in
pipelines.
Assuming 100% removal efficiency of a sphere and that all the liquid removed by the
sphere is in the form of a continuous slug, the pigged slug volume can be estimated by
integrating the difference between the liquid hold-up and the no-slip hold-up in the
pipeline. Also the time to produce the slug can be calculated from
These are the additional results reported in the Gradient Traverse results table:
Pigged Slug Length
Pigged Slug Volume (cumulative pigged slug volume for the given pipe element
node)
Time to Produce Pigged Slug Length
Time for Pigged Slug to reach Outlet
Pigging Efficiency can be entered by User.
The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine
413
PROSPER
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency.
This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump speed, power fluid rate,
etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be equivalent.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
414
When User Selected rates are used, the user can enter rates in terms of Liquid, Oil or
Gas. The results will be given in terms of the specified rate type, but depending on the
type of well, PROSPER will first convert the rates to equivalent oil or gas to calculate the
VLP pressure. This feature can be used when preparing lift curves for high GOR oil
wells. Remember when using gas rates, that increasing the water cut will also increase
the liquid production rate. Extreme VLP pressures can easily result.
Gauge Data: The information on the Gauge Data is used for Integrated Field
Management (IFM) Applications. These can be left blank for use in IPM suite of tools.
Click Continue to access the Select Variables screen and set up the required sensitivity
variables.
To generate lift curves for simulator (like Eclipse) for an oil well, the VLP is generally
calculated for the following sensitivity variables:
Variable 1: Pressure at first node
Variable 2: Water cut
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
415
PROSPER
Select the variables required by the external application and enter a list of values for
each. Click Continue to access the calculation screen, then select Calculate to
generate the lift curves. An example lift curve calculation screen is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
416
The calculated VLP results can now be exported to a number of external application
programs. Once the calculations have been completed, click Plot to visually check the
results and Export Lift Curves to access the export selection screen.
Currently, PROSPER supports the following export formats:
417
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Schlumberger - ECLIPSE
Welldrill - SIMCO 3
ExxonMobil - Pegasus
SSI COMP4
FranLab FRAGOR
SSI COMP3
LandMark - VIP
Roxar - MORE
Petroleum Experts GAP/MBAL
Shell - MoReS
BeCip - ATHOS
Amoco - GCOMP
Chevron-CHEARS
ExxonMobil-EMPOWER
ConocoPhillips-PSim
CMG-IMEX/GEM
.ECL
.SIM
.MOB
.CP4
.FRA
.CP4
.VIP
.MOR
.TPD
.MRS
.ATH
.GCM
.CHE
.Hyd
.WBH
.IMX
January, 2010
User Guide
418
PROSPER appends the export file with a suffix corresponding to the selected file format
as shown in the table above. Depending on the export format selected, the User will be
prompted for a file name and additional data such as table number, flow table I.D. etc.
Refer to the simulator documentation for further details.
419
PROSPER
Finding a VLP correlation that performs well for the entire range of rates that must
be spanned by the lift curves can be difficult. Some correlations handle slug flow (e.
g. Hagedorn Brown) but fail in the mist flow regime e.g. after injection gas
breakthrough. Care must be exercised in selecting correlations to ensure that the
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
420
wells are properly represented over the most important range of flow rates to be
modelled in the simulation.
Problems can occur for extremes of water cut and GOR. e.g. if the oil production
rate is fixed, the liquid production rate becomes very high as the water cut
approaches 100%. To maintain lift in a high water cut well, a specific GLR is
required. If injection gas is expressed in terms of GOR injected, the required GOR
approaches infinity as the water cut approaches 100%. A huge range of GOR
injected is therefore required to model the well. The use of liquid rates and injection
GLRs in oil well lift curve tables is recommended to avoid such problems.
Depending on the particular simulator used, it is not possible to pass the variable
names or units between programs. Users are reminded to ensure that the sensitivity
variables and output units used in PROSPER are consistent with those expected by
the simulator. In particular, gas units (MMscf Vs Mscf), gas lift (GLR Vs Gas Lift
Injection Rate) and rates (Oil Vs Liquid) should be checked.
PVT correlations should only be used within the range of temperature and pressure
for which they were derived. Occasionally, combinations of tubing curve variables
require an excessive VLP pressure to pass the specified rate, and the PVT
correlation may fail. Occasionally, PROSPER may halt rather than continuing the
calculation with a fictitious result. The user may have to revise the range of variables
or select a different PVT correlation in such cases. Beware of chokes and
restrictions in the equipment description that may result in excessive calculated
pressure drops. If using externally generated PVT tables, they must span the entire
calculation range. Make sure that GOR is constant above bubble point, and the FVF
is decreasing.
Provided the user enters the rates by hand, it is not necessary to enter an IPR to
calculate VLP tables. PROSPER needs the IPR to find the calculation rates if an
Automatic rate method has been selected. Automatic rate selection is not available
for 4 Variable VLP calculations.
Oil well lift curves can now be calculated in terms of gas rates for specialised
applications. Make sure that the liquid rates that result from the choice of GOR,
water cut etc. does not result in impossible liquid rates. Be especially careful when
there are chokes and restrictions in the system.
The 'Tubing Curves (Standard)' option will prompt the user to enter the bottom hole
pressure, i.e. the first node pressure corresponds to the bottom hole pressure.
PROSPER will perform the calculations from the deepest node (i.e. bottom hole) to the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
421
PROSPER
pump depth. Using the pump performance curves, Pump Head is calculated for the
given frequency, water cut etc. and therefore the Pump Discharge Pressure can be
calculated. PROSPER then determines the PVT of the oil above the pump after
accounting for possible gas separation. The pressure drop above the pump is then
calculated to find the top node arrival pressure. These calculations are performed for
each required production rate. The VLP Pressure value indicated corresponds to the
Pressure at the end point of the system; i.e. if there is no surface equipments entered,
the VLP Pressure will correspond to the wellhead pressure, if surface equipment is
entered, then VLP Pressure will correspond to the Manifold Pressure.
'Lift Curves for Simulators' require tables of rates and BHPs ordered by THP. The Lift
curves for Simulators option allows input of Top Node pressure, water cut, operating
frequency etc. PROSPER iterates to find the pressure at the deepest node (VLP) for the
given top node pressure. For this case the Top Node Pressure will correspond to the
Wellhead Pressure (if there are no surface equipments entered) or the Manifold
Pressure (If there are surface equipments entered). The VLP Pressure will correspond
to the Bottom Hole Pressure or the pressure at the last point in the downhole equipment
section.
VLP lift curves for simulators or Petroleum Experts applications (GAP and MBAL)
can be batch generated for groups of wells by PROSPER from GAP. Refer to the
GAP documentation for details.
The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
422
This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump speed, power fluid rate,
etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be equivalent.
The VLP Multi Variable should be used when modeling and optimising simultaneously
gas lifted oil field and gas lift distribution network both in GAP. This is achieved by
generating the VLPs with an extra sensitivity variable, casing pressure.
423
PROSPER
Calculation Options
Select the required calculation option from the following:
Predict Mass Flow Rate
PROSPER determines the flow rate for specified choke opening and inlet
and outlet pressures
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
424
ELF
A model based on Perkins (SPE 20633) approach along with discharge
coefficients determined by the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at
TUALP). This is also the recommended method used to calculate pressure
drops down hole for SSSVs and restrictions. It should be used for the
majority of applications.
GOR
Water Cut
Inlet Pressure
Inlet Temperature
Outlet Pressure
Outlet Temperature
Choke setting
This value overrides the GOR entered on the PVT data screen.
Pressure upstream of the choke
Upstream temperature
Downstream pressure
Downstream temperature
Orifice size
Click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the liquid and mass flow rates. Similar
screens are used to enter data for the dP and Choke Setting prediction options. For
critical flow conditions, it may take some time for the calculation to converge.
425
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
426
The table is quite large allowing to start off with up to 16000 rows of data which is
automatically expandable up to 32000 rows. The data can be scrolled with the scrollbar
at the right hand side of the screen.
Appropriate vertical lift and surface pipe correlations can be selected at the bottom of
the screen.
Selecting the import button allows to bring in data from an outside source. Table data
can be saved to file using the export button and plots using either time or the log of time
can also be viewed and exported using the plot feature. Within the plot screen data can
be enabled or disabled point by point or in a block manner by using the right-click
mouse button.
427
PROSPER
Data can be ordered with relation to time by using the sort button. This will also remove
any blank rows between data in the table.
2.9.7.1 References
SPE PAPER 22870
Modelling of Well bore Heat Losses in Directional Wells Under Changing Injection
Conditions
K Chu and S Thakur, Amoco Production Co.
January, 2010
User Guide
428
Both pressure and temperature losses across chokes and restrictions are accounted
for. A theoretical outline of the Enthalpy Balance model is given in Appendix B.
Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:
pipelines
sub sea wells
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/hydrate
deposits.
accounting for Joule-Thompson effects
PROSPER 's Enthalpy Balance temperature model is one of the most accurate
temperature prediction methods available.
429
PROSPER
After accessing this option, select the calculation to reset and then select Reset: the
program will erase the desired results.
January, 2010
User Guide
430
From the Design menu the Database containing all the information about gas lift valves,
ESP pumps, motors, cables, etc. is accessible. A dedicated section is reported at the
end of the chapter.
In the following sections each of the design options are illustrated.
431
PROSPER
equipment for a given well. PROSPER calculates the maximum production rate
possible, the corresponding optimum gas lift rate, the valve spacing and size to unload
the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve for surface calibration.
Designs can also be prepared for wells having mandrels already set at fixed depths.
Before the User can proceed ahead with artificial lift design, PVT, downhole equipment
and IPR information must be input.
2.10.1.2New Well
Selecting Design Gas Lift New well from the Design menu will display the Gas Lift
Design input screen:
In this screen it is possible to enter the input data for the gas lift design task.
The input data screen is divided into several areas. The Input parameters panel is
used to enter the design operating conditions. The other panels allow the User to enter
the design options for a given application.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
432
Entered By User
Use this option when designing for a given production rate and gas lift gas injection
rate or when modelling the performance of an existing installation. If Check
Conformance with IPR is selected, the program will modify the rate and the gas
injection rate, if necessary, to honour the IPR.
If a maximum production calculation has been previously done, the lift gas and
design production rates can be User Entered. The design rate can be entered
either in terms of liquid or oil production only. The design lift gas injection is entered
as the Maximum gas available.
Input Parameters
Having set up the calculation options, enter values for the following variables on the Input
Parameters panel:
For Entered by User designs, set to the actual injection for the design
production rate.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
433
PROSPER
Minimum Spacing
Sets the minimum spacing between valves. Use 200 - 400 ft normally.
Static gradient of load fluid
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
434
Minimum transfer dP
Only active when Ignoring IPR for Unloading has been selected. If
set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to inject sufficient gas to
lower the unloading tubing pressure to the transfer pressure at the valve
depth.
Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower the unloading GLR
injected and reduce trim sizes.
Referring to the sketch below, the transfer pressure is:
(Pmin) = Ppd - (Ppd - Pid) * % minimum transfer dP /100
Increasing the injection GLR shifts the tubing gradient during unloading closer to
the objective gradient line (i.e. to the left). The unloading valve trim is sized for
the GLR corresponding to the required transfer pressure. Values of 5 to 25%
are commonly used.
435
PROSPER
Unloading valve trim sizing depends on whether or not the IPR is used to
determine well flow rates while unloading. Existing Users should review this
section carefully.
This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas injection rate that
can be flowed through a valve or the orifice. As the maximum gas rate is
decreased, this means that to flow the same gas rate as the original case
(with no de-rating), larger valve or orifice should be used
Valve Type
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
436
production rates.
Injection Point
Before the gas lift design is performed, the User can decide if the operating valve is a
gas lift valve or an orifice.
Dome Pressure Correction above 1200 psi
There are two equations for dome pressure temperature correction for dome pressures
above 1200 psi.
No
PROSPER will use the standard API temperature correction method for all
pressures. This method is known to be inaccurate at high pressures. The option is
provided for convenience in comparing results from hand calculations etc.
Yes
The API method is used below 1200 psi, and an improved algorithm is used
above 1200 psi. This is the default and recommended option.
For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to No. However, the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
437
PROSPER
User must be aware that the design rate may not be able to be met by the
well.
Vertical Lift Correlation
Select the most appropriate correlation for the application. Matched VLP correlations
should be used when available.
Surface Pipe Correlation
Select the most appropriate correlation for the application. Surface pipes (when
entered in surface equipment) form part of the gas lift system in PROSPER and are
accounted for when calculating unloading pressures and flowing pressure losses. This
can be important for sub-sea systems where the flow line head can be significant.
Using IPR for Unloading
Yes
This is the recommended PROSPER unloading valve trim sizing method.
Unloading valves are sized to achieve a minimum flowing gradient above the
valve assuming that the load fluid is being produced. The IPR is used to
calculate the well production rates during unloading. Minimum transfer dP (as
explained under inputs below) is ignored for this option.
No
This is the standard hand-calculation method. Unloading valve trims are sized to
achieve the GLR required to lower the tubing pressure to the transfer pressure.
The GLR is based on the full design production rate - the actual production rate
during unloading is not calculated. This results in the selection of larger valve
trims. Minimum transfer dP is used to increase the transfer pressure, thereby
reducing the unloading gas requirement and valve trim size.
Orifice Sizing On
Two options are available:
Calculated dP at Orifice
Min dP Across Orifice
January, 2010
User Guide
438
Please refer to the end of this chapter for an illustration of how to access
and edit the database for the gas lift valves
439
PROSPER
When the calculations have finished, the results can be displayed in the form of a well
performance curve by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the following will appear:
The target design rate and GLR injected can be read off the performance curve plot.
The design rate is:
PROSPER Manual
The maximum oil production shown in the Performance curve plot, provided that
the available gas injection and liquid production rate limits have not been
exceeded.
In case the maximum gas available is exceeded by the highest oil rate on the
January, 2010
User Guide
440
plot, the oil rate corresponding to maximum available gas is taken as design
rate.
PROSPER will design for the maximum oil production rate entered in the main
input screen, if it exceeds the rate calculated from the performance curve.
The performance curves can span several flow regimes. Discontinuities in
some flow correlations may cause occasional curve fitting problems. In such
cases, a correlation such as Hagedorn Brown may give better results.
The program will then determine the depth of the operating valve and the spacing
for the unloading valves. Depending on the design settings, this will usually take
more than one pass.
On the first pass, the injection and unloading valve depths are determined
assuming no casing pressure drop to close valves.
Having determined the number of valves to use, the operating valve depth is
revised to reflect the new operating casing pressure.
The spacing procedure is repeated using the revised operating casing pressure
until the number of unloading valves and their setting depths no longer change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, PROSPER recalculates the solution rate and reduces the design rate if necessary. The final
design production and Gas Lift injection rates are displayed on the design
gradient plot.
441
PROSPER
The plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the
position of the operating and unloading valves. The unloading fluid gradients are plotted
also. The design data box lists the Actual production and injection rates together with
the operating surface casing pressure.
Results
To display the valve details click Results and the table with the results will be displayed.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
442
Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the TestRack Opening Pressure
(valve setting pressure at 60C).
The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection rate and trim sizes
are shown in the left screen panel.
The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60 deg F and not
at the valve operating temperature.
The test rack opening pressure is calculated using the relationship
Ptro = (Pd @ 60 deg F) / (1 R)
Where Ptro = Test Rack Opening Pressure
Pd @ 60 deg F = Dome Pressure at 60 deg F.
R = Ratio of Port Area to Bellow Area of Valve.
Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or Orifice for the last
mandrel if the injection point is selected as orifice. No opening or dome
pressure calculations are made for the orifice.
The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice size
etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll right to see
items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.
443
PROSPER
Once a design has been completed, its performance should be checked over
the range of expected well conditions. Transfer the gas lift design and valve
setting details into Equipment Gas Lift, then use Calculation System to
compute sensitivities. Alternatively, Matching Quicklook can be used to
evaluate a design.
This screen is similar to the Gas lift Design (New well) screen, except that the variables
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
444
Please refer to the previous section for the description of the entry fields.
For this design type options for the choice of the first valve can be selected:
First Valve Choice
Completion Fluid to SurfaceUnloading valves will be placed assuming that
completion fluid fills up the entire well and thus must be unloaded from the entire
well.
This approach can save valves for low pressure reservoirs. The User must
be certain that work over fluids can leak off to balance the reservoir
pressure
Minimum Squeeze PI Method (ELF)This method can be used when the well
productivity is sufficient to ensure that completion fluids can be squeezed into the
formation during unloading. An unloading tubing gradient is calculated by taking
the static reservoir pressure and increasing the injected GLR, until the gradient
arrives at the design top node pressure. Unloading valves are spaced by
comparing this tubing gradient with the available casing pressure at depth.
This method can be used when the well productivity is sufficient to ensure
that completion fluids can be squeezed into the formation during
unloading.
445
PROSPER
Enter the depth of all mandrels in the well, including those fitted with dummy
valves.
PROSPER will select the best depths for the operating and unloading valves
from this list.
When more mandrels are available than needed for the current design,
PROSPER will automatically set dummies at the intermediate depths.
The valve type initially entered is unimportant.
PROSPER will overwrite the valve type when it performs the design.
This table is effectively a list of the potential valve depths and can be used to prepare
designs for new wells where equipment limitations determine the available mandrel
depths.
PROSPER Manual
If entries are made in the Casing Pressure drop or Max. Gas Injected fields
on the mandrel depth screen shown in the figure above, these values will
overwrite the values entered on the main design screen.
January, 2010
User Guide
446
Leave these fields blank to design using the same values of pressure drop or
gas injection for each unloading valve.
447
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
448
The rate is increased and the calculation repeated until an intersection with the
IPR (rate solution) is found.
The injection GLR is increased until the optimum production rate is found.
This procedure ensures that the available mandrel depths are honoured at every
calculation step.
Once the calculations have stopped, click Plot to make a plot of the production rate Vs
gas injected. It is similar to that of a new well design.
Calculating Mandrels with Valves / Displaying their Position
The design is performed for the target rate by clicking Design. Once the calculation has
finished, the design can be checked graphically by clicking the Plot button to display a
plot similar to the following:
449
PROSPER
orifice.
Calculating the Valve Test Rack Setting Pressures (Existing)
To display the valve setting calculations, click Results from the Design screen. Click Ca
lculate, and PROSPER will determine the dome pressures and test rack setting
pressure for the selected valves as in the following example:
Click Calculate to determine the Dome and the TestRack Opening pressure will be
updated for the new valve series.
PROSPER Manual
To access parameters such as the transfer pressure and port size, click on the
scroll arrow at the bottom of the Input parameters panel.
To perform sensitivity calculations for the current design, the valve depths
must be transferred to Equipment Gas Lift before making calculations.
Based on flowing tubing pressures PROSPER determines the injection point
during production.
NEW!!! Design Sensitivity on Port Size
By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters
associated to the valve sizes.
January, 2010
User Guide
450
For the design rate and GLR injected, a pressure traverse is calculated from the
top node (including the flow line, if present) downwards using the gas lifted
flowing gradient.
The injection depth is the depth at which the flowing tubing pressure equals the
casing pressure gradient less the design dP loss across the orifice or the
Maximum Injection Depth (packer depth), whichever is the shallower. This step
establishes the flowing tubing pressure gradient to be used for valve spacing.
The shallowest unloading valve is placed at the depth that balances the tubing
load fluid pressure with the casing pressure (less a 50 psi safety margin) at that
depth.
Further unloading valves are placed by traversing down between the load fluid
pressure gradient and gas lifted tubing pressure gradient (calculated for the
design gas lifted production rate) lines.
Valves are placed ever deeper until the inter-valve spacing equals the pre-set
minimum, or the maximum injection depth has been reached.
Once the first pass design is complete, PROSPER re-calculates the flowing
gradient tubing using the current operating valve depth. For casing sensitive
valves, the valve depths are re-calculated to allow for the casing pressure drop to
close valves. The process is repeated until the valve depths no longer change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, the solution rate is checked to
ensure that it can be achieved. PROSPER reduces the design rate if necessary and
repeats the spacing exercise.
To prepare a design for tubing sensitive valves, the required input is the same as
for Casing Sensitive valves except that instead of entering the casing pressure
drop to close valves, the percentage Pcasing - Pwh to close valves is r
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
451
PROSPER
A straight line is extended from this point to intersect the tubing pressure at the
injection point. The valve transfer pressure is defined at any depth by this line.
A small value of % difference results in transfer pressures close to the flowing tubing
gradient. While this results in a design with few unloading valves, any small increase
in flowing tubing pressure may cause unloading valves to re-open.
A larger value of % Pcasing -Pwh will increase the transfer pressure further away
from the flowing tubing gradient. This provides a greater safety margin against
multi-point injection, but requires the unloading valves to be spaced more closely.
Selecting transfer pressures using only the % Pcasing - Pwh straight line can result in
shallow valves having a too conservative transfer pressure and the deeper valves may
transfer too close to the tubing gradient line. PROSPER adjusts the design transfer
pressures so that valves are spaced efficiently while at the same time ensuring a good
safety margin against multipoint injection.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
452
453
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
454
b) The closing pressure for the valve is provided by a spring which is set to apply a
certain compression force.
c) The valve stem has a tapered end which fits into the tapered end of the port.
d) As such even when the valve is in the open position, the tubing pressure will have
an influence on the opening or closing of the valve.
Advantages of a Proportional Response Valve:
a) Since there is no gas charge, the valve is unaffected by well temperature. As
such the design of these valves becomes simpler. Errors due to inconsistent
flowing temperature are also eliminated.
b) The valves proportional response to production pressure fluctuations makes it
automatically maintain tubing pressure gradient and the right gas injection rate.
In the database of PROSPER for a Proportional Valve, a number of parameters are
required. The following describes these various parameters
a) Fe: this represents the dynamic value of the Av / Ab ratio (Av = Valve Port Area
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
455
PROSPER
& Ab = Bellow Area), which is calculated from experimental data by solving the
valve opening / closing pressure equations. The parameter Fe corresponds to
the term R for a Casing Sensitive Valve.
b) SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE: there are three configurations for the same valve.
For each configuration a value of Fe and the slope of K and M are defined
c) Pcf: this corresponds to the Injection Pressure i.e. the Gas pressure in the casing
annulus.
d) Pvc: this corresponds to the Spring Adjustment Pressure
e) K: this is a correction parameter that is used to quantify the maximum possible
rate that can be injected through the valve.
f) M: represents the slope of throttling line. (The throttling line represents the rate
that can be injected through the valve for reducing values of tubing pressure for a
constant Injection pressure)
Further information about these various parameters can be found in Gas Lift Manual
by Gabor Takacs. (PennWell Corp).
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
456
457
PROSPER
Once the gaslift equipment details are entered the flowing gradient or static gradient
can be estimated:
Flowing
Calculations are made for flowing conditions at the User-entered target production rate.
PROSPER calculates well performance curves for gas injection at each mandrel depth.
Production rates and pressures at surface and mandrel depth are determined.
Annulus volume and bottoms up times are also calculated. The flowing gradient for the
operating condition can be plotted with opening and closing pressures for each
unloading valve displayed.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
458
Static
Calculations are made for shut-in conditions. The static tubing gradient is determined
using the liquid density calculated for the producing water cut. When the reservoir
pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a gas gradient is used back to surface.
459
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
460
and correlations are proprietary to member companies, and are licensed to nonmembers for a fee on a per-valve basis.
This information has been made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to
utilise is included in this version of PROSPER.
The database required to implement this feature will not be distributed with PROSPER
by Petroleum Experts and must be obtained from VPC.
The Valve Performance Clearinghouse is a service offered by Decker Technology. Its
objectives are
Establish an independent source for the collection, consolidation, and distribution
of valve performance data and correlations to members.
Perform tests on gaslift valves selected by the members using the API 11V2 RP
Develop correlations using the Decker Technology proprietary method to predict
gas passage for any pressure and temperature conditions with an accuracy of
better than +/-20%.
Provide a Valve Performance Reference manual containing performance data and
correlations for all valves tested by the VPC.
Decker Technology, Inc.
2238 McCurdy Road
Stone Mountain, GA 30087
Phone: 770-496-9680
Fax: 770-496-9681
E-mail: decktech@bellsouth.net
461
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
462
A. Operating Valve is closed formation fluids are accumulating above it. Casing &
Tubing pressures at depth increase until desired slug length has accumulated.
B. Lift gas is injected at a high instantaneous rate, creating a large gas bubble.
C. This gas bubble lifts the slug to surface
D. After the slug enters the flow line, high pressure gas produces entrained liquid
droplets until pressure falls to separator pressure; the operating valve closes; the
standing valve re-opens and the cycle commences again.
The Intermittent cycle
Accumulation period starts as soon as the standing valve opens and allows wells
fluids to accumulate in the well adding to the slug remaining from the previous cycle of
fluid that did not reach surface
Injection-lifting period starts as soon as the gas lift valve opens and gas enters
the well and lasts until the slug has completely entered the flowline
After flow period when the slug leaves the wellhead, the well contains high
pressure gas column with entrained liquid droplets and the high velocity gas also lifts
part of the liquid film wetting the tubing inside wall thus adding to the amount of well
fluid produced. This period ends when the decreasing gas pressure allows the
standing valve to re-open and the accumulation period commences again.
During the whole of the lifting period, the slug length is reduced by liquid fallback and
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
463
PROSPER
gas breakthrough.
Since the lifting of liquid slugs in intermittent gas lift is a transient process accurate
analytical solutions do not exist. The approaches used require some assumptions.
Daily Production = Production per cycle * no. of cycles per day
Slug length is user-determined, but one should consider that a long slug requires a long
production time and fewer cycles per day, whereas a shorter slug length allows more
cycles per day. This relationship is not necessarily linear. In practise, it has been found
that maximum daily production is obtained when a starting slug length equal to 40-50%
of the static liquid column is used.
Liquid FallBack
This needs to be determined in order to be able to design an accurate Intermittent Gas
Lift installation. Empirical studies of liquid slug and gas bubble velocity (e.g. White et al
JPT 1963) showed that gas velocity was fairly constant whereas slug velocity varies with
the ratio of injection and production pressures but reaches an essentially constant value
very rapidly. Liquid fallback is minimised if slug velocity is maximised.
Liquid Fallback is determined by
FB =
D
Vs
1+
Vb
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
464
Valve Spacing
In order to use normal gas lift pressure, it is usually necessary to design a valve
unloading string to allow the stepwise transfer of the injection point from the surface
down to the operating valve
Constant surface closing pressure commonly used for single-point injection
systems assumes a constant surface closing pressure for all valves in the unloading
valve string
Optiflow design procedure is suited for wells with poor information on well
potential. Assuming that the operating point as well as the production rate are unknown
this permits injection of gas at the deepest possible point at all times. This is done by
moving the operating point down the well such that the inflow is sufficient to prevent
operation of the next lower valve. Assumes 50% of the lift gas pressure at depth as the
tubing pressure at each valve depth.
465
PROSPER
2. Select a suitable combination of pump, motor and cable for the application.
ESP data entered in the System Electrical Submersible Pumps input menu is not
utilised by the ESP design section. The design results will overwrite this section.
In the main ESP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
January, 2010
User Guide
466
467
PROSPER
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the pump
intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no ESP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT
section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the ESP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The emulsion PVT
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
468
model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should be used
with caution.
For wells where the ESP pump is landed high up in the well it is possible that
the fluid can not reach the pump intake. For such cases, PROSPER will report a
Pump Intake Pressure (PIP) of 10 psi. Therefore the user should be cautious
when the calculated PIP = 10 psi as this indicates that the fluid can not reach
the pump intake and the design can not be completed.
To check that the separator efficiency chosen in the input is acceptable for the
design case, the Dunbar Criterion may be used as showed below.
Click Sensitivity to display the intake pressure and intake GLR plotted over a range of
gas separator efficiency curves.
Check that the design operating point lies above the empirical limit represented by the
Dunbar Factor line.
469
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
470
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics.
471
PROSPER
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
472
The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation and
Design sections until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run life.
Viscosity corrections, where applicable, will be considered in choice of available pumps
and the number of stages required.
473
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
474
Design procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.
2.10.4.1HSP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
From the main HSP Design screen select Calculate:
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the pump
intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
475
PROSPER
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
For certain configurations the produced and power fluids can be commingled above the
pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and above the
pump.
Emulsions
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
476
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics.
It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
coherent with the information provided by the manufacturer
477
PROSPER
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation.
Different combinations of pump and turbine can be quickly experimented with in
the HSP design section until an optimum design is obtained.
A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and design
conditions.
Important Note
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range
of expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the System
Calculation menu.
To access the System Calculation, select the System button within the
HSP design section.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
478
479
PROSPER
This is the case of PCP with Sucker Rod. If the PCP is driven by a Downhole Motor, the
data to input are similar to the ones seen in the ESP.
All the parameters are self-explanatory on the basis of the previous sections.
Design Procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.
2.10.5.1PCP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
From the main PCP Design screen select Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
480
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the
PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The emulsion PVT
model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should be used
with caution.
481
PROSPER
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
In the case of motor driven PCP, motor and cable will have to be selected.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
482
As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against the
expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
The input data and the options to enter in this screen are exactly the same as for the
normal Gas Lift Design (design for a User Entered Rate, or for Maximum Production,
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
483
PROSPER
etc).
Please refer to the Gas Lift Design section for a detailed explanation.
To perform the Design, select Continue. This will access a screen similar to the Gas Lift
Design:
In the case of the figure above, select Get Rate to calculate the Gas Lift Performance
Curve and then Design to perform the design.
The program will determine the maximum injection depth, the rate produced and the gas
to inject.
The Plot feature allows visualising the design:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
484
485
PROSPER
January, 2010
User Guide
486
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
According to the Surface Fluid (the Power Fluid) Injection Rate and Injection
Pressure, the program will determine R (ratio between the areas of the nozzle
and of the throat), the diameter of the throat and the diameter of the nozzle
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT
section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
487
PROSPER
Select a pump from the database whose Actual performance (in green in the figure
above) is close to the Desired performance.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
488
As seen for ESP, HSP and PCP installations, the Jet Pump design should be checked
by performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against
the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
Working principle:
A prime motor moves the gearbox, which rotates the crank. The crank is attached to a
counterweight and is connected to the Pitman arm. The Pitman arm is then connected
to the walking beam.
489
PROSPER
The rotary movement of the crank is propagated and translated into a reciprocating
movement of the rod connected to the downhole pump.
From the figure above it is possible to see that as the crank rotates, the rod shifts the
plunger up (upstroke) and down (downstroke) in the pump barrel.
The downhole pump is composed of a barrel with a ball-and-seat valve at the bottom
(standing valve) and a plunger with another ball-and-seat valve (traveling valve).
During the downstroke the plunger is lowered in the barrel, the traveling valve is opened
and standing valve is closed; in this way the fluid is displaced in the tubing above the
plunger.
During the upstroke, the traveling valve is closed, whilst the standing valve is opened,
letting the fluid flow from the formation into the barrel. The fluid that was in the tubing in
the previous step is pushed towards the surface.
January, 2010
User Guide
490
verify that the pump is working fine and to diagnose eventual problems.
The example reported below illustrates the shape of a dynamometer card for the ideal
case of pump and rod perfectly rigid, no friction, perfect pump action:
Design
491
PROSPER
The design of a Sucker Rod Pump installation is a trial and error procedure that
consists of:
- starting from assumptions on the pump hardware (pump and rod type, depth,
size), flow conditions and design stroke rate or production rate, and then
- determining the operating parameters, like: pump displacement, peak polished
rod load, minimum polish rod load, peak torque, polished rod horsepower,
counterbalance effect (CBE) etc.
- verifying how the pump installation behaves through the dynamometer card and
torque chart
This is achieved by solving the wave equation:
2
2 u(x, t)
u(x, t)
2 u(x, t)
=
a
c
+g
t 2
x 2
t
Solutions to this equation have been provided by Gibbs (ref. Appendix A).
The solutions to the equation above allow to determine the surface and downhole
dynamometer card and then a torque analysis can be performed to determine the
torque.
These diagnostic plots can be used to verify the working conditions of the designed
pump and sucker rod and in the case the design can be reviewed by changing
assumptions and restarting the design.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
492
493
PROSPER
Allows to select the method used to calculate the pump intake pressure:
- Entered Value
- Calculated from IPR
- Calculated from Fluid Level
Design Input
These inputs specify the design operating conditions (flowing wellhead and
bottomhole temperature, wellhead pressure, pump characteristics and efficiencies,
pump position)
2.10.8.2.2 Perform Design
After entering the input data, select Calculate to perform the design of the Sucker Rod
Pump.
The program will calculate the production rate and all the information related to rod load,
torque, stress, etc.
On the right hand side of the screen the plots related to Rod Load, Torque and Pump
velocity are reported.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
494
The Top Rod Loading and Top Rod % Of Goodman Diagram are measurements of
the stress in the top rod based upon the peak polished rod load and the cross-sectional
area of the top rod. The API RP11BR discusses the Modified Goodman Diagram
and its construction.
PROSPER is painting in red those parameters if they exceed 100% and there are
basically 2 ways of lowering those values below 100%, 1 is to increase the area of the
sucker rods, 2 is to reduce the peak load.
The Index of Torsional Effectiveness (ITE) is a measurement of the ability of the
beam pump unit type to smooth out and idealize the net crankshaft torque load (under
normal conditions handling a full pump barrel of incompressible fluid).
The ITE is ratio of the average net torque to the peak net torque expressed as
percentage.
The higher the ITE the more effective the unit geometry in converting the polished rod
load into a smoother and more ideal torsional load.
ITE
Beam
Pump
Performance
Under 15%
Very Poor
20-25%
Fair
25-30%
Average
30-35%
Good
35-40%
Very Good
Unit
495
PROSPER
The Chart can be plotted in form of bars or pie and different visualisations are available:
Production Rate by Rod Type
HorsePower Required by Rod Type
Production Rate Per HorsePower by Rod Type
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
496
Jet pumps
MultiPhase pumps
In the following sections there is a description of the information stored in the Artificial
Lift Database and how to update with new data.
To access the database select DesignDatabase.
The Options tab screen collect information on the location of the database and its
version:
497
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
498
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
The last option allows to create back-ups of the database in format .GLD, which can be
recalled by PROSPER to restore the database using the Import button.
499
PROSPER
the data to enter are: manufacturer, valve type, Type, Specification, Port size, R value.
The sample gas lift valve database is provided to allow the User to run
the examples. Before designing for field installation, the User must
first ensure that the database contains current and accurate valve
characteristics.
2.10.9.2ESP Database
The ESP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and motors and the
characteristics of the cables.
2.10.9.2.1 Pump Database
Select the tab screen ESP in the Database to access the ESP database:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
500
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
Selecting a pump and then Plot, the performance curve of the pump is plotted:
501
PROSPER
Click Variables to select between Head, Horsepower and Efficiency for plotting.
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:
Next step is to enter the performance data for head and power as per manufacturers
performance curves and fit them to a polynomial. To do so, select Head Coefficients
and HP Coefficients and enter the data:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
502
Then Fit to regress and calculate the polynomial coefficients, then Done to go back to
the previous panel. The coefficients have been transferred:
503
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
504
To add a new motor select Add and enter the required info in the Motor Data:
505
PROSPER
Enter the data and fit the polynomials by selecting the buttons NamePlate AMPS,
Speed, Efficiency and Power Factor. Use Fit to determine the polynomial coefficients.
On the right hand side of the screen above (Power Options) enter the different Power,
Voltage and Current the motor is compatible with.
Only a few data about the electric characteristic of the cable are required.
Select Add to add a new cable:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
506
2.10.9.3HSP Database
The HSP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and turbines.
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
507
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
508
509
PROSPER
The Turbine performance is entered by selecting Add in the Turbine Settings area. The
steps to enter the performance data and fit them to a polynomial are the same as seen
in the ESP section. Refer to that section for details.
2.10.9.4PCP Database
The PCP Database contains data concerning the performance of pumps and the
characteristics of sucker rods, motors and cables.
2.10.9.4.1 Pumps Database
Select the tab screen PCP in the Database to access the PCP database:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
510
511
PROSPER
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers
specs:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
512
513
PROSPER
To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
514
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for details.
515
PROSPER
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers
specs (nozzle and throat sizes, minimum and maximum rates, etc.):
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
516
517
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
518
519
PROSPER
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
520
To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:
521
PROSPER
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for details.
2.11 Output
The Output menu is used to report, export and plot input data entered into PROSPER
and the results generated by the various calculation options in the program:
Report
This option generates reports about input data and results
Export
This option transfers input data and results to different locations (printer,
spreadsheets, screen, etc.)
Plot
This option generates plots for input data and results
These functions are available also in any of the input/output screens of the program.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
522
2.11.1 Report
The Report option is used to prepare reports and plots from a current analysis. This
section describes how to use the reporting system with the templates provided with the
system and how to customise these templates.
In the File tab screen initialise the data relevant to the reporting system. Enter the
Location Of Report Output Files. This is the default directory where reports printed to
file are to be placed. Also enter the Location Of User-Created Reports. This is the
path to a directory where User-defined report templates are to be stored.
2.11.1.2Reports
The reporting interface gives the User complete control over how the reports are
formatted and what information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the
use of report templates, which can be edited to suit the specific requirements. It is
possible to choose to use the default report templates provided with the system or to
choose to create slightly different versions of these reports. The selected templates can
then be used to generate the actual reports, which can be sent to a variety of places
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
523
PROSPER
(printer, file or screen). The report templates are displayed in a hierarchy and all
templates which have been selected (by double-clicking on it) show an X in the checkbox beside the template name.
To access the Reports area, select OutputReports form the menu toolbar.
There are two modes for the editing of report templates: System and User. System
mode does not allow the User to change any template whereas User mode allows
creating new User-defined templates from scratch or based on an already existing
system report template and also allows editing an existing User-defined report
template. Selecting User mode also makes the User Reports section of the template
hierarchy visible. The User Reports hierarchy contains all report templates which have
been tagged as being a derivation of a system report template as well as any free
standing User-defined templates.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
524
The reporting main window consists of four main parts: The command segment at the
top of the dialogue containing the buttons, the report selection hierarchy, the output
device selection group and the template type selection group. The output device group
is only used when printing from selected report templates.
The available commands are:
OK
Print the selected reports to the selected output device and terminate the dialogue
Cancel
Help
Setup
Select a printer
User
Switches between System and User edit mode, This shows or hides the User Reports
section of the report hierarchy and enables or disables the Create and Edit buttons. If
in User mode this button shows the text System and vice-versa.
View
View a previously saved native format file on-screen. This brings up a file selection box
for choosing the appropriate report and passes this file name to the Report Executor
Create
Edit
Edit an existing user report template or create a new template from a system template
(only visible in User edit mode)
Group
Allows the grouping of report templates references and the storing of the group
information in a file for later recall. This allows batch printing of reports for any analysis
Screen
Native File
The reports are saved as .FR files in the output reports directory
RTF File
The reports are saved as .RTF files in the output reports directory
Text File
The reports are saved as tab delimited text files for easy spreadsheet import
The native (.FR) file format can only be read by the reporting system whereas the RTF
format can be read by many Windows word processing applications. When printing to
file the User will be presented with the following dialogue:
525
PROSPER
The default directory will be set to the default output directory but this can be altered
using the Select Directory button. This can then be applied to all output files by using
Change All. If it is necessary to change the output directory of one of the files, this can
be achieved by using the Browse button (button that shown on the right side of the
filename box) associated with each report. The filenames can themselves be edited in
the text box, which contains them.
For any given report in the system hierarchy the User can choose to view or print a
report using either the system report template provided or a User-defined report
template based on that system report template (or at least that position in the hierarchy)
or it is possible to choose a report grouping which can be made up from a combination
of User and system reports. Choose between these options using the report template
type selection group at the bottom right of the main window. If the User report template
option for any hierarchy position is selected and there are multiple User-defined report
templates for that position, then a dialogue appears which allows selecting the desired
template.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
526
Double clicking on any of the report templates (or selecting and pressing Ok) will cause
it to become the User-defined report template for that hierarchy position for the current
reports session. The default choice is the topmost user defined report template. It is
possible to stop a User-defined report template from being associated with that
hierarchy position by selecting it and then pressing Delete. This does not actually delete
the report template (it can still be seen within the User Reports section of the hierarchy).
If a report grouping is selected, then a similar dialogue appears and the User can select
the appropriate group file. After selecting a file all the reports referenced in the group
will appear checked in the hierarchy and then it is possible to press print for all of these
reports to be sent to the selected output device.
Template Editor Commands
The template editor works on the principle of moveable fields or groups of fields where
the inputs to these fields can be any value from PROSPER. Headers and footers can be
defined, which can be shown on each page, have fields which have a value which is the
result of a calculation or even have groups of fields which are displayed only if a
condition is met.
527
PROSPER
Data fields from PROSPER are added using the F2 key, selecting the data items
required and then pressing Ok when finished. The selected data items will then appear
as fields, one by one, as the left mouse button is clicked. The fields can be roughly
positioned in this way. The User is not limited to one pass at adding data items to the
report template. More items can be added at any time in the same manner.
Once a field has been added to the report template the User can edit some of the
properties of the text which will be shown in the field and assign a group number to the
field by double clicking the left mouse button on it and the font properties can be
changed by double clicking the right mouse button on it. Other properties, such as
whether the field has a box around it, etc., can be changed through the menu options, a
full description of which are given below.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
528
The template editor commands can be selected by using the menu, toolbar or keyboard
shortcuts. Help can be obtained on any menu item by highlighting the menu item and
then pressing the F1 key or by consulting the index of help topics under the help menu.
File Menu
This menu contains commands for saving the current report template file and specifying
the report template parameters.
Save:
Use this selection to save the current report template to the current file name. If a file is
not yet specified, the form editor will prompt for a file name. If a file extension is not
provided, the editor automatically appends an .FP extension to the report file. If a file
with the same name already exists on the disk, the form editor will save the previous file
with a backup extension (.RE).
Save As:
This selection is similar to Save File. In addition, it allows saving the report template to a
new file name.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
529
PROSPER
Report Parameters:
This option allows setting certain report parameters. Firstly, it allows specifying the
name of the report. The margin for the printed page can be set. It is possible to instruct
the report executor to print trial records for adjusting forms such as labels and invoices
and set the default date format for input. The date format that specified here will be
enforced for parameter input during the report execution session, and any date constant
used in expressions.
Report Filter:
This option allows entering a filter criterion for the report. Each data record will be tested
with the expression provided here. A record is selected only if this expression evaluates
to a TRUE value. For example, if the expression was sales->amount>100, then only the
records with the sales amount more than 100 will be selected.
Printer Setup:
This option allows selecting a printer from a list of installed printers and invoking a
printer specific dialogue box for the selected printer. Select the parameters from a set
of printer specific options. These options include page size, page orientation,
resolution, etc. The printer options selected here determine the width and height of the
report.
Exit:
Use this function to exit from the form editor session. If the current file is modified, a
prompt will ask to save the modifications.
Edit Menu:
This menu contains commands to edit the report objects. One or more report objects
must be selected before using this option.
Cut:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard. The copied items are deleted from the form.
Copy:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard.
Paste:
Use this option to paste the items from the clipboard to the current form.
Position Text:
Use this option to position the text within the item boundaries. The text can be justified
on the left, right, top, or bottom edges or it can be centred horizontally or vertically. This
option is valid for the label and field type items only.
Item Outlines:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
530
Use this option to specify the item boundaries (left, right, top, and bottom) to draw for
one or more selected items. The colour and width of the boundary lines can be
specified too.
Item Background:
Use this option to set the background colour or pattern for one or more selected items.
Centre Horizontally:
This option is used to centre horizontally one or more selected items. When more than
one item is selected, the form editor first centres the selection rectangle and then moves
the selected items such that the position of the selected items relative to the selection
rectangle does not change.
Delete Item:
Use this option to delete one or more currently selected items. If the current section is
being deleted, the program asks for confirmation before the deletion. All items within the
section are also deleted.
Fonts:
Use this function to change the font and colour for the text for one or more selected
objects. This option is valid for the field and label type objects only.
When selecting this option, the form editor shows the font and colour selection dialogue
box. The current font and colours are pre-selected in the dialogue box. Use this dialogue
box to specify the selections.
Snap to Grid:
This option allows turning on or off the invisible grid on the form. When the grid is turned
on and an item is moved, it automatically aligns to the closest grid location. This option
also allows setting the grid width.
Report Size:
The following options shrink or elongate the report in the horizontal or vertical direction
by the amount equal to the width or the height of the selection rectangle.
Expand Horizontally
Use this option to create horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. If a new item between the items A
and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired space
between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To move
the items B and C toward right, create a selection rectangle after the item A and select
this option. The width of the selection rectangle specifies the movement of the items B
and C toward right (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include all items
to be moved). All items toward the right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical
placement between the vertical spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Expand Vertically
Use this option to create additional vertical space by moving the items downward. For
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
531
PROSPER
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. If a new item between
items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired
space between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To
move items B and C downward, create a selection rectangle below the item A and
select this option. The height of the selection rectangle specifies the downward
movement of items B and C (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include
all items to be moved). All items below the selection rectangle are moved.
This option also expands (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Compress Horizontally
Use this option to delete extra horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. The User can use this
function to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C toward left,
create a selection rectangle after the item A and select this option. The width of the
selection rectangle specifies the movement of items B and C toward left (noted that the
selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items toward the
right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical placement between the vertical
spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Compress Vertically
Use this option to delete vertical space by moving the items upward. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. It is possible to use this function to
bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C upward, create a
selection rectangle below the item A and select this option. The height of the selection
rectangle specifies the upward movement of items B and C (noted that the selection
rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below the selection
rectangle are moved.
This option also shrinks (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Field Menu:
This menu contains options to insert, modify, delete and maintain fields.
Insert New Fields:
Data Field: This option is used to paste a new data field to the report template. This
option will display a list of data files and data fields to choose from. When selecting a
field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the
field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed
using the Edit Current Field Option.
Calculation Field: This option is used to paste a calculation field to the report
template. This option will prompt for the name of the field, and the field expression. The
field expression can contain any number of valid operators, functions, system fields,
dialogue fields, and data fields. The field type is determined by the result of the
execution of the field.
After entering the field expression, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
532
the mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field
attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
System Field: This option is used to paste a system field to the report template. This
option will display a list of system fields (date, time, page, etc.) to choose from. When
selecting a field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to
position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can
be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
Dialogue Field: This option is used to paste a dialogue field to the report template. A
dialogue field must have been created using the Edit Dialogue Field Table before using
this option. The dialogue fields are used to prompt the User for data during the report
execution session.
The option will display a list of dialogue fields to choose from. When selecting a field,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed using
the Edit Current Field Option.
Edit Current Field: This option is used to edit the field attributes for the current field.
This option is available only when a 'field' type object is selected.
Edit Field Expression: This option is used to edit the field expression for the current
calculation field. This option is available only when a 'calculation field' type object is
selected (see Insert Calculation Field). The option shows the existing calculation
expression and allows making any modifications.
Edit Dialogue Field Table:
Create: This option is used to create a new dialogue field. Once a dialogue field is
created, it can be inserted in the report by using the Insert Dialogue Field selection.
A dialogue field is used to prompt the User for data during report execution. For
example, it can allow the User to set the begin and end dates for the report. A dialogue
field can be used in the field expressions and can be inserted in the report template for
information purposes. A dialogue field in the report filter can be used to reject records
not meeting a specific User criterion.
Modify: This option is used to modify the User prompt, width and prompt order of a
dialogue field. The prompt order determines the order at which the dialogue fields are
presented to the User for data input.
Delete: This option is used to delete a dialogue field from the dialogue field table. The
User cannot delete a dialogue field that is being currently used in the report.
Section Menu:
This menu contains commands to insert, edit and delete report sections.
New: This option is used to create a new section. A section is identified by the section
banner and the separation line at the bottom of a section. There are three basic types of
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
533
PROSPER
sections. A header section displays the data that remain constant or changes only when
a sort field changes. The detail section displays the transaction record fields. A footer
section is used to display totals and summary information. ReportEase allows up to 9
header and footer sections. A higher numbered header section is allowed only when all
the lower numbered headers are already selected. Similarly, a footer section is allowed
only when the corresponding header section is already selected.
Edit Current: This option is used to modify the properties of the currently selected
section. For the 'detail' section, the User can specify the number of records to print
across the page. This option can be used to print multiple address labels across the
page.
Sort Field: This option is used to specify a sort field for a header section. A sort field is
used to sort the data records.
Break Field: This option is used to specify a break field for a header section. The
break field is used to determine a sort break. Typically, the break field would be the
same as the sort field. However the break field can be specified differently from the sort
field. A calculation expression can also be specified for a break field.
Filter: This option is used to enter a filter criterion to print a section. Normally, every
section included in the report template is printed in its appropriate sequence. However,
if the User wishes to print a section depending upon a condition, he can enter this
condition expression using this option. The expression must evaluate to a logical value
(TRUE or FALSE). During the report execution, the section will be printed only if the
expression evaluates to a TRUE value.
Line: This menu contains commands to create and edit a line object:
Create a Line: Use this option to draw a line. When selecting this option, the form
editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle and
click any mouse key. The line will be drawn within the position rectangle. The line size
can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Edit Current Line: Use this option to edit the angle, colour, and thickness of a 'line' type
object.
Label: This menu contains commands to create and edit a label object:
Create a Label: Use this option to create a new label. When selecting this option, the
form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle
and click any mouse key. The 'label' object will be created within the positioning
rectangle. By default, the form editor inserts the text 'label' in the label item. The label
text can be edited in the editing window.
Edit Current Label: A label text can be edited by simply selecting the desired label
item and clicking on the edit window.
As the User inserts or deletes the text, the length of the label text changes. Normally, the
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
534
form editor will automatically adjust the item box boundaries to completely enclose the
new text. However, this automatic size adjustment ceases if the User manually resizes
the item boundary by pulling on the sizing tab. This feature can be used to enclose the
text in an item box larger than the default size.
Picture: This menu contains picture import functions:
Import Picture from Clipboard
Use this command to copy a picture bitmap from the clipboard.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click any
mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture size can
be changed using the sizing tabs.
Import Picture from Disk File
Use this command to read in a picture bitmap from a disk file.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click any
mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture size can
be changed using the sizing tabs.
Arrange:
This menu contains commands to align size and space a set of selected objects:
Alignment At:
Horizontal Top Edge:
Use this option to horizontally align the top edge of the selected items to the top edge of
the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Bottom Edge:
Use this option to horizontally align the bottom edge of the selected items to the bottom
edge of the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Centre Line:
Use this option to align the horizontal centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to the
centre line of the leftmost item in the selection.
Vertical Left Edge:
Use this option to vertically align the left edge of the selected items to the left edge of
the topmost item in the selection.
Vertical Right Edge:
Use this option to vertically align the right edge of the selected items to the right edge of
the topmost item in the selection.
Vertical Centre Line:
Use this option to align the vertical centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
535
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
536
537
PROSPER
2.11.2 Export
An export can be made either directly from the individual sections of the program, or
from the Output | Export menu option. This section describes how to customise exports.
2.11.2.1Export Setup
Use the main menu Output | Export option to export data from a current analysis, or from
a previously saved .OUT file. When clicking Export a series of screens leads the User
through the process of selecting the data required for the export. To include a section of
data, click the check box to the left of a particular item and, depending on the selection,
further input screens will be presented. This process ensures that only relevant sections
are exported. A sample export dialogue box is shown below:
After entering the choices, Click Done to return to the main export dialogue box. The
User must then select a destination for the export data. Clicking Print initiates
generation of the data and sends it to the selected destination. Setup accesses a
screen for selecting fonts, margins etc. as in the Plot menu (Section 12.1). The font
selections made for export data are independent of the plotting fonts.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
538
File - Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print displays a dialogue
box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file name (
PROSPER automatically appends a .PRN extension) and click OK to save the
file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format that can be
imported into a DOS based word processor. Use the Tab Delimited format to
save a file suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the exported data
onto the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, the User can view, edit and
paste the data directly into another Windows application. e.g. a word processing
program.
Screen Clicking Print after selecting this option allows viewing the
exported data on the screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling thumbs or
arrows. When finished viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
Once a .PRN file has been saved, further copies of the exported data can be made
using a word processor from outside PROSPER. To ensure that printed exports are
correctly formatted, only non-Proportional fonts can be selected for export data. The
fonts on the export setup screen are independent of those selected on the plot setup
screen.
539
PROSPER
Show All and Hide All buttons are used to make changes to the entire list of variables.
Individual variables can be selected or de-selected by clicking them directly. When
clicking OK, only the selected variables will be displayed on the calculation screen.
In addition to the calculation results screens, Layout also controls the variables
displayed in Output Export (to file, clipboard, and printer).
2.11.3 Plot
A plot can be made either directly from individual parts of the program, or from the
Output | Plot menu option. This section describes how to customise plots for both the
screen and hard copy. From the Plot Output main Window select the plot to view by
highlighting it in the list of available plots and then press the Plot button or simply
double-clicking on the appropriate plot
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
540
Zooming
Plots can be zoomed in simply by placing the mouse pointer (which changes to a pair of
cross hairs over the active plot area) at the corner of the region to enlarge, and then
dragging until the area of interest is enclosed by the zoom box. Release the mouse
button and the outlined area will be zoomed to fill the entire plot area.
2.11.3.1Plot Command Summary
FinishReturns to the previous menu. Use Finish to close a plot.
Scales
PROSPER normally picks appropriate scales to display the data. Use Scales to enter
custom upper and lower limits for both X- and Y- scales. To display round numbers on
the intermediate grid lines, ensure that the span of the upper and lower plot limits fits
evenly with the number of plot blocks set in the Options menu.
Replot
Re-plots the graph using the original scales. Use this option to un-zoom a plot.
Output
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
541
PROSPER
Selects the output options menu. Plots can be output to the Windows clipboard, a
Windows metafile or a hard copy device in colour, grey scale or monochrome formats.
Plots can then be pasted directly from the clipboard into other Windows applications
such as a word processor. Windows metafiles can be saved and read by a variety of
applications. If hard copy is selected, the following hard copy options screen will
appear:
Select the desired plot options and click Print to output the plot. Depending on the actual
hard copy device connected, the User may need to experiment with font styles and
sizes. Note that some fonts cannot be rotated, and are unsuitable as a Vertical font. If Yaxis labels are being plotted horizontally, try a different font selection. Return to the plot
menu by clicking OK.
Colours
This option enables to customise the colour of any item on the plot. Note that laser
printers and monochrome monitors will often produce better results if colour plotting is
disabled. A sample colour customising screen is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
542
Options
The Options button enables to customise the overall appearance of the plot screen and
select font type and size etc. A sample options screen is shown below:
Some plots include a results box on the screen. If the default position of the box
interferes with the plot, it can be moved by holding down the Shift key and using the
mouse to drag it to another location. The fonts selected on the Plot options screen apply
only to plots. The export data fonts are set up on a separate screen.
Variables
Use this button to select variables for plotting. The variables available change according
to the type of calculations that have been completed and the particular plot type that has
been selected. Where applicable, extended plot variables can be selected.
T est Data
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
543
PROSPER
Clicking Test data displays a screen in which the User can enter up to 10 measured
data pairs. Once the test data has been entered, it can be displayed together with the
calculated data when the plot is re-drawn. If the current .OUT file is subsequently saved,
the test data will also be saved and will appear on subsequent plots.
Help
Accesses the on-line Help system. See Section 14 for more details of the Help system.
2.12 Units
This chapter describes the system of units. The built in flexibility of the units system
enables the User to select any variable and define the unit of measurement to be used.
This feature allows to modify the units system so that it corresponds to data reports
supplied by a service company or customise the units system to suit the Users own
personal preferences.
PROSPER always works internally in Field units. To facilitate data entry and output
display in any units system, PROSPER accepts data in the specified Input units and
converts it to Oilfield units for calculation. The results (in Field units) are converted back
to the specified Output unit set if necessary. By making selections from the different
categories, it is possible to work in the preferred units and save the results in the units
required by company policy.
The changes made to the units system are retained in the program memory and apply
to all files opened during the current processing session. The program allows to create
a custom units system.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
544
The Units Summary screen is contains the list of parameters and their units options:
Unit selections
Select the units for the input and output of the variables
Validation
Used to set up the error checking limits for each selected input variable.
Click on the Details buttons to the right of each variable name in order to view the
details of each particular variable.
2.12.1.1Unit Systems
The User can change the units system form tool bar menu
545
PROSPER
Oilfield Units
Norwegian S.I.
Canadian S.I.
German S.I.
French S.I.
Latin S.I.
Customised unit systems can be created and saved under new names. Different units
can be selected for both input and output.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
546
Scroll through the measurement variables list until the unit item to modify is
visible on the screen.
Select the unit field corresponding to the measurement item and click on the
arrow to its right to display the list of unit options.
To save changes, click Save. A prompt will be displayed to enter a name for the new
Units System. This new system can now be recalled and applied to any file. Custom
unit sets can be erased by clicking the Delete button, then selecting the unwanted units
system. The ability to have separate input and output unit systems allows the User to
work with familiar units and to create reports or export data in any required unit system.
PROSPER calculates them internally in Oilfield Units. To validate unit conversion
factors, click the button located to the right of the particular variable and the multiplier
and shift used for unit conversion will be displayed.
Clicking Report Print will create a summary report of conversion factors in use.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
547
PROSPER
If some particular units have been modified during the course of a PROSPER session,
the changes will be written into the .SIN file when the input data are saved. Irrespective
of the current units system settings, recalling a previously saved .SIN file will cause
PROSPER to revert to the units saved in the recalled .SIN file. To permanently impose a
new set of units on the recalled file, open a custom units file (or use one of the internal
unit sets) and then save the .SIN file. The new units settings will be used whenever the .
SIN file is loaded.
2.12.1.4Validation Limits
To reduce the possibility of entering incorrect data, PROSPER checks that input data
falls within predetermined validation limits. For most purposes, the default validation
limits are adequate. For particular applications, the User can change the validation
limits if required by entering new values directly from the units definition screen.
Find the required variable by scrolling through the list, and then enter required changes
in the low and high validation limit boxes. Enter the custom validation limits in the units
currently in use. To permanently attach the new validation limits to a custom units
system, click Save before leaving the validation screen by clicking OK.
Input and Output units can be selected from this screen. Validation limits can be
entered for the selected units. The Options panel enables to set the number of decimal
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
548
2.13 Wizard
This feature allows the User to set up models and perform certain tasks following a predefined sequence.
The use of Wizards is of particular benefit to inexperienced Users, as it allows to easily
set up a model based on active wizard examples by advancing through the input
screens in the correct sequence and asking at any step the User for the required
information. In this way the User will familiarize with PROSPER windows as well as with
the essential steps required to set up, match and use the models.
549
PROSPER
toolbar:
Then select the desired Wizard and click on Run to run it.
All that the User has to do is to follow the instructions that time to time are displayed and
complete the input screens with the required data.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
550
To create a new wizard select instead New. This will display an empty script window.
The script consists of a series of VB commands using OpenServer strings to set the
values of the input parameters, perform calculations, and retrieve results.
Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.
On the top part of the script window there is the Commands list window, which provides
immediate access to all the OpenServer variables. This window allows selecting the
desired variable and getting a copy of it, which can be pasted in the script window
below.
2.13.2.1Notes of OS strings
A class of OpenServer strings - the so-called menu commands - allow displaying each
of the input screens. The structure of these commands is in general:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
551
PROSPER
DoCmd(PROSPER.MENU.<tag>)
If <tag> is for example Options, the command will display the main PROSPER options.
To display a plot, instead, the command is:
DoCmd(PROSPER.PLOT.<number>)
If <number> is 1, for example, the command will display the IPR plot.
2.13.2.2Wizard examples
As above mentioned, a few Wizards are available along with the software. These
examples lead step-by-step the User through the screens in order to build typical
models.
The example scripts can also be used by experienced Users as templates to build their
own scripts.
Recommendation
Petroleum Experts recommends to set up the models according to the worked
examples shown in the Examples Guide. This will allow the User to have a better
understanding of the physics that is behind the software and the importance of the
matching process.
2.14 Help
PROSPER has an on-line Help facility which enables the User to get information quickly
about a menu option, input field or function command. This facility enables to display
instructions for completing a particular task or input field without exiting from the current
screen. The help windows offer a list of topics which not only include definitions and
functions specific to PROSPER, but details on using some features of Windows as well.
To use the PROSPER on-line help system, the help file must be located in the same
directory as the program. If the User is new to Windows, information on using the Help
system can be made available when selecting the Help option in the PROSPER main
menu and choosing 'Using Help'. This will display a help screen from which the
information required can be selected from a list of topics.
The Help facility has function buttons located at the top of the windows, which can be
used to navigate within the help system. If a particular feature is not currently available,
the button associated with that function is dimmed. Information on specific help topics
may lead to other related topics. Some words in the Help windows are marked with a
solid underline and appear in colour (green) if the User uses a colour screen.
These words are called jump terms and can be used to move around Help more quickly.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
552
When clicking a jump term, Help will move directly to the topic associated with the
underlined word(s).
553
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
554
If the User need to contact Petroleum Experts about a problem with the program, please
have the version number and creation date shown on this screen available should it be
required.
555
PROSPER
2.15 Appendix
2.15.1 A - References
2.15.1.1PVT Calculations
1 Sutton, R.P. & 'Evaluation of Empirically Derived PVT Properties SPE Reservoir Engineering,
Farshad, F.F. for Gulf of Mexico,' (Used for Glaso, Lasater, (Feb. 1990), 79-86.
Standing & Vazquez-Beggs)
2 Beal, C.
'The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Trans., AIME (1946) 165, 94Oil and its Associated Gases at Oil Field 98.
Temperatures and Pressures,'
5 Eilerts et al
7 Katz, D.
Kurata, F.
8 Katz,
D., 'Surface Tension
Monroe, R. & Dissolved Gases,'
Trainer, R.
of
Crude
Oils
9 Lee, et al
997-
1 Lohrenz et al
0
1 Coats, K.H.
1
1 Nghiem, L.X., 'Compositional Modelling with an Equation of State' SPE 9306 SPE ATCE,
2 Fong, D.K. &
Dallas, Texas, Sept. 21-24,
Aziz, K.
1980.
1 Winkler, H.W. 'Algorithm for More Accurately Predicting Nitrogen- SPE 18871 SPE POS,
3 & Eads, P.T.
Charged Gas-Lift Valve Operation at High Ok lahoma City, March 13-14,
Pressures and Temperatures'
1988.
1 Peng,
D.-Y. 'A New Two-Constant Equation of State'
4 and
Robinson, D.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
556
B.
1 Bradley et al
5
Petroleum
Engineering
Handbook . SPE 1987
1 Bukacek,
6 Richard F.
1 Muhammad
"PVT Correlations for Middle East Crude Oils"
7 All
AlMarhoun
1 E.
O. "An Improved Temperature-Viscosity Correlation Journal of Petroleum Science
8 Egbogah & J. For Crude Oil Systems"
and Engineering, 5, (1990),
T. Ng
197-200
557
PROSPER
The ideal way to do this is to perform a compositional analysis where the composition
of the gas separated, condensate and the gas vented are known. Then these fluids are
recombined to get the well stream composition and properties.
However most of time the compositions are unknown, and also the quantity and gas
specific gravity of the stock tank gas vented are often not measured.
In those cases, correlations can be used to calculate the gas specific gravity and the GE
(Gas equivalent) or VEQ (volume equivalent).
The VEQ or GE represents the volume of gas vented in the tank plus the volume in scf
that would be occupied by a barrel of stock-tank liquid if it were gas.
PROSPER is using a correlation that depends on the separator pressure to calculate
the GE.
The GE is added to the gas rate and used to calculate the pressure losses in the tubing
using the energy balance equation.
In fact from the diagram above we can see the separator pressure dependency, for
instance if the separator pressure is 0 psig, the tank vented gas will be zero, if the
separator pressure is higher then more gas will pass in solution with the liquid towards
the tank. So the separator pressure has an impact on GE.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
558
2 Fetkovich M.J.
3 Forcheimer et al
7 Houz,
O.P., 'Infinite Conductivity Vertical Fracture SPE 12778 SPE Regional
Horne, R. & in a Reservoir with Double Porosity Meeting, Long Beach,
Ramey, H.J. Jr. Behaviour'
California, April 11-13,
1984.
8 Karakas, M. & 'Semi-Analytical Productivity Models SPE 18271 SPE ATCE,
Tariq, S.
for Perforated Completion'
Houston, Texas, Oct. 2-5,
1988.
9 Dikken, B.J.
1 Chaperon, I.
0
'Theoretical Study of
Coning SPE 15377 SPE ATCE,
Towards Horizontal and Vertical New Orleans, Oct. 5-8.
Wells in Anisotropic Formations'
1 Goode, P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Partially Open SPE 19341 1989 SPE
1 Wilkinson, D.J.
Horizontal Wells'
Eastern Region Meeting,
Morgantown, WV, Oct. 2427.
Also JPT, August
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
559
PROSPER
1991, pp 983-985.
1 Papazatacos, P., 'Cone Breakthrough
2 Herring,
T.R., Horizontal Wells'
Martinsen, R. &
Skjaeveland, S.
M.
Time
1 Cinco-Ley,
H., 'Transient Pressure Behaviour For a SPE 6014 SPE ATCE,
3 Samanieogo, F. Well With a Finite-Conductivity New Orleans, Louisiana,
& Dominguez, N. vertical Fracture '
Oct 3-6 1976
1 Mavor, M.J. & 'Transient Pressure Behaviour of SPE
7977
California
4 Cinco Ley, H
Naturally Fractured Reservoirs'
Regional Meeting SPE,
Ventura, California, April
1979
1 Wong,
D., 'Application
of
the
Pressure SPE 13056 SPE ATCE,
5 Harrington, A. & Derivative Function in th Pressure Houston, Texas, Sept. 16Cinco Ley, H
Transient testing of Fractured Wells' 19, 1984
1 Warren, J.E. & 'The behaviour of Naturally Fractured SPE 426, SPEJ (Spet
6 Root, P.J.
Reservoirs'
1963), 245-255
1 Hegre, T.T.
7 Larsen, L.
& 'Productivity
of
Horizontal Wells'
Multifractured SPE
28845
SPE
European
Petroleum
Conference, London, UK,
October 1994
2.
3.
Beggs, H.D. and Brill, J.P.: A Study of Two Phase Flow in Inclined Pipe, JPT
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
560
5.
6.
Fortunati, Two Phase Flow Through Well-head Chokes, paper SPE 3742
presented at 1972 SPE European Spring Meeting, Amsterdam, May 17-18.
7.
8.
Mandhane et al, A Flow Pattern Map for Gas-liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes,
International Journal Multiphase Flow, 1, 537-541.
9.
Moody, Friction Factor for Pipe Flow, Trans., AIME (1944), 66, 671-675.
10.
Mukherjee, H. and Brill, J.P.: Liquid Holdup Correlations for Inclined TwoPhase Flow, JPT (May 1983), 1003-1008.
11.
12.
13.
Duns, H. Jr and Ros, N.C.J.: Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in
Wells, Proc., Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfurt (1963) 451.
14.
Tansev, E. Startzman, R.A. and Cooper, A.M.: Predicting Pressure Loss and
Heat Transfer in Geothermal Wellbores, paper SPE 5584 presented at the
1975 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Dallas, Sept. 28-Oct. 1.
15.
Gould, T.L, Tek, M.R. and Katz, D.L.: Two-Phase Flow Through Vertical,
Inclined, or Curved Pipe, JPT, August, 1974, 915-925.
2.15.1.4Temperature Calculations
1Chiu,
and
561
PROSPER
pp 517 - 528.
2Hasan, A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase SPE 22866 1991 SPE Annual
and Kabir, Flow in Wellbores: Part I - Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
Formation Temperature,'
pp 469 - 478.
C.S.
3Hasan, A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase SPE 22948 1991 SPE Annual
and Kabir, Flow in Wellbores: Part II - Wellbore Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
Fluid Temperature,'
pp 695 - 708.
C.S.
4Carslaw, H. 'Conduction of Heat in Solids,'
S.
and
Jaeger, J.C.
2Schmid 'System Analysis for Sucker- SPE 15426 SPE ATCE, October 5-8,
t
Z., Rod Pumping'
1986, in New Orleans, Louisiana, 125Doty D.
130.
R.
3Gibbs
'Computer Diagnosis of SPE 1165 SPE Annual Fall Meeting,
Down-Hole Conditions in October 3-6, 1965, in Denver, Colorado,
S.G.,
Neely A. Sucker Rod Pumping Wells' 91-98.
B.
4Patton
L.D.
'A Computer Technique for SPE 1986 SPE 38th California Regional
Analyzing Pumping Well Meeting, October 26-27, 1967, in Los
Performance'
Angeles, California, 243-249.
7Gabor
Takacs
8Gabor
Takacs
'Sucker-Rod
Manual'
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
562
2.15.2 B - Equations
2.15.2.1Black Oil Model for Condensate
PSEP
TSEP
TANK
ggtot
g gsep
GOR
sep
g gtnk
GOR
tnk
g g tot =
ggt
c
CGR
28.966
62.43
0.0764
STB/SCF
lb/lb.mol
lb/cu.ft
lb/Scf
563
PROSPER
Mol.wt of condensate
Mc
lb/lb.mol
=
Mass of Condensate =
=
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
564
=
Moles of Cond.
565
PROSPER
This expression thus gives, the average gas gravity of a mixture, which has
a condensate to gas ratio of CGR STB/SCF, with the gas having a gas
gravity of ggt and the condensate having a specific gravity of c and
molecular weight of Mc.
This also can be used to work out the condensate to gas ratio of a mixture
gas if the gas gravity is known as shown in the following equation.
CGR sep =
g g sep - g g tot
4588 .3 g c - 132904 g g sep g c /M c
Also assuming that the condensate is above dew point, the initial CGR under reservoir
conditions is,
CGR res =
Rsep
1
+ Rtnk
January, 2010
User Guide
g g res =
566
g g res =
At Separator Conditions:
CGR
sep
g g sep - g g tot
NOTE:
ggt > ggsep
CGRsep negative
CGR res
Rsep
1
+ Rtnk
The CGR at pressures lower than dew point is estimated by a second degree
polynomial as shown
CGR = CGR
min
+ (CGR
res
P
f
- CGR min )
P
1 - f
dewpoint
where
Pmin being the maximum liquid dropout pressure and a function of the dewpoint
pressure.
i.e.
Pmin = F (Pdewpoint
567
PROSPER
comp
f
P
Pdew
- f
Pdewpo int
1- f
f = 0.15 +
PROSPER Manual
7.08
+ 1.45 * % Condensate
TRES - 161
January, 2010
User Guide
568
Bg
561 .5 Bo
Where
Lmax is the maximum liquid dropout percentage.
Thus we need to estimate Bo and Bg to find CGRmin from the following equation
CGR min
CGR
res
- Lmax B g
561 .5 Bo
k
P
q o = 2prh o *
m
r
o
k g P
q g = 2prh
*
m
r
g
k
P
q w = 2prh w *
m
r
w
kg
k
k
m r = 2prh r o o + r g
+ rw w
mo
mg
mw
m r
= 2ph
r
r
kg
ko
k
+ rg
+ rw w
r r o
mo
mg
mw
......................1
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
569
PROSPER
m r
r
= 2prh f
r
t
..............................................................2
r = So ro + S g r g + S w r w
1 and 2
3
kg
ko
k
r
r
+
r
+ rw w
o
g
mo
mg
mw
P
r
= rf
r
t
.....................
By Definition:
Equation 3 becomes:
rg
ro
r w P
P
+ kg
+ kw
r k o
= rf r c
mo
mg
m w r
t
r
r o k o + k g g + k w r w P
0 m o
mg
m w
k g mo
k
k m
= o ro +
r g + w o r w P
m o
ko m g
ko m w
0
p
qg
k
q
= o r o +
r g + w r w P
mo
qo
qo
0
p
GOR out B g
k
WOR out Bw
= o r o +
rg +
r w P
mo
Bo
Bo
m( p ) =
Combining we get:
m( p ) rf r c m o m( p )
*
r ko
=
r
r
F
t
Where
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
F = ro +
GOR out Bg
Bo
rg +
570
WOR out Bw
rw
Bo
_
m o m( p )
2 m( p )
1 m( p )
+
=
f
c
2
r r
Bo
t
r
C = c
So ro + S g r g + S w r w
F
For Condensates:
m g m( p )
2 m( p )
1 m( p )
+
=
f
c
r r
kg
t
r 2
C=c
Fg =
So ro + S g rg + S w r w
Fg
Bo CGR out
B WGR
ro + r g + w
rw
Bg
Bg
2.15.2.3Temperature Models
571
PROSPER
Where:
Ta1 = Ambient temperature at L1
T1 = Fluid temperature at entry
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
572
= Deviation angle
= Fluid mass flow rate
G = Geothermal gradient
W = Product of phase mass flow rates and heat capacities
+
Cpo +
Cpw
Cpg
This value is used to calculate heat loss in surface or downhole pipe work This should
not be confused with the thermal conductivity for a particular type of pipe. The overall
heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the pipe, annulus (in a well)
and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. Insulated buried flowlines can have heat transfer coefficients as
low as 0.1 (BTU/hr/F/ft2) whereas uninsulated, unburied flowlines can be higher than
100. Typical values for individual flowlines are :Buried Carbon Steel Flowlines 1.0
Unburied Carbon Steel
Flowlines
16.0
18.0
5.6
2.8
The overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) used to determine the heat exchange in
the Surface Equipment (Xmas Tree to Manifold) is entered in the Surface Equipment
section of the Equipment Data input area.
The overall heat transfer coefficient entered in the Geothermal Gradient section is the
one used to determine the heat exchange in the Downhole Equipment (Xmas Tree
downward).
573
PROSPER
The U values entered in the two sections mentioned above will be used throughout the
model when running a calculation like System, Gradient, VLP calculation, or also the
VLP matching itself.
During the VLP/IPR matching process the U value can be tuned in order to match the
observed temperature profile (using the feature Estimate U value in the VLP/IPR
matching screen).
As rule of thumb we suggest to use as starting values of U the following:
- In the case of dry gas fluid: 1-3 BTU/(hrft2F)
- In the case of retrograde condensate fluid: 5-7 BTU/(hrft2F)
- In the case of oil fluid: 8-9 BTU/(hrft2F)
The values of the heat transfer coefficient above reported are the ones that we suggest
to use as starting point during the temperature matching process, as we found out that
in many cases they are not too far from the actual values.
Please, note that the heat transfer coefficient, which accounts at the same time for the
different mechanisms of heat transfer, may have very different values, depending on
all the factors affecting the heat transfer (the packer fluid, fluid characteristics, flow
regime, type of completion, materials used, thickness of tubing and casing etc.).
Again, if a measurement of wellhead temperature is available along with the well test, it
is possible to get the correct estimation of the U value.The overall heat transfer
coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter
2.15.2.3.2 Enthalpy Balance
Enthalpy Balance temperature model in PROSPER applies the general energy
equation for flowing fluid:
In terms of Enthalpy
,
this is written:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
574
In other terms:
If heat transfer with the surroundings (Q) is neglected, the usual pressure equation
solved in multiphase flow results. PROSPER solves the general energy equation by
considering the enthalpy balance across an incremental length of pipe. The enthalpy
term includes the effects of pressure (including Joule-Thomson effect) and phase
changes.
The algorithm commences by calculating the
enthalpy at the known pressure and
temperature of the first calculation node. i.e.
H1 at (T1,P1)
For a given pipe increment, the enthalpy (H2)
at the other end of the pipe is estimated. The
difference (H2-H1) is compared to DH.
Where
P2 = P1 - GDL ;
T2 = T1 -
dt
DL
dz
P1 + P2
2
T=
T1 + T2
2
575
PROSPER
The total heat transfer coefficient is estimated for the T, P of the iteration step to
calculate the heat exchanged. Using the energy equation, we can find dh. If dh does not
equal H2-H1, the iteration continues until convergence. The Enthalpy Balance method
solves the energy equation simultaneously for both temperature and pressure. The
solution temperature at the downstream side of the pipe increment is therefore the value
of T2 when the iteration has converged.
The heat transfer coefficient is used to calculate dQ within the enthalpy balance
iterations and not the temperature.
The heat transfer coefficient is itself a function of the temperature of both the fluid and
the surroundings; therefore iteration is required to find both the heat transfer coefficient
and the enthalpy balance. The formation is a thermal sink at temperature Te. The
temperature profile near the wellbore is dependent upon producing time and the thermal
diffusivity of the formation. The heat diffusivity equation accounts for localised heating
(or cooling) of the formation by the well fluids.
For a pipe increment, the heat flow is calculated using:
Where:
infinity.
is the effective thermal conductivity of the formation (including allowance for well
fluids in porous formations)
is the solution of the heat diffusivity equation
The exact solution of heat diffusivity equation is:
January, 2010
User Guide
576
The overall heat transfer coefficient takes into account forced convection inside the pipe
and free convection outside the pipe plus radiation and conduction.
577
PROSPER
Conduction
Forced Convection
Free Convection
and Radiation
Now, let us examine the components of the overall heat loss coefficient individually:
is due to forced convection inside the pipe
where:
and
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
578
H1
rti
H1
P1 , T1
rto
rci
rco
rcem
where
is emissivity.
Similar expressions are used for each casing string and each term combined to find the
total conductivity term .
579
PROSPER
The data listed below is at standard conditions. Correlations are used to estimate
thermal properties at other temperatures and pressures.
Dry Rock Properties
Specific
Gravity
Cp
Conductivity
BTU/lb/
deg F
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
Sandstone
0.183
1.06
2.64
Shale
0.224
0.7
2.4
Limestone
0.202
0.54
2.71
Dolomite
0.219
1.0
2.87
Halite
0.219
2.8
2.17
Anhydrite
0.265
0.75
2.96
Gypsum
0.259
0.75
2.32
Lignite
0.3
2.0
1.5
Volcanics
0.2
1.6
2.65
Conductivity
BTU/lb/deg
F
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
Water (Low
salinity)
1.0
0.35
Water (High
Salinity)
1.02
0.345
Heavy Oil
1.04
0.34
Medium Oil
0.49
0.083
Light Oil
0.5
0.0815
Gas
0.26
0.0215
The dry rock properties are modified to wet rock properties using the in-situ porosity,
permeability and rock consistency.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
580
Downhole Equipment
Conduction
Heat Transfer
Coefficient
Emmissivity
BTU/ft/hr/deg F
Mild Steel Tubing
26
0.65
Plactic Coated
Tubing
20
0.65
Stainless Steel
(13% )
18
0.4
Stainless Steel
(15% )
15
0.3
Line Pipe
27
0.9
20
0.9
Flexible
0.3
0.95
Bitumen
0.6
0.95
0.02
0.8
0.1
0.9
Foam
Concrete
2.15.2.4Choke Calculation
From Bernoulli:
581
PROSPER
Vms : 2 phase sound velocity from FORTUNATI, Vms will be much lower than the
velocity of either phase. Critical conditions are reached at much lower velocities.
PROSPER Manual
For deviated wells, the Beggs and Brill hold up correction is used.
To determine interfacial tension, the Parachor technique is used.
Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al Flow Map and for the various
flow regimes we use the following:
Bubble flow:
Slug flow:
Transition:
User Guide
582
583
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
584
(MAX 10)
PRES
GOR
OFVF
OVIS
ODEN
OCOM
GFVF
GVIS
WVIS
Pressure
Gas-Oil Ratio]
oil
Formation Volume Factor
oil
Viscosity
oil
Density
oil
Compressibility
gas
Formation Volume Factor
gas
Viscosity
water Viscosity
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
585
PROSPER
water Compressibility
Z Factor
gas density
Reservoir CGR
OVIS ODEN PRES
*
* TABLE IDENTIFIER RECORD
*
* N LINES TEMP BP
*
* N
- Table Number
* LINES - Number of lines in the table (max 15)
* TEMP - Table Temperature
* BP
- Table Bubble Point Pressure
(Dew
condensate)
1 3 100 1300
1.21 453 .99 46
1.31 454 .98 47
1.41 455 .97 49
2 3 200 1310
2.21 553 .89 56
2.31 554 .88 57
2.41 555 .87 59
3 3 300 1390
3.21 653 .79 76
3.31 654 .78 77
3.41 655 .77 79
4 3 400 1400
4.21 753 .69 86
4.31 754 .68 87
4.41 755 .67 89
5 3 500 1800
5.21 853 .59 96
5.31 854 .58 97
5.41 855 .57 99
Point
for
2000
2010
2020
3000
3010
3020
4000
4010
4020
5000
5010
5020
6000
6010
6020
Note:
Import table units must be defined in field units. Once the data has been imported the
PROSPER units system can be used to display the values in any desired units.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
586
2.15.4.3Lift Curves
The following is an example of a flowing well lift curve in ECLIPSE format:
-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER -VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 514.696 5014.7 /
0 0.5 0.9 /
0.8 1 5 /
0/
1 1 1 1 2002.17 1258.71 2733.66 /
1 1 2 1 1479.42 1083.09 2655.25 /
1 1 3 1 413.537 806.953 4503.13 /
1 2 1 1 3948.98 2376.35 3439.27 /
1 2 2 1 3619.42 1985.43 3270.18 /
1 2 3 1 494.134 928.339 3352.16 /
1 3 1 1 4913.94 4485.14 4672.16 /
1 3 2 1 4895.27 4343.38 4563.92 /
1 3 3 1 3925.4 2141.93 3460.48 /
2 1 1 1 3629.53 2559.11 3358.56 /
2 1 2 1 3539.7 2209.16 3216.7 /
2 1 3 1 1098.95 1408.86 4038.35 /
2 2 1 1 4817.47 3863.58 4190.39 /
2 2 2 1 4746.81 3540.81 3985.01 /
2 2 3 1 1916.92 1594.64 3434.72 /
2 3 1 1 5347.77 5166.94 5283.46 /
2 3 2 1 5337.64 5102.83 5210.6 /
2 3 3 1 5138.74 3590 4155.85 /
3 1 1 1 8202.54 8206.84 8494.42 /
3 1 2 1 8081.09 8085.64 8397.43 /
3 1 3 1 7436.73 7142.24 8450.65 /
3 2 1 1 9393.27 9014.22 9196.49 /
3 2 2 1 9308.64 8911.21 9105.01 /
3 2 3 1 8567.24 7774.64 8436.27 /
3 3 1 1 9912.37 9798.83 9952.61 /
3 3 2 1 9906.65 9776.86 9924.11 /
3 3 3 1 9813.74 9404.22 9463.37 /
Gas Lifted Well (4 Variable) Lift Curves
-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER -VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 1014.7 /
0.5 0.9 /
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
587
PROSPER
0.82 5 /
0 0.2 0.5 /
1 1 1 1 4236.42 2633.35 3373.19 /
1 1 1 2 3825.95 2143.51 3274.85 /
1 1 1 3 3124.78 1852.12 3267.76 /
1 1 2 1 679.721 1006.21 3341.52 /
1 1 2 2 663.546 996.833 3405.81 /
1 1 2 3 641.284 977.228 3341.56 /
1 2 1 1 4983.68 4569.28 4613.82 /
1 2 1 2 4855.84 3445.19 4260.77 /
1 2 1 3 4234.42 2708.11 3888.35 /
1 2 2 1 4324.78 2288.63 3403.99 /
1 2 2 2 3770.29 1978.18 3361.59 /
1 2 2 3 2893.22 1811.06 3390.73 /
2 1 1 1 5416.3 4901.7 4903.34 /
2 1 1 2 5416.24 4900.79 4902.04 /
2 1 1 3 5416.15 4899.42 4900.17 /
2 1 2 1 4853.52 2622.82 3962.47 /
2 1 2 2 4853.36 2606.9 3962.25 /
2 1 2 3 4853.12 2591.41 3961.94 /
2 2 1 1 5925.14 5771.07 5819.76 /
2 2 1 2 5925.09 5770.6 5819.25 /
2 2 1 3 5925.01 5769.9 5818.5 /
2 2 2 1 5814.71 4954.63 4912.08 /
2 2 2 2 5814.64 4953.02 4911.18 /
2 2 2 3 5814.53 4950.61 4909.88 /
2.15.4.4IPR
*
* This is an example IPR input file
*
The format is pressure, rate, curve value
*
The numbers can be space, tab or comma delimited
* Up to twenty points per curve, up to five curves
*
*Blank lines or lines with an asterisk (*) in the first
* column are ignored.
*
0 5000 1000
1000 4000 1000
2000 3000 1000
3000 2000 1000
4000 1000 1000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
5000
588
0 1000
*
* Next curve
*
0 3000 2000
1000 2000 2000
2000 1000 2000
3000 0 2000
2.15.4.5ESP PUMPS
* Blank lines or lines begining with an asterisk are ignored.
* The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (ins) frequency(hz) Min. rte Max. rate No. of
Stages
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
* Curves are polynomials of the form
* Y = AO + A1*x + A2*x*2 + A3*x**3 + A4*x**4 + A5*x**5
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** CENTRILIFT PUMPS
****************************
****************************
****************************
***
A0
8.776504E-06 -7.290256E-04
1.695927E-07
1.838891E-05
-4.764406E-07 -2.538143E-03
4.492726E-08
1.474800E-04
589
PROSPER
2.15.4.6ESP MOTORS
*Manufacturer
Reda
* Number of motors, rpm, frequency
2 3450. 60.0
*Series OD
456 4.56
*amps
6.53822E-01 -1.34128E+00 8.86349E-01 -1.06114E-01 5.61883E-01 3.43896E-01
*
*rpm
-6.24718E+01
2.04999E+02 -3.03911E+02
1.45552E+02 -1.15803E+02
3.58291E+03 *
*efficiency
-5.57129E-01 1.60591E+00 -7.30540E-01 -1.98693E+00 2.49918E+00 1.91886E03 *
* power factor
-5.44220E-01 2.16557E+00 -2.81504E+00 7.11957E-01 1.04810E+00 2.49609E01 *
*Series OD
540 5.4
*amps
-2.16508E-01 6.79101E-01 -5.79651E-01 3.59379E-01 5.24583E-01 2.26834E-01
*
*rpm
-2.14557E+01
8.55182E+01 -1.66122E+02
9.44086E+01 -1.44510E+02
3.58175E+03 *
*efficiency
3.67150E-01 -1.64327E+00 3.01018E+00 -3.02514E+00 1.72215E+00 4.17187E01 *
* power factor
4.64765E-01 -2.48102E+00 5.12024E+00 -5.23541E+00 2.71560E+00 2.75835E01 *
*Series Type HP VOLTS AMPS
456 S 100.0 1075 51
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
456
456
456
456
456
456
456
456
456
456
S
S
S
S
S
S
T
T
T
T
100.0
100.0
110.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
200.0
220.0
240.0
240.0
1355
2205
1190
1255
1295
2245
2710
2380
2250
2590
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
S
S
S
S
S
S
T
T
T
T
T
180.0
180.0
200.0
200.0
225.0
225.0
450.0
480.0
480.0
540.0
600.0
945 120
1945 59
1100 115
2140 54
1135 127
2235 64
2270 127
2475 122
3345 89
2835 120
3300 115
590
46
29
60
70
59
35
46
60
70
59
2.15.4.7ESP CABLES
* Cable Type
* Volt drop coefficient Maximum ampage
#1 Copper
0.26
115
#2 Copper
0.33
95
#4 Copper
0.53
70
#6 Copper
0.84
55
#8 Copper
1.32
50
#10 Copper
2.08
50
#12 Copper
3.32
50
#1 Aluminium
0.33
#2 Aluminium
0.53
95
70
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
591
PROSPER
#4 Aluminium
0.84
#6 Aluminium
1.32
#8 Aluminium
2.08
#10 Aluminium
3.32
55
50
50
50
2.15.4.8HSP PUMPS
*
* H Y D R A U L I C D R I V E D O W N H O L E P U M P S* =================
========= =============== =========
* This is a sample pump import file. Blank lines or lines begining
* with an asterisk are ignored. The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (mm) reference Speed(rpm) Min.
* operating rate Max. operating rate No. of stages Max no. of Stages Min
* Speed Max Speed
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water) (a0 to a5)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
(a0 to a5)
* This data is supplied FOR EXAMPLE PURPOSES ONLY
********** DO NOT USE FOR SYSTEM DESIGN
* Contact the pump supplier for current performance data
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** WEIR PUMPS
***
****************************
****************************
****************************
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
592
2.15.4.9HSP TURBINES
Turbine Manufacturer
WEIR* Number of Turbines1*****************
** WEIR T30 **
****************** Turbine TypeT30* Reference Speed
(rpm)
15000.0
* Maximum Speed
15000.0
(rpm)
(psi)
(psi)
(psi)
(bbl/day)
(lb.ins)
(lb.ins)
(inches)
Head
(a2)
Power
(a3)
593
PROSPER
A
52.750
1235.26 2038.18 0.000311733 -0.53145
447.209 2.2765e6 -0.00245738 0.551433
B
56.000
1523.49 2460.23 0.000146428 -0.163852 184.132 1.6612e6 -0.00126675 -0.431372
C
60.460
1873.48 3232.27 0.000116043 -0.281785 395.769
1.8284e-6 -0.0037038 2.46547
D
64.000
2367.59 3788.14 6.97987e-5 -0.150449 243.193 2.0903e6 -0.00670166 7.15005
2.15.5 E - Glossary
Bottom
Hole Pressure measured at the producing formation.
pressure.
Flowing
Pressure
Intake node
A volume ratio that indicates the deviation of the actual volume from
Compressibility that which has been determined by the Ideal Gas Laws. The
Compressibility Factor is a multiplier
Dew Point
Dimensionless
Fracture
Conductivity
(FCD)
Dry Gas
Any gas or gas mixture which contains no water vapour, and where
all of the constituents are substantially above their respective
saturated vapour pressure at the existing conditions.
Energy
Enthalpy
Entropy
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
594
Formation Gas- Quantity of oil dissolved in 1 stock tank barrel of oil at prevailing
pressure and temperature. Solution GOR. See GOR Definitions
Oil Ratio
Formation
Volume occupied by 1 barrel of stock tank oil and its associated
Volume Factor solution gas at a given pressure and temperature.
(Bo)
Gas Gravity
Geothermal
Gradient
GOR
Heat
Heat Transfer Coefficient describing the total resistance to heat loss from a
producing pipe to its surroundings.
Includes heat loss by
Coefficient
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
595
PROSPER
(HTC)
Holdup
Ideal Gas
Inflow
Performance
Relationship
(IPR)
Injection Gas
Isothermal
Process
JouleThomson
Coefficient
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
596
597
PROSPER
above the
inversion
temperature
negative
always
negative
positive
heats
It should be noted that is always equal to zero for ideal gases (i.e.,
they will neither heat nor cool upon being expanded at constant
enthalpy).
Kinetic Energy The energy a substance possesses by virtue of its motion or
velocity.
Measured
Depth
Depth measured along the flow path from the depth reference to a
point in the well.
Node
Partial
Pressure
Permeability
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
598
Potential
Energy
Pressure
Traverse
Produced Gas/ Gas production divided by oil production. Includes gas in solution
and any free gas production. Excludes lift gas returned to surface
Oil Ratio
with the produced fluids.
Productivity
Index (PI)
Reduced
Pressure
The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas pressure to the critical
pressure of the gas.
Reduced
temperature
Reservoir
Residual Oil
Retrograde
Condensate
Saturated Oil
Saturated
Vapour
Pressure
599
PROSPER
Saturation
Pressure
Shrinkage
Shrinkage
Factor
Solution Gas
Solution
Gas Volume of gas dissolved in stock tank unit of oil at saturation
pressure (scf/STB, Sm3/Sm3). See GOR Definitions
Oil Ratio (Rs)
Specific Gravity Ratio of fluid density to that of water at 60 degrees F. For gases,
ratio of gas density to that of air at standard conditions.
(Liquid)
Ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air, both
Specific Gravity measured at the same specific conditions of pressure and
(Gas)
temperature. These conditions are usually 14.696 psiA and 60F, or
1 barA and 0C.
Specific
or
Capacity
Specific
Volume
Static
Reservoir
Pressure
Stabilised reservoir pressure if all wells were shut in and built up.
STB
Steady-State
Temperature
True
Depth
Under
Saturated Oil
January, 2010
User Guide
Water Cut
600
Water
Volume occupied at prevailing pressure and temperature by 1 stock
tank unit of water.
Formation
Volume Factor
(Bw)
Water
/
Oil Ratio of oil production to water production (stock tank conditions)
Ratio (WOR)
Wet Gas
Work
601
PROSPER
2)
3) When the import file is selected, press Continue to see the next screen (4)
shown below.
4)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
602
5) Select the particular File format in which the data is saved. The following
example is for a Comma Separated format. Press Continue to see the next
screen (7) below.
6)
7)
8) To select a particular column for a Field Name, one can directly click on the
column and this will assign that column to that field.This can also be checked by
the column number that is appended to the field name.
9) Make sure that the units for each column are correctly selected according to the
input data.
10) The procedure can be repeated for all the columns.
11)
603
PROSPER
12) By selecting continue, PROSPER will update the data in the corresponding
columns in the tables.
13)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
User Guide
604
Chapter
Examples Guide
Examples Guide
3.1
Prosper Tutorials
606
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
Integrated well bore models
Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
Sand control tutorials
Compositional modelling tutorials
Well test matching tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials about trouble-shooting artificially lifted wells
Tutorials on pipeline modeling and flow assurance studies.
Tutorials on special topics
Integrated well bore models
Tutorial
00
Description
Integrated oil well model
Reference File
T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT
Description
Reference File
Modelling a dry and wet gas producer T01_DryAndWetGasWell.Out
T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT
Modelling a naturally flowing oil well
Modelling an oil well with black oil PVTT03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
matching
T04_HorizontalOilWell.out
Modelling an horizontal oil well
Modelling a multilateral dry gas producer T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out
T07_SlantedOilWell.Out
Modelling a slanted oil well
Modelling a gas well with connected T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.
Out
pipeline
T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a water injection well
T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a gas injection well
T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a steam injection well
Description
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
Reference File
T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
607
PROSPER
13
14
15
16
T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT
T14_OilWellwithPrePackedScreen.out
T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
Modelling a well with slotted liners
Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScre
ens.out
screens
Description
Reference File
Fully
compositional
retrograde T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.
Out
condensate well
T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out
Fully compositional CO2 injection well
Description
Matching a gas well test
Matching a naturally flowing oil well test
Matching a water injection well test
22
Reference File
T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT
T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT
T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
est.OUT
T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTes
t.OUT
PROSPER Manual
Description
Continuous Gas lift design
Intermittent Gas Lift Design
Reference File
T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT
T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.
OUT
T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.
Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design
OUT
Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESPDesign.OUT
producer
Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer
Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCPDesign.OUT
producer
T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
Diluent Injection tutorial
Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_MultiphasePumpOnseabed.
OUT
single well
Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT43_JETPUMP.OUT
producer
January, 2010
Examples Guide
608
Description
Troubleshooting a gas lifted well
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well
Trouble-shooting a sucker rod lifted well
Reference File
T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT
T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT
No reference file
Description
General flow assurance features
Pipeline performance matching
Full enthalpy balance example
Improved approximation tutorial
Reference File
T36_FlowAssurance.OUT
T37_PipelineMatching.OUT
T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT
T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT
Special topics
Tutorial
40
41
42
44
Description
Reference File
T40_SPOT.OUT
SPOT example
Multi-layer model with dP loss between the T41_MultilayerOil.Out
zones
Multilateral IPR for well penetrating
T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservo
different zones
irs.OUT
Validation of the black oil PVT model for T44_CONDVALID.OUT
609
PROSPER
well,
- How to match a black oil PVT against black oil correlations,
- How to tune the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of a well based
upon well test data
- How to quality-check raw well test data,
- Why and how to perform a correlation comparison,
- How to perform a Verrtical Lift Perfoamnce (VLP) matching,
- How to select a VLP correlation,
- How to model a highly deviated well,
- How to calibrate the well inflow with the well test data,
- How to validate a PROSPER well model against actual well test data,
- How to match multiple well tests,
- How to use the calibrated PROSPER model to predict the future performance of a
given well bore.
3.1.1.2 Statement of the Problem
A naturally flowing highly deviated oil producing well has been drilled and tested.
Extensive fluid and well test data are available.
It is required to develop a PROSPER model that is calibrated against PVT lab data and
well test data.
Once the model is built and calibrated, it will be used for sensitivity run.
3.1.1.3 General Approach
In this tutorial, the following road map will be followed:
a. Construct a PROSPER well model with a matched and validated PVT model
b. Analyse and match the well test data against the PROSPER model to obtain a
calibrated well bore model
c. Use the calibrated well bore model to simulate the performance of the well under
changing conditions: water cut, GOR and reservoir pressure.
3.1.1.4 Available Data & Information
The data required for a well test analysis are:
-
PVT data
Reservoir Data
Well Data: deviation survey, tubing, casing, and temperature data
Actual production test data: stabilized phase rates, flowing temperatures and
pressures.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
610
611
PROSPER
700 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
35 API
Water Salinity:
None
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
612
260 degF
at Reservoir 3400 psig
GOR in scf/stb
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
2000
367
1.232
0.434
2500
477
1.289
0.383
3000
597
1.352
0.337
3400
700
1.408
0.306
3500
700
1.405
0.308
4000
700
1.395
0.320
4500
700
1.386
0.331
in
Note that the fluid properties may originate from a thermodynamic simulation (Constant
Mass Expansion with separator correction) using a compositional fluid calibration
package like PVTp.
3.1.1.4.2 Well Equipment Data (Tubing etc)
Deviation survey
1500
1500
sea floor
2516
2500
4112
4000
5845
5500
7800
7000
10135
8500
11135
9000
Top of perforation
613
PROSPER
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the equipment
section.
Surface Equipment
This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.
Down hole Equipment
Label
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inside
Diameter
inches
Roughness in
in inches
Well Head
Xmas Tree
N/A
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
2000
3.92
0.0006
Safety Valve
SSSV*
N/A
3.5
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
10800
3.92
0.0006
Casing
Casing
11135
6.4
0.0006
Measured
depth in ft
formation Static
temperature
ambient Comment
60
1500
45
sea floor
11135
260
Reservoir depth
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
614
Reservoir model:
Darcy
Wong-Clifford*
4000 psig
260 degF
Water Cut:
25%
Total GOR:
700 scf/stb
No
Relative Permeability:
No
Reservoir Permeability:
100 mD
Reservoir Thickness:
100 ft
Drainage area:
350 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
Mechanical skin:
Enable Wong-Clifford:
ON
0.1 (fraction)
0.1 (fraction)
2200 ft
9000 ft
11135 ft
9000 ft
11427
9100 ft
*Using the Wong-Clifford skin model, the deviation angle of the well well bore across
the reservoir is calculated based upon the user-entered perforation intervals in
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
615
PROSPER
Comm WH
ent
FP
WHFT Water
Cut
Liquid
Rate
dd/mm/
yyyy
psig degF
stb/d
psig
scf/stb
01/01/2 Low
000
Rate
1000 150
25
6100
3655
1500
180
25
9800
3505
500
03/01/2 High
000
Rate
200
25
13450
3365
475
500
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
616
700 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
35 API
Water Salinity:
None
617
PROSPER
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as shown
below:
Reservoir temperature:
Bubble Point Pressure
Temperature:
260 degF
at Reservoir 3400 psig
GOR in scf/stb
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
2000
367
1.232
0.434
2500
477
1.289
0.383
3000
597
1.352
0.337
3400
700
1.408
0.306
PROSPER Manual
in
January, 2010
Examples Guide
3500
700
1.405
0.308
4000
700
1.395
0.320
4500
700
1.386
0.331
618
619
PROSPER
This screen shows the values of the Match Parameters (Parameter 1= multiplier and
Parameter 2 = shift) associated with each fluid property for all the correlations.
The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of fit.
Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind that the black oil correlations whose
parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. Parameter 1 close to 1.0 and Parameter 2 close
to 0.0) are the most suitable candidates as they represent possibly similar fluids to the
one being modelled.
The value of the Standard Deviation is also displayed. Generally, the lower the Standard
Deviation, the better the fit.
In the case at hand, the combination Glaso / Beal et al will be selected because they
require the least adjustment. For this, select | Done | Done and make sure that the black
oil correlations Glaso / Beal have been selected on the PVT- Input Data screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
620
Select | Done and save the file to secure the data inputted into the PROSPER well bore
model.
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to start the well bore description with
the deviation survey:
Deviation survey
1500
1500
sea floor
2516
2500
621
PROSPER
4112
4000
5845
5500
7800
7000
10135
8500
11135
9000
Top of perforation
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the equipment
section.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
622
Label
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inside
Diameter
inches
Roughness in
in inches
Well Head
Xmas Tree
N/A
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
2000
3.92
0.0006
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
623
PROSPER
Safety Valve
SSSV*
N/A
3.5
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
10800
3.92
0.0006
Casing
Casing
11135
6.4
0.0006
Simply point the cursor on the relevant cell within the column labeled "Type" underneath
the "Xmas Tree" to select the equipment type from a drop-down menu: tubing, SSSV,
Restriction or casing.
Labels are optional.
Select | Done to enter the geothermal gradient
Geothermal Gradient
Measured
depth in ft
PROSPER Manual
formation Static
temperature
ambient Comment
January, 2010
Examples Guide
60
1500
45
sea floor
11135
260
Reservoir depth
624
625
PROSPER
To visualize the well bore sketch, select | Summary | Draw Down Hole and the next
sketch is generated:
January, 2010
Examples Guide
626
For the selection of the inflow performance model, select | System | Inflow Performance
and make the following choices:
Reservoir model:
Darcy
Wong-Clifford
4000 psig
260 degF
Water Cut:
25%
Total GOR:
700 scf/stb
No
Relative Permeability:
No
Select the Input Data Tab in the top right corner to continue with the reservoir data
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
627
PROSPER
inputs:
Reservoir Permeability:
100 mD
Reservoir Thickness:
100 ft
Drainage area:
350 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
Select the | Mech / Geom Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to proceed with the skin
data entry:
Mechanical skin:
Enable Wong-Clifford:
ON
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
628
0.1 (fraction)
0.1 (fraction)
2200 ft
9000 ft
11135 ft
9000 ft
11427
9100 ft
629
PROSPER
In order to generate an Inflow curve, simply select | Calculate and the following IPR curve
is generated:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
630
631
PROSPER
PROSPER well bore model) and actual measurements. The reconciliation process can
only be successful if the mathematical model and the actual measurements are both
reliable.
The various sequences followed so far to construct the PROSPER model have been
specifically designed to lead to a reliable, sound PROSPER well bore model.
The main purpose of the critical review of the raw well test data is to assess the validity
of each well test data before entering them into PROSPER.
A few of the questions to be addressed in the critical data review process are:
- How reliable is each reported measurement?
- How do the test data compare with historical trends?
- How does the produced GOR compares with the PVT model?
Let us critically review the well test data to be analysed in this tutorial:
Dates
dd/mm/
yyyy
psig
degF %
01/01/20 Low
00
Rate
1000 150
Gauge
Gas Oil Ratio
Pressure
at
gauge depth
stb/d
psig
scf/stb
25
6100
3655
1500
180
25
9800
3505
500
03/01/20 High
00
Rate
200
25
13450
3365
475
500
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
632
633
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
634
Afterwards, select | Correlation Comparison | OK and then select the correlations Duns
and Ros Modified, Fancher-Brown, Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum Experts 5 for
instance:
635
PROSPER
Proceed with | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and the following plot is shown:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
636
One can see that the test point is completely outside established physical boundaries.
The physical boundaries are defined by the Fancher-Brown correlation that neglects
slippage effects between the phases and consequently under-estimate the pressure
loss and the Duns and Ros Modified correlation that generally over-estimates pressure
drops in oil wells.
During the critical review of the well test data, it was suspected that the reported GOR
values were inconsistent.
Indeed, with a bubble point pressure of 3400 psig and a reservoir pressure of 4000
psig, the produced GOR must be equal to the solution GOR of 700 scf/stb.
Therefore we will go back and correct all GOR values to 700 scf/stb as show below:
637
PROSPER
After correcting the GOR, one can now re-estimate the U-value for each test. For this
simply select | Estimate U-value and the algorithm will estimate and display the U value
for each test. In the end, the average U-value is calculate and displayed:
We will select | Yes and | OK to transfer the averaged U-value for all 3 tests to the
geothermal gradient screen.
Based upon engineering judgment, one may very well not accept the averaged U-value
and use an alternative one.
Here are the correlation comparison plots obtained for each test:
Correlation Comparison for the Low Rate Test
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
638
639
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
640
641
PROSPER
For this, return to the VLP/IPR matching screen, select the most reliable well test. The
choice of the most reliable well test is a matter of judgment that depends upon all the
circumstances surrounding the test. In this example, it will be assumed that the well test
with the highest flow rate is the more stable for the simple reason that it is more likely to
be stable, to be in the friction dominated region of the tubing performance curve.
To perform the match, select the "High Rate" well test (here on row number 3) and then
select | Match VLP as highlighted in the screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
642
If no specific well test is selected, the VLP matching algorithm in PROSPER will match
all well tests simultaneously. A possible drawback of this approach is that possibly
invalid well tests may not be easily detected.
A generally better approach is to:
- select the most reliable well test
- match this single well test. An appropriately matched VLP correlation is selected
- verify if the remaining well tests can be reasonably reproduced with the selected VLP
correlation.
The advantages of this approach are:
- suspicious / inconsistent well test can be detected
- the selected VLP correlation is validated against historical well tests.
Now select | Match | OK
643
PROSPER
Note that the VLP correlation "Petroleum Experts 2" appears now appended with two
numbers: gravity multiplier and friction multiplier. Both numbers are equal to unity
suggesting that virtually no correction was required to match the well test.
Now select | Done to return to the previous screen.
Step 6: Quality-check VLP matching results
To benchmark the VLP matching against the two other well tests, simply enable them
and then perform correlation comparisons for each well test in turn.
For this, enable the well tests, select each well test and then select | Correlation
Comparison | Ok | Calculate | Calculate | Plot.
This is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Low Rate Test":
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
644
And this is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Medium Rate Test":
645
PROSPER
In both cases, one can see that the matched correlation reproduces very well the other
well tests.
This fact validates the suitability of the correlation for use in predictive mode.
Step 7: Super-impose and match well IPR
In order to superimpose the IPR, return back to the VLP/IPR matching screen and then
select the task button VLP/IPR.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
646
647
PROSPER
Please confirm the completion of the Calculation with | OK and the the screen is
populated with calculation results as shown below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
648
For each well test, actual test rate and simulated (solution) test rate are calculated and
displayed in th bottom right corner of the screen.
A graphical plot is generated when the button Plot is selected:
649
PROSPER
The plot above shows for each well test, the IPR, the VLP the test point and the
simulated solution.
In the right corner of the screen, one can see the statistical comparison between
measured test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure versus simulated rates and
pressures.
The largest error is less than 2% and can be considered as acceptable.
Now one can select | Main | File | Save to update the PROSPER model.
Values
300
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
GOR (scf/stb):
700
4000, 3500
650
In order to perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3
Variables and make the following entries:
Select | Continue and choose the relevant sensitivity variables water cut and reservoir
pressure using the drop down menu:
651
PROSPER
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following graphical
representation is generated:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
652
653
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
654
This plot shows the liquid rate as function of water cut for different reservoir pressures.
This completes this tutorial.
655
PROSPER
Value
0.65 (Air =1)
250 psig
5 stb/MMscf
50 API
10000 ppm
None
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
656
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
4800
Casing
5000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
Roughness
in inches
2.441
6.1
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
5000
657
PROSPER
Gas:
Water:
0.51
1
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
Petroleum Experts
2500 psig
180 degF
0 stb/MMscf
No
Enter skin by hand
25 mD
80 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
60 ft
0.1 days
0.2
0.2
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
658
659
PROSPER
Parameter
Gas gravity:
Separator pressure:
Condensate to Gas Ratio:
Condensate gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S)
Value
0.65 (Air =1)
250 psig
5 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
None
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
660
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.2.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
5000
661
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is used.
In order to proceed with this example, select | Done and the next screen labelled
Surface Equipment will follow.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
662
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply needs to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take the
user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.2.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
4800
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
2.441
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
1
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
663
PROSPER
Casing
5000
6.1
0.0018
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description stops at the
top of the perforation. This is also true for a multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.2.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Measured Depth in ft
0
5000
664
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
665
PROSPER
It will next be possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
3.1.2.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, select | Summary and the following table listing the
various hardware components appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
666
If one then selects | Draw Down hole, this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
667
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
668
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the question
"Do you want to overwrite this file?"
Petroleum Experts
2500 psig
180 degF
0 stb/MMscf
ReductionNo
Enter skin by hand
669
PROSPER
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of
the screen above:
IPR data entry
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
PROSPER Manual
25 mD
80 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
60 ft
0.1 days
0.2
0.2
Calculated
Total permeability
January, 2010
Examples Guide
670
Note: Because the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D has been set to "Calculated", PROSPER
will automatically compute the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D. Otherwise, the User needs to
enter it.
From the screen above, select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of
the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+5
671
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
672
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.2.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
673
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
674
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline included in the model, the top node pressure is the well head flow pressure.
The parameters water-gas-ratio (WGR) and condensate-gas-ratio (CGR) were entered
earlier on the PVT screen and also on the IPR screen.
However, during the life of a well either of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allows one to sensitize on WGR and CGR.
When sensitizing on the WGR and /or the CGR, PROSPER will use the new sensitivity
values for the calculations. It will no longer use the WGR and CGR values entered on the
IPR or the PVT screen. The same principle applies to any other sensitivity variables.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
675
PROSPER
One can read a gas rate of 19.4 MMscf/d as solution rate in the right section of the
screen under | Solution. The corresponding BHFP reads: 2093.9 psig.
If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
676
Note: The "E" on the VLP curves indicates that the erosional velocity limit is exceeded
at the corresponding rates.
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.2.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation
A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given reservoir
pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well head
flowing pressure.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from a reasonably low well
head pressure to the highest well head pressure to be expected: 50 psig to 2200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and
here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
677
PROSPER
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last value,
the number of values and choose the values generation algorithm:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
678
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
679
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
680
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head (read the label for the Y-axis).
In order to plot the gas flow rate versus the first node pressure, select | Variables and
then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:
681
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
682
3.1.2.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For naturally flowing gas wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Gas rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Gas Ratio (WGR) and
- Condensate Gas Ratio (CGR).
Even though four (4) variables are used, the lift curves for gas wells are conventionally
referred to as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot
calculate pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 variables for a naturally flowing gas well model are: WHFP, CGR & WGR.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is designed to perform. However, if a
project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach
would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type selected
in GAP. The variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because
different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
683
PROSPER
In order to generate the VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are gas rate, WHFP, CGR and WGR.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Gas Rate: from 0.1 MMscf/d to 30 MMscf/d. The performance curve generated earlier
shows that the well can produce maximum 20 MMscf/d.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 2200 psig; Those values will cover the entire response of the
well as can be seen in the performance curve generated earlier.
WGR: from 0 to 300 stb/MMscf in this example. The right choice of the WGR values
will require more knowledge about the drive mechanisms of the reservoir. For a waterdrive gas reservoir, high WGR will be expected.
CGR: for a dry and wet gas, the CGR is expected to remain constant by definition.
NOTE: The user must consider using the retrograde condensate fluid model if the CGR
is not expected to remain constant throughout. Beside the fully compositional approach,
PROSPER also have a black oil model for retrograde condensate with fully retrograde
behaviour.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation, select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
684
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
685
PROSPER
A few notes:
On this screen, the values for top node pressure, water gas ratio and condensate gas
ratio will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the appropriate VLP correlation is selected. Here, the
Petroleum Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate type gives control to the user over the rates he /she think will
best describe the response of the well.
The user must also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
686
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
687
PROSPER
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
688
Note: The "T" on the curve indicate that the rate are below the minimum Turner velocity
criteria whereas the "E" indicates that the erosional velocity limit is exceeded.
One can see that the lift curves have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve, select the button "Export Lift Curve"
689
PROSPER
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
690
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
691
PROSPER
Select | File | Exit | Main and this step completes this exercise.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
692
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.3.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
693
PROSPER
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
January, 2010
Examples Guide
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability
Reduction model:
Relative Permeability:
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit
radius):
Mechanical skin:
694
695
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
PROSPER Manual
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
January, 2010
Examples Guide
696
697
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
698
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.3.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
699
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.3.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
700
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.3.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
701
PROSPER
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.3.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
702
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
703
PROSPER
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
704
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
705
PROSPER
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting the
file.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
706
To proceed, select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of the
screen above:
IPR data entry
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
707
PROSPER
Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner
of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+2
January, 2010
Examples Guide
708
709
PROSPER
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.3.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
710
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
711
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allows to sensitize on both variables.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
712
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 10 897.5 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2641.36 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
713
PROSPER
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made.
3.1.3.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation
A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given reservoir
pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well head
flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest possible well
pressure that will shut-in the well.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and here
select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
714
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last value,
the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:
715
PROSPER
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
On can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on simultaneously. It
is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed and can be
plotted with | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of presenting the results is to plot the solutions flow rate versus the
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
716
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to select
| Variables and then | Oil Rate for the Y axis variable:
717
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
718
3.1.3.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to as
3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted because one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The VLP 3 variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type defined by
the user. The variable selection for VLP generation can sometime be delicate because
different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection
rate versus. GLR injected).
719
PROSPER
3.1.3.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, and so on) can reasonably interpolate
between them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing
are to be avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated earlier
shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial lift.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated earlier).
Water cut: from 0 to 90%.
GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
720
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method give control to the user to enter the rates he /she think
will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
721
PROSPER
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate
the entries as per screen-shot below:
January, 2010
Examples Guide
722
At the end, a message will highlight that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:
723
PROSPER
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve"
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
724
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):
725
PROSPER
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
726
3.1.4 Tutorial 03: Modelling an oil well with black oil PVT matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
The main objectives of this example are to show:
How to set up a PROSPER model for an oil producing well
How to match calibrate the black oil correlations against actual PVT lab
measurements
How to enter the IPR data
How to describe the down hole equipment
How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.
How to generate a well performance curve
How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, etc)
727
PROSPER
It is required to:
- Build a PROSPER well model for an oil producing well
- Calibrate the black oil correlations against lab data
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
etc)
3.1.4.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
728
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
729
PROSPER
IPR model:
Darcy / Enter Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure:
4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
200 degF
Water Cut:
0%
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
Compaction
Permeability
Reduction No
model:
Relative Permeability:
No
Reservoir Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
Mechanical skin:
+2
January, 2010
Examples Guide
730
731
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
In order to enter the lab measurements at different pressures, select the | Match Data
button and populate the table as follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
732
733
PROSPER
In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what can be
seen:
Please consult the online help to get the details about the regression algorithm.
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
On the basis of the results obtained here, we will proceed with the combination Glaso /
Petrosky.
For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as per
screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
734
735
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
736
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.4.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
737
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.4.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
January, 2010
Examples Guide
738
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.4.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
739
PROSPER
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.4.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
740
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
741
PROSPER
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
742
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
743
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Skin model:
744
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of
the screen above:
IPR data entry
Reservoir Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
745
PROSPER
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner
of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+2
January, 2010
Examples Guide
746
747
PROSPER
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.4.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
748
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
749
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow the user to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
750
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 10 500 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2584 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
751
PROSPER
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.4.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation
A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given reservoir
pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance simply means running sensitivities on the well
head flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest possible well
pressure that will shut-in the well.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and here
select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
752
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate. Afterwards, one needs to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:
753
PROSPER
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
One can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on simultaneously. It
is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) sets of VLP and IPR are computed.
To visualise a plot of the solution rate versus first node pressure, select | Sensitivity.
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
754
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to select
| Variables and then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:
755
PROSPER
3.1.4.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
756
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to as
3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 VLP variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP uses PROSPER to generate and save lift curve for any number of wells in batchmode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type. The
variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection rate versus. GLR
injected).
3.1.4.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, etc) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated earlier
shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial lift.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated earlier).
Water cut: from 0 to 100%.
GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
757
PROSPER
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
758
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
One should make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One should also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
759
PROSPER
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate
the entries as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
760
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curves before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what appears:
761
PROSPER
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve".
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
762
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):
763
PROSPER
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main and this completes the exercise.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
764
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
765
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
10050
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8050
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
10050
766
5000 ft
2500 ft
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
767
PROSPER
2500 ft
50 ft
+5
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
768
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
769
PROSPER
Now select | Match Data to enter the lab data given in the table below:
Reference temperature: 200 degF
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
In order to enter the PVT lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as
follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
770
PVT regression
Afterwards, select | Done and then | Regression | Match All.
This will start the non-linear regression algorithm. The following screen will confirm when
the regression is completed.
771
PROSPER
In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what can be
seen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
772
773
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.5.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
10050
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
774
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.5.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
775
PROSPER
Make sure that the Choke Method is set to ELF (see bottom left corner of screen). The
selected choke model is used to compute pressure across surface chokes and eventual
down hole restrictions.
For validation purposes only, one should enter a temperature of surroundings of 70
degF and an overall heat transfer coefficient of 8 Btu/h/ft2/F. Note that in this example,
the temperature of surroundings and the overall heat transfer coefficient entered will not
affect the results because there is no pipeline in the model.
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.5.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
PROSPER Manual
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
Roughness
in inches
N/A
in Rate multiplier
N/A
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Head)
Tubing
Casing
7800
8050
3.992
8.3
0.0018
0.0018
776
1
1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description will stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.5.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
777
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
778
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
779
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
780
781
PROSPER
No
Enter skin by hand
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) 100 ft
:
Well bore radius:
0.354 ft
Horizontal Anisotropy:
1 (fraction)
Vertical anisotropy:
0.1 (fraction)
Producing length:
2000 ft
Reservoir Length:
5000 ft
Reservoir width:
PROSPER Manual
5000 ft
January, 2010
Examples Guide
782
2500 ft
2500 ft
50 ft
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner
of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+5
783
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
784
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.5.5.6 Sensitivity on well length and water cut
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
785
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
786
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these either parameter may change. Therefore,
this screen allow the user to sensitize with the GOR and water cut.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
787
PROSPER
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue and then select the sensitivity variables well length
and water cut as follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
788
After entering the values for well length and water cut, select | Continue | Calculate and |
Plot | System Plot to visualise the IPR + VLP plots:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen . This completes this exercise.
789
PROSPER
(sp. gravity)
(psig)
(STB/MMscf)
(API)
(STB/MMscf)
(ppm)
(percent)
0.15
(percent)
Mole Percent N2 :
3.6
(percent)
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
790
Z Factor
-
Gas viscosity
[cP]
Gas FVF
[ft3/scf]
100
225
350
475
600
0.9815
0.9613
0.9412
0.9213
0.9017
0.0109
0.01109
0.01127
0.01147
0.01171
0.1271
0.0595
0.0383
0.0279
0.0218
Measured
Depth
(feet)
0
900
1068
1188
1285
1360
1516
1578
True Vertical
Depth
(feet)
0
900
1062.3
1164.1
1237.7
1288.8
1374.1
1398.4
The deviation survey here must stops at the tie-point: the node that links the tubing to the
down hole network of the laterals.
This deviation will affect the pressure drop of the commingled flow that arrives at
surface. The contribution of each lateral and its impact of pressure drop down hole will
be accounted by the multilateral IPR model.
791
PROSPER
Equipment Type
Xmas Tree
Tubing
SSSV
Tubing
Measured Depth in ft
0
260
N/A
1577
Examples Guide
Gas:
Water:
792
0.51
1
1577
1398.4
(feet)
(feet)
For the equipment T1, i.e. the pipe between Tie Point Data to Joint 1:
Deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft
1577
1650
Azimuth in degrees
0
230.6
Equipment data:
Equipment Type
Tubing
Measured Depth
(feet)
1650
Inside Diameter
(inches)
7
Inside Roughness
(inches)
0.0006
Joint data
Measured Depth:
True Vertical Depth:
1650
1424.3
(feet)
(feet)
Lateral 1 data
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Lateral 1 deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft
1650
1701
1840
1940
1424.3
1437
1449.3
1450.9
230.6
243
264.9
269.8
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
793
PROSPER
1900
Tubing ID in inches
3.5
Tubing
inches
0.0006
Roughness
in
Lateral 2 data
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Lateral 2 deviation survey:
Measured
Depth in ft
1650
1710
1784
1908
2024
2155
2290
2395
2436
2483
1424.3
1430.1
1432.7
1432.2
1438.5
1447.9
1445.8
1449.8
1449.9
1449.8
230.6
231.3
239.2
257.6
267.1
256.6
248.1
238.8
235
231
Measured
Depth
(feet)
2483
Tubing
Inside
Diameter
(inches)
4
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
(inches)
0.0006
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Perforation
Interval (MD)
Start in ft
1670
Perforation
Interval (MD) Perforation Perforation
Interval
Interval
End in ft
(TVD) Start (TVD) End
in ft
in ft
2483
1426.23
1449.8
794
Local
Non-Darcy
(Mechanic Flow Factor)
al) Skin
Value
0
2.80E-10
Reservoir data
Reservoir model: Petroleum Experts
PVT data:
Reservoir Pressure
Reservoir Temperature
Condensate Gravity
Reservoir Gas Gravity
Reservoir Water Salinity
Water Gas Ratio
Condensate Gas Ratio
557
65
45
0.63
10000
2
0
(psig)
(deg F)
(API)
(sp. gravity)
(ppm)
(STB/MMscf)
(STB/MMscf)
Petrophysical parameters:
Reservoir Permeability
Reservoir Thickness
Drainage Area
Reservoir Top Depth (TVD)
Reservoir Vertical Permeability
Reservoir Porosity
Connate Water Saturation
244
50
500
1400
25
0.28
0.25
(md)
(feet)
(acres)
(feet)
(md)
(fraction)
(fraction)
795
PROSPER
Reservoir Fluid :
Gas Gravity (air=1) :
Separator Pressure in psig:
Condensate To Gas Ratio in stb/MMscf:
Condensate Gravity in API:
Water To Gas Ratio in stb/MMscf:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
100000
0
0.15
3.6
Lee et al
796
The following lab measurements are also available for PVT calibration at a reference
temperature of 65 degF:
Pressure
[psig]
100
225
350
475
600
Z Factor
0.9815
0.9613
0.9412
0.9213
0.9017
Gas viscosity
[cP]
0.0109
0.01109
0.01127
0.01147
0.01171
Gas FVF
[ft3/scf]
0.1271
0.0595
0.0383
0.0279
0.0218
Select | Input Data and then enter the fluid parameters at stock tank conditions:
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the table with the data
provided:
797
PROSPER
Here select | Done and then | Regression | Match all and the | Parameters to see the
dialog below:
.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
798
For all PVT data, the parameter 1 is close to unity and the parameter 2 practically zero.
This indicates that the PVT data are of good quality and will be used for for this model.
The Lee et al Viscosity model requires the least correction and will therefore be
selected.
Note that a green message is being flashed to remind the use that the PVT data has
been matched.
Select | Done | Main to complete this.
3.1.6.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss if for example the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.
799
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
800
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.6.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured
Depth
(feet)
0
900
1068
1188
1285
1360
1516
1578
True Vertical
Depth
(feet)
0
900
1062.3
1164.1
1237.7
1288.8
1374.1
1398.4
With | Edit, one shall populate the deviation survey screen as follow:
801
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
802
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.6.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
Equipment type
Measured Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
Tubing
SSSV
Tubing
0
260
N/A
1577
6
4.5
6
803
PROSPER
40
62
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
804
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed.
3.1.6.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary | Draw Down Hole and this is the sketch of the well bore that would appear:
805
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
806
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid possible data loss.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the question
"Do you want to overwrite this file?"
3.1.6.5.5 Multilateral IPR Input section
Drawing the model
To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I Inflow
Performance.
The IPR interface consist in a Network section where we can draw the situation of the
example using the short cut icons.
807
PROSPER
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "Tie point".
Right clicking on the Tie point red square allows the user to change the label and delete
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
808
the icon.
The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.
Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction, label it
"Joint".
Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Lateral 1".
Click somewhere else in the screen to add a second completion, named it "Lateral 2".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add a
Reservoir icon.Label it "Reservoir"
One should have a schematic similar to the next screen shot.
From the drop down menu, the user may select the command "Move" and then select
any object to move it around.
The next step is to connect the different objects together, so we can select the
command "Add Link" from the drop down menu.
Then click on the Tie point and drag it to the Joint, this will create a connection between
them.
809
PROSPER
Joint to Lateral 1
Lateral 1 to Reservoir
Joint to Lateral 2
Lateral 2 to Reservoir
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
810
811
PROSPER
Select the Input Data tab to access the deviation survey input screen and the
equipment tabs:
Deviation survey tab:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
812
Equipment Tab:
813
PROSPER
Click Done.
Lateral 1
Double click on lateral 1 to access the input panel of the completion element.
Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor as shown below.
Click Input Data.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
814
Select the Input Data tab at the top right corner of the screen to proceed.
In the Input data section there are 3 tabs to complete (Deviation, Equipment, Perforation
Details).
The 3 sections are shown below in the following screen shots:
Deviation:
815
PROSPER
Equipment:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
816
Perforation Details:
817
PROSPER
In the Input Data section there are 3 tabs to enter the data:
Lateral 2 Deviation:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
818
Lateral 2 Equipment:
819
PROSPER
Lateral 2 Perforations:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
820
In the Input Data section enter the reservoir parameters as shown in the next snapshot.
821
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
822
823
PROSPER
Note: The IPR plot obtained is referenced at the Tie point and it considers the
pressure drop across the down hole network of casings, tubings and chokes if
the finite conductivity switch is activated. In other words, the IPR curve
represents the relationship between the gas flow rate and the Tie Point
Pressure.
The IPR plot curve is calculated for 20 values of pressure with the corresponding 20
values of rate.
In this IPR plot we can see that at very high flow rates (close to the AOF) the IPR curve
goes backwards.
The reason for this behavior can be explained by the fact that at low Tie Point
Pressures, the expansion of the gas in the wellbore causes high gas velocities that, on
their turn, produce high pressure drops along the well. The higher pressure drops cause
a reduction in the production itself, therefore the "knee" in the curve.
Usually this behaviour will not affect the performance of the well as the intersection of the
VLP/IPR is rarely close to the AOF.
Click Finish in the Plot.
Click | Done | Finish and | Done to go the main section of PROSPER.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
824
3.1.6.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate and inspecting the detailled results
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr +Vlp) | 3 Variables.
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
825
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the downstream pressure of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline included in this model, the top node pressure is the well head flow pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following results:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
826
827
PROSPER
Now select | Solution details | Inflow Layer details. Here the rate and pressure
distribution along each lateral is displayed:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
828
One can plot them with | Plot and select the variables of interest with | Variables.
829
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
830
The plot above shows pressure and rate distribution versus depth for both laterals.
831
PROSPER
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
Measured Depth in ft
0
2000
5000
9500
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
9000
Casing
9500
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
832
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
9500
833
PROSPER
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Darcy / Wong-Clifford*
4000 psig
200 degF
0%
400 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand / WongClifford
Relative Permeability correction:
No
Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
100 ft
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Well bore radius:
0.354 ft
Dietz Shape Factor:
31.6
Formation vertical Formation Anisotropy:
0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical anisotropy:
0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal length to reservoir edge:
2150 ft
Vertical Depth To Top Of Reservoir (starting from origin 8000 ft
of deviation survey):
Perforation interval in measured depth:
9500 ft - 9800 ft
Perforation depth in true vertical depth:
8000 ft - 8100 ft
Mechanical skin:
+5
This example uses the Wong-Clifford deviation and partial penetration skin model.
Alternative models for slanted wells exist in PROSPER: the multilateral Inflow model
developed by Petroleum Experts and the Cinco-Ley model, available in combination
with the Karakas & Tariq skin model.
3.1.7.5 Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a slanted oil producing well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 250 psig
3.1.7.5.1 System Options
Here, select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.Then select | Options |
Options and make the following choices
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
834
835
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
836
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.7.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
2000
5000
9500
837
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
838
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.7.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
Roughness
in inches
N/A
in Rate multiplier
N/A
839
PROSPER
Tubing
Casing
9000
9500
3.992
8.3
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to use the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.7.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Measured Depth in ft
0
9500
840
841
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this appears:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
842
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
843
PROSPER
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Relative Permeability correction:
PROSPER Manual
Darcy / Wong-Clifford*
4000 psig
200 degF
0%
400 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand / WongClifford
No
January, 2010
Examples Guide
844
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Skin model:
Relative Permeability correction:
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Well bore radius:
845
PROSPER
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry and here one MUST enable the Wong-Clifford model!
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+5
January, 2010
Examples Guide
846
Now select the Dev/PP Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to enter the data pertinent
to the Wong-Clifford model.
Wong-Clifford parameters for deviation and partial penetration skin
847
PROSPER
This means that over a true vertical net distance of 100 ft, the perforated net interval
along hole is 300 ft long.
IPR : Generating an IPR plot
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
848
One can see that the deviation skin counter-balances the mechanical skin. In the end, an
overall skin of less than 2 was achieved.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.7.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
849
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
850
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allows the user to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut and /or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
851
PROSPER
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follows:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
852
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made.
This completes this exercise.
853
PROSPER
Length in ft
TVD in ft
ID in inches
Roughness in
inches
Manifold
N/A
N/A
N/A
Pipeline
5000
0.0018
The surroundings of the surface pipeline are described with the following data:
Temperature of the surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat transfer coefficient at surface: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
3.1.8.3 Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing an oil well with surface pipeline included.
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a manifold pressure of
350 psig
Step 1: Recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" and save it under a new name.
Step 2: Describe the pipeline
For this, select | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and make the following
changes:
Equipment
Length in ft
TVD in ft
ID in inches
Roughness in
inches
Manifold
N/A
N/A
N/A
Pipeline
5000
0.0018
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
854
855
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
856
One can read that the well would produce around 20 MMscf/d at a well head pressure of
395 psig.
In order to visualise the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and this is the plot that is
generated:
857
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
858
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1000 psig
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.9.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Water salinity:
Water temperature at the well head:
Value
8000 ppm
60 degF
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
859
PROSPER
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
860
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability
Reduction model:
Relative Permeability:
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit
radius):
Mechanical skin:
861
PROSPER
Parameter
Water salinity:
PROSPER Manual
Value
8000 ppm
January, 2010
Examples Guide
862
863
PROSPER
In order to describe system equipment, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All.
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.9.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
864
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.9.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
865
PROSPER
Ensure that the ELF choke model is selected at the bottom left corner of the screen.
Now select the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen and this will take the
user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.9.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, sub-surface safety
valves, and so on.
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
PROSPER Manual
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
January, 2010
Examples Guide
866
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description must
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
any pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.9.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
867
PROSPER
8000
200
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
868
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary to show the following:
869
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Downhole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
870
871
PROSPER
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
872
From the screen above, one can select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+2
873
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
874
Note that the concept of AOF (Absolute Open Flow potential) does not apply to an
injection well. The value displayed is simply the highest rate at which the IPR pressure
was calculated.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.9.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
875
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
876
For an injection well, the top node pressure is the pressure upstream of the system.
Since here there is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the
well head flow pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Geometric
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
877
PROSPER
The well will inject around 10 000 stb of water per day with an an expected bottom hole
flowing pressure of 4325 psig.
Afterwards, select | Plot | System Plot to visualise the system plot:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
878
3.1.9.5.7.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
879
PROSPER
curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity, for example some lift tables formats require
the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require the variable Gas
Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.9.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Liquid Rate: from 500 stb/d to 50 000 stb/d.
WHFP: from 500 psig to 5000 psig.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
880
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
881
PROSPER
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
One shall make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One shall ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
882
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
883
PROSPER
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, select | Plot to see the following:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
884
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"
885
PROSPER
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host application
(in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
886
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
887
PROSPER
Value
0.6 (Air = 1)
250 psig
0 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
0%
60 degF
January, 2010
Examples Guide
888
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
889
PROSPER
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since Production started:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
890
3.1.10.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1000 psig at the well head.
3.1.10.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas
Well type: Injector
891
PROSPER
Parameter
Gas gravity:
Separator pressure:
Condensate to Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water salinity:
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2):
Value
0.6 (Air = 1)
250 psig
0 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
0%
January, 2010
Examples Guide
892
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.10.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
893
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.10.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
894
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.10.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
895
PROSPER
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.10.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
896
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
897
PROSPER
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary.
Afterwards, one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that
would appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
898
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of
the screen above:
IPR data entry
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
150 mD
100 ft
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
899
PROSPER
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since Production started:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Permeability entered:
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
10 days
25%
20%
Calculated
Total Permeability
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+5
January, 2010
Examples Guide
900
901
PROSPER
Note that the concept of AOF does not apply to an injection well. The values displayed
corresponds to the highest rate for which the IPR pressure was computed.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.10.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
902
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
903
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot to
visualise the system plot:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
904
3.1.10.5.7.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
905
PROSPER
curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity. For example some lift tables formats require
the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require the variable Gas
Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.10.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Gas Rates: from 5 MMscf/d to 150 stb/d.
WHFP: from 1500 psig to 6000 psig.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
906
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
907
PROSPER
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
908
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
909
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
910
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, select | Plot to see the following:
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"
911
PROSPER
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host application
(in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
912
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
913
PROSPER
It is required to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig
3.1.11.2PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Water salinity:
Steam temperature at the well head:
Value
10 000 ppm
700 degF
Measured Depth in ft
0
2000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
1800
Casing
2000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
2.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
914
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
Measured
in ft
Depth True
Vertical Static
Depth in ft
Temperature in ft
Heat
Transfer
coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
70
2000
2000
130
IPR model:
PI Entry
Static Reservoir Pressure: 1000 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
130 degF
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
915
PROSPER
Water Cut:
100 %
Total GOR:
0 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability No
Reduction model:
Productivity Index:
100 stb/d/psi
3.1.11.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing steam / water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1500 psig at the well head.
3.1.11.5.1 System Options
Launch PROSPER and select | Options |Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Oil and Water
Well type: Water Injector and NOT Injector!
Model: Improved Approximation
Steam Calculation: Allow Steam Calculations
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
In order to model
approximation.
916
Value
10 000 ppm
700 degF
917
PROSPER
Now select | All | Edit and this takes to the deviation survey screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
918
919
PROSPER
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
1800
Casing
2000
PROSPER Manual
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
2.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
January, 2010
Examples Guide
920
Measured
in ft
Depth True
Vertical Static
Depth in ft
Temperature in ft
Heat
Transfer
coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
70
2000
2000
130
921
PROSPER
Finally select | Done | Done and save the file to secure the data entry.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
922
Now select the Input Data tab and enter the productivity index of 100 stb/d/psi:
923
PROSPER
The following IPR curve is generated and displayed if one selects | Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
924
925
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
of 1500 psig as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
926
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: User Selected - Generate:
927
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
928
929
PROSPER
The steam properties (quality, density, viscosity, enthalpy and so on) can be visualized
by scrolling this table to the right:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
930
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this exercise.
931
PROSPER
Parameter
Gravel Pack Permeability:
Perforation diameter:
Shot density:
Gravel Pack length:
Perforation Interval:
Perforation efficiency:
Beta Factor:
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method:
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
3.1.12.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Describe the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.12.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Sand Control: Gravel Pack
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
932
Note that one can change the well completion type to "Open Hole" to model an open
hole gravel pack option.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.12.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The gravel pack affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the
following entries:
IPR : Sand Control Data
933
PROSPER
Parameter
Gravel Pack Permeability:
Perforation diameter:
Shot density:
Gravel Pack length:
Perforation Interval:
Perforation efficiency:
Beta Factor:
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method:
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
Select the Sand Control tab for the description of the gravel pack.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
934
To superimpose the plots of the skins and associated dP , select |Variables | Set | Done
and the plot is up-dated as follow:
935
PROSPER
One can also visualise the numerical values behind the plots with | Results:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.12.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
936
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
937
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
938
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control, the sand control skin and the velocity of the fluid at the casing (Vc).
With | Plot | System Plot, the following VLP + IPR plot is generated:
939
PROSPER
Note: The lower curve on this plot represents the pressure drop across the gravel pack
completion.
Select | Main to exit the screen. This completes this tutorial.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Parameter
Time:
Reservoir Porosity:
Fracture Height:
Fracture Half-Length:
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD ):
Fracture Face Skin:
940
Value
1 day
0.25
100 ft
30 ft
5000
0
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
3.1.13.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Activate the hydraulically fractured IPR model in PROSPER
- Describe both the fracture and the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.13.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Sand Control: Gravel Pack
941
PROSPER
Note that one can model an open hole completion by selecting the well completion type
"Open Hole" on this screen.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.13.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The frac-pack completions affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the
following entries:
Reservoir model: Hydraulically Fractured Well
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
942
Value
1 day
0.25
100 ft
30 ft
5000
943
PROSPER
Select the tab "Mech / Geom Skin" to enter the fracture face skin
Fracture Face Skin
Parameter
Fracture Face Skin:
PROSPER Manual
Value
0
January, 2010
Examples Guide
944
In order to describe the pack data, select | "Sand Control" and make the following
entries:
Sand Control Data
Parameter
Gravel Pack Permeability:
Perforation diameter:
Shot density:
Gravel Pack length:
Perforation Interval:
Perforation efficiency:
Beta Factor:
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method:
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
945
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
946
Now, select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.13.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
947
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
948
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
949
PROSPER
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
The system plot can be generated with | Plot | System:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
950
Note: The lower curve on the system plot represents the pressure drop across the
gravel pack completion.
Select | Main to exit this screen. This completes this tutorial.
951
PROSPER
Parameter
Value
Screen Inner Radius:
0.3 ft
Screen Outer Radius:
0.33 ft
Screen Permeability:
50 000 mD
Slot Width:
0.02 inches
Screen Turbulence Factor:
Calculated
Screen Outside Permeability:
50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence factor Calculated
(Beta):
3.1.14.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the Pre-Packed screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the Pre-Packed in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.14.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Well Completion Type: Open Hole
Sand Control: Pre-Packed Screen
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
952
Note that one simply need to change the well completion type to "Cased Hole" to
model an open hole completion.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.14.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The completion type "pre-packed screen" affects primarily the Inflow Performance
Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the
changes described below:
Select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the following
entries:
Data for the completion type "Pre-Packed Screen"
953
PROSPER
Parameter
Value
Perforation intervall:
100 ft
Screen Inner Radius:
0.3 ft
Screen Outer Radius:
0.33 ft
Screen Permeability:
50 000 mD
Slot Width:
0.02 inches
Screen Turbulence Factor:
Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
Screen Outside Permeability:
50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence factor Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
(Beta):
In order to generate an IPR plot select | Calculate and the well inflow is generated as
follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
954
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all changes
made.
3.1.14.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
955
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
956
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
957
PROSPER
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
To visualise the IPR-VLP plot select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
958
959
PROSPER
Parameter
Liner Inner Radius:
Liner Outer Radius:
Slot height:
Slot Width:
Slot Density:
Outer Screen thickness:
Liner Outside Permeability:
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta):
Value
0.3 ft
0.34 ft
4 inches
0.01 inches
3 slots per feet
does not apply - 0 ft
50 000 mD
does not apply - 0 ft
3.1.15.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the slotted liner option in PROSPER
- Describe the slotted liner in the IPR section
- Generate an IPR plot
- Estimate the well flow rate against as given well head flowing pressure
3.1.15.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Well Completion Type: Open Hole
Sand Control: Slotted Liner
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
960
Parameter
Production interval
Liner Inner Radius:
Liner Outer Radius:
Slot height:
Slot Width:
Slot Density:
Outer Screen thickness:
Liner Outside Permeability:
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta):
Value
100 ft
0.3 ft
0.34 ft
4 inches
0.01 inches
3 slots per feet
does not apply - 0 ft
50 000 mD
does not apply - 0 ft
961
PROSPER
To proceed, simply select the | Calculate and the IPR is generated with rate dependent
skin due to the slotted liner included:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
962
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.15.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
963
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
964
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
965
PROSPER
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
All the sensitivity possibilities previously available remain. PROSPER also the gravel
pack parameters as sensitivity variables.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
966
Value
0.33 ft
50 000 mD
Calculated
967
PROSPER
3.1.16.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the wire wrapped screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the wire wrapped screen in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.16.3.1 System Options
Open the Tutorial_02.OUT file, select | Options | Options and make the following
choices
Well Completion Type: Open Hole
Sand Control: Wire Wrapped Screen
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
968
Parameter
Perforation interval:
Screen Outer Radius:
Screen Permeability:
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta):
Value
100 ft
0.33 ft
50 000 mD
Calculated
969
PROSPER
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.16.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
970
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
971
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
972
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
To visualize the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:
973
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
974
975
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
11800
Casing
12000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
January, 2010
Examples Guide
976
measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction
model:
Rervoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
977
PROSPER
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
1 day
0.25 (fraction)
0.2 (fraction
Calculated
Total Permeability
+5
3.1.17.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 2500 psig.
3.1.17.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Method: Equation Of State
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
978
Separator pressure
(psig)
500
0
Separator temperature
(deg F)
80
60
979
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
980
It is required to enter the water salinity of 80 000 ppm at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:
981
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
982
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.17.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
983
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.17.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, select | Cancel to skip this
screen.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
984
This will take the user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.17.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
11800
Casing
12000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
985
PROSPER
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.17.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
986
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
987
PROSPER
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
988
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
989
PROSPER
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting the
file.
3.1.17.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:
IPR model selection
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
PROSPER Manual
Examples Guide
990
Total GOR:
6943.98 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation Interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir Porosity:
Connate water saturation:
25 mD
100 ft
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
1 day
0.25 (fraction)
0.2 (fraction
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
991
PROSPER
Calculated
Total Permeability
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+5
January, 2010
Examples Guide
992
993
PROSPER
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all changes
made.
3.1.17.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
994
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
995
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
996
997
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
998
It is required to to estimate the injection rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1000 psig.
The CO2 has a temperature of 45 degF at surface.
In order to better capture the thermodynamics of the CO2, It is required to to use a fully
compositional model coupled with the improved rough approximation temperature
model.
3.1.18.2PVT Input Data
Using the PVTp software developed by Petroleum Experts, one can generate a PRP
file to be used for this tutorial.
The PRP file to be used for this specific tutorial is "Tutorial_18.PRP"
A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications.
When edited, this is how the PRP file looks:
999
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
18000
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
1200
SSSV
1200
Tubing
17500
Casing
18000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
3.8
3.992
8.5
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
1
1
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Formation
Depth
ft
0
1200
18000
1000
The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
Note:
IPR model:
Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure:
4500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
350 degF
Water Gas Ratio:
0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR:
1E6 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Rervoir Permeability:
50 mD
Reservoir
Thickness
(True 150 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
Perforation Interval:
100 ft
Time since production:
5 day
Reservoir Porosity:
0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation:
0.2 (fraction
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Calculated
Permeability Entered:
Total Permeability
Mechanical skin:
+10
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1001
PROSPER
3.1.18.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the CO2 injection flow rate against a WHFP
of 2500 psig
3.1.18.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select | Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Method: Equation Of State
Well Type: Injector
Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1002
1003
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1004
Enter the reservoir temperature of 350 degF at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:
1005
PROSPER
One may select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.18.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.
3.1.18.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All.
First step here is to enter the injected fluid temperature of 45 degF.
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.18.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
PROSPER Manual
Examples Guide
0
18000
1006
0
18000
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1007
PROSPER
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.18.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.18.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
1200
SSSV
1200
Tubing
17500
Casing
18000
PROSPER Manual
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
3.8
3.992
8.5
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
1
1
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1008
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.18.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Formation
Depth
ft
0
1009
PROSPER
1200
18000
PROSPER Manual
36
350
3
3
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1010
Back on the equipment data screen, select | Summary to see a summary of all inputs:
Now select | Draw Down hole to see a sketch of the well bore.
1011
PROSPER
IPR model:
Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure:
4500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
350 degF
Water Gas Ratio:
0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR:
1E6 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1012
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above and make the following entries:
Rervoir Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation Interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir Porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Permeability Entered:
Mechanical skin:
50 mD
150 ft
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
5 day
0.25 (fraction)
0.2 (fraction
Calculated
Total Permeability
+10
1013
PROSPER
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+10
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1014
1015
PROSPER
Note: The concept of absolute open flow potential does not apply to injectors. The
reported values simply corresponds to the highest rate for which an IPR pressure was
computed.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.18.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1016
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head (= Top Node
here) injection pressure as per screen-shot below:
1017
PROSPER
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic Geometric
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1018
1019
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1020
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Gas Flow Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1000 psig
153 degF
5 stb/MMscf
5 stb/MMscf
15 MMscf/d
4500 ft
1920 psig
top 2300 psig
3.1.19.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 1 (Tutorial_01.OUT)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve to match the well test
- Use the model to run sensitivity on Reservoir pressure
3.1.19.3.1 Open the PROSPER file
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" in the sample directory.
1021
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1022
1023
PROSPER
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.19.3.3.1 Well Test Data Entry
In order to enter the well test data, select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (QualityCheck) and populate the screen with the well test data given below:
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Gas Flow Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1000 psig
153 degF
5 stb/MMscf
5 stb/MMscf
15 MMscf/d
4500 ft
1920 psig
top 2300 psig
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1024
We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
3.1.19.3.3.2 Estimate the U-value
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
1025
PROSPER
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data.
After selecting | OK, a message is displayed, proposing to replace the previous U-value
in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.19.3.3.3 Correlation Comparison
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1026
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:
1027
PROSPER
One can zoom around the test point and this is what can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1028
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies between Duns and Ros modified and
the Petroleum Experts correlations.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to select the appropriate
correlation based upon the matching parameters.
3.1.19.3.3.4 VLP matching
In order to perform the VLP matching select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen would appear:
For the regression, select | Match and the regression routine will apply a gravity
multiplier (Parameter 1) and a friction multiplier (Parameter 2) to each selected
correlation in turn in order to match the well test.
Ideally, both parameters should equal to unity and one can see here that both multipliers
are very close indeed to unity.
For more statistical details, select | Statistics to access this screen:
1029
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1030
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then unselect all correlations except PE2 and then select | Calculate:
1031
PROSPER
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1032
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated parameters (rate
and pressure) are both below 0.5%. The magnitude of this difference between
simulated and actual data can be seen as acceptable.
It can be concluded that the well test is valid and is properly calibrated.
Should the match not be acceptable at this stage, then the error is confined to the IPR
component because PVT and VLP have already been quality-checked, calibrated and
validated.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made so far.
3.1.19.3.3.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
1000 psig
5 stb/MMscf
5 stb/MMscg
1500, 2000 & 2300 psig
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1033
PROSPER
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it: the
first number is the gravity multiplier (parameter 1) whereas the second number
(parameter 2) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and skin
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1034
1035
PROSPER
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and here
select the variables of interest:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1036
This is how the plot of the gas rate versus reservoir pressure shows:
1037
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1038
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
250 psig
158.5 degF
30%
8290 stb/d
7000 ft
2335 psig
top 3800 psig
600 scf/stb
1039
PROSPER
3.1.20.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- recall the PROSPER model for the naturally producing oil well (see example 2)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Calibrate the black oil correlation against the lab PVT data and select the most
suitable correlations for this crude
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity on tubing size and reservoir pressure.
3.1.20.3.1 Open the PROSPER file
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_02.OUT" in the sample directory.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1040
1041
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
In order to calibrate the black oil correlations, one needs first to enter the PVT lab data.
This is done with | Match Data and here one shall populate the screen as below:
PVT Lab Data
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
PROSPER Manual
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
in
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
237
324
400
400
400
1.138
1.178
1.214
1.207
1.198
1042
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
Notes:
- up to 50 tables with different temperatures can be entered here.
- It is recommended to match the PVT at least at the the bubble point pressure with the
corresponding oil formation volume factor and viscosity.
PVT matching
Select | Done to return to the PVT entry screen.
Now select | Regression | Match All and then | OK | Parameters to view the results of the
regression:
1043
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1044
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made.
1045
PROSPER
In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in two
groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully tested
over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
One can enter up 1000 well tests in this screen.
After entering the well test data, one needs to select the test of interest for the analysis.
To select a test, click on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test entry,
left of the column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns blue.
Well test data
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature:
Water Cut:
Liquid Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio:
PROSPER Manual
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
250 psig
158.5 degF
30%
8290 stb/d
7000 ft
2335 psig
top 3800 psig
600 scf/stb
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1046
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- For oil wells, always set the GOR free to 0 scf/stb and simply enter the total produced
GOR in the Gas Oil Ratio column. PROSPER will use the PVT model to work out how
much gas is free and how much gas is dissolved in the liquid phase at any P & T
conditions.
- We will use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen, from the
left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
3.1.20.3.4.2 Estimate the U-value
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance model.
Because a well test is available, we will use the well test data to back calculate the
overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
1047
PROSPER
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message will
appear, proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.20.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1048
the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data themselves.
In most cases with oil wells, the Fancher-Brown correlation and the Duns & Ros
modified multiphase correlation define the operating envelope of a tubing. Therefore,
those 2 correlations will be selected along with a few generally reliable correlations like
Petroleum Experts 2.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:
1049
PROSPER
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies outside of the solution envelope. This
can happen for various reasons and it is the engineer's task to find out exactly what are
the possible reasons behind this behaviour.
In this particular case, we shall recall that the bubble pint pressure of the fluid at
reservoir temperature is 2500 psig.
The reservoir pressure is currently 3800 psig. This means that the oil is still undersaturated at reservoir conditions. Therefore the produced GOR must be equal to initial
solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Let us return with | Finish | done and correct the GOR to 400 scf/stb:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1050
Changing (i.e. correcting) the produced GOR will change the mass flow rate in the
tubing and consequently change the heat loss in the surroundings of the well. Therefore,
the U-value need to re-estimated and updated with | Estimate U Value | OK | Yes | OK.
Now select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot, this is how
the gradient now looks like:
1051
PROSPER
Now one can clearly see that the test point has moved inside the solution envelope:
between Fancher-Brown on the left and Duns & Ros on the right.
We can also see that the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is very close to the test point.
On the basis of this observation, we will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation
moving forward.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune because
a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.20.3.4.4 VLP matching
Now select | Match VLP and select only the correlation of interest to proceed.
Select | Match to trigger the non-linear regression that applies a gravity and a friction
correction coefficient to the selected multiphase correlation.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1052
We can see in this example that both parameters are very close to unity: this means that
the well test is consistent with model and that the selected multiphase correlation is
suitable for this particular well.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
3.1.20.3.4.5 VLP / IPR matching
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then | Calculate:
1053
PROSPER
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1054
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is only 0.2%,
and for this case it can be considered that the rate difference between the measured
and calculated rate is negligible.
For most cases, the difference between the measured and calculated rate can be quite
different. For those cases it will be necessary to change the IPR data i.e., reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, etc., until a suitable match has been achieved.
To further illustrate the IPR tuning workflow, we shall consider the above match to be
invalid, hence a decision will be made regarding the IPR data.
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The PVT has been calibrated, The VLP also have been calibrated. Hence any error will
be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir pressure,
permeability, skin, ....
In the following, we will assume that the estimation of the reservoir pressure was not
reliable.
Hence, we will find the reservoir pressure required to match the well test. This can be
done manually in iterative fashion or automatically.
We will adjust the reservoir pressure automatically. For this, select | Finish | Done to get
back to the well test data entry screen.
Now select the task button "Adjust IPR" and the following screen will appear:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1055
PROSPER
Now select the well test of interest by checking "Test 1 on 01/01/2010 (Main Flow Test)"
in the first column.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1056
Now select | OK and a search algorithm will compute the reservoir pressure that will
match the well test:
1057
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1058
Now with the task button "VLP / IPR", and then | Calculate and | Plot this is how the
match now looks like:
250 psig
30%
400 scf/stb
3000, 3500, 3800, 4000 & 4500 psig
2.441, 2.992, 3.992, 4.5 & 4.9 inches
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1059
PROSPER
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and tubing ID
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1060
One shall proceed with | Continue and a selection screen is displayed, which allows to
define the section of the well the diameter changes applies to:
1061
PROSPER
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | OK and then | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and here
select the variables of interest:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1062
This is how the plot of the oil rate versus tubing internal diameter at various reservoir
pressure looks like:
1063
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Down hole Injection Temperature:
Water Cut:
Water Injection Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]:
GOR Free [ Not used]:
1064
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1250 psig
80 degF
100%
11000 stb/d
7500 ft
4350 psig
top 3580 psig
0 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
3.1.21.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model for the water injection well created in Tutorial 9 (
Tutorial_09.out)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressure.
3.1.21.3.1 Open the PROSPER file
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_09.out" in the sample directory.
1065
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1066
If comprehensive PVT properties for the injected water are available, then one can enter
the data in the tables section of the PVT screen and PROSPER will use them. Caution
is in order when using tables: the tables must cover all possible expected operation
conditions of pressure and temperature!
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.
1067
PROSPER
- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.21.3.4.1 Well Test Data Entry
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1250 psig
80 degF
100%
11000 stb/d
7500 ft
4350 psig
top 3580 psig
0 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in two
groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully tested
over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
When one intends to analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by
clicking on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the
column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns blue.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1068
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- This is an injection well with 100% water cut. Therefore, the parameters Gas Oil Ratio
and GOR free are totally irrelevant.
- We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
3.1.21.3.4.2 Estimate the U-value
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
1069
PROSPER
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message is
displayed, proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.21.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1070
This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
1071
PROSPER
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1072
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1073
PROSPER
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then | Calculate:
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1074
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is large. The
question then arises: what is the source of this difference?
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The water PVT has been entered, The VLP also have been sensibly calibrated. Hence
any error will be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir pressure,
permeability, skin, and so on.
In the following, we will assume that the skin has changed.
Hence, we will adjust the skin to match the well test. This can be done manually in
iterative fashion of automatically.
For this select | Finish | IPR | Input Data | Mech / Geom Skin and raise the skin to 15!
1075
PROSPER
There may be a need to expand the validation range for skin values to 1000 for
instance.
In any case, once the skin of 15.5 has been successfully entered, select | Done | Done |
Done and | Calculate again to recompute the VLP and IPR.
This is how the plot now looks like:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1076
The plot clearly shows that an acceptable match is achieved by multiplying the skin by a
factor of more than 7. We have increased the skin from 2 to 15.5.
A transient well test will be required to prove the uniqueness of this approach.
Water injection physics
When injecting cold water in a generally hotter reservoir, a few phenomena take place:
- inside the reservoir, the temperature is lower in the vicinity of the injection point.
- the lower temperature affects the water formation volume factor and the water viscosity
and hence the water mobility.
- the change in water mobility will impact the water injectivity.
- the lower temperature will also affect the stress around the injection point and may lead
to thermal fracturing.
- the chemical composition of the injection water may not be compatible with the
reservoir water.
All this can lead to thermo-fracturing, scale deposition, viscous fingering, souring, and
so on.
These phenomena are best studied with REVEAL, the specialized reservoir simulator
developed by Petroleum Experts.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.21.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
1077
PROSPER
1750 psig
3000 psig
80 degF
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and tubing ID
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1078
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok and this is what will be seen:
1079
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1080
1081
PROSPER
Value
0.6 (Air = 1)
250 psig
0 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
0%
60 degF
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
2500 psig
93 degF
0 stb/MMscf
0 stb/MMscf
35.3 MMscf/d
7500 ft
2876 psig
top 2800 psig
3.1.22.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 10
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the injection well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressures.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1082
1083
PROSPER
Value
0.6 (Air = 1)
250 psig
0 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
0%
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1084
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
2500 psig
93 degF
0 stb/MMscf
0 stb/MMscf
35.3 MMscf/d
7500 ft
2876 psig
top 2800 psig
1085
PROSPER
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1086
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message is
displayed proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.22.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
1087
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1088
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:
1089
PROSPER
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1090
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then | Calculate:
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
1091
PROSPER
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is less than 1%
and can be considered acceptable.
If the error was larger, then the question would have been: what would be at that stage
the source of a large difference?
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
This is dry gas. Black oil correlations work fine for dry gase.
The VLP correlations have been sensibly calibrated. Hence any error would be confined
to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that could then help conclude the exercise: reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, and so on.
The key lesson here is: the sequential approach in analyzing the PVT first, then the VLP
and finally the IPR enables the user to confine possible inconsistencies in the model /
data to a particular component: PVT, VLP or IPR.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.22.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
3500 psig
3000 psig
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Reservoir temperature:
1092
80 degF
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to i.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and temperature.
1093
PROSPER
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok | Plot | System plot and the following plot
shows:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1094
1095
PROSPER
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Variable
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
1096
1097
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1098
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
1099
PROSPER
GLR injected:
0 scf/stb (default)
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1100
1101
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
0.46 psi/ft
25 %
set by valves series selection
0 psi
1102
400
100%
Casing sensitive
50 psi
All valves Pvo = Gas Pressure
Injection point is an orifice
Yes
Yes
Petroleum Experts 2
Beggs and Brill
Yes
Calculated dP @ orifice
100%
Camco - R20 / Normal
To start the gas lift design, select | Design | Gas lift | New Well and populate the screen
as shown below:
1103
PROSPER
In order to proceed, select | Continue | Get Rate and the following plot is generated with |
OK | Plot:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1104
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate the
design will aim to produce.
3.1.23.3.5 Performing the gas lift design
In order to perform the GL design, exit the well performance curve plot (Oil Rate versus
Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:
1105
PROSPER
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the | Plot
tab in the lower half of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1106
P min represents the minimum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading (when injecting at that defined depth).
In other words, as gas lift is carried out and the pressure drop decreases, an optimal gas rate is
achieved before too much is injected allowing the pressure drop to increase due to the friction.
The P min point represents the minimum pressure achieved at the defined valve depth as the
optimal gas rate has been reached.
P max represents the maximum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading, it is the momentary maximum pressure value at the valve as it closes and the one
below opens.
For more details about the design, select | Finish | Results | Calculate:
1107
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1108
For further calculations, it will be assumed that a fixed depth of injection applies.
Therefore, the "Fixed Depth of Injection" gas lift method will be selected and the orifice
depth entered as bellow:
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.23.3.7 System Calculation for a gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:
1109
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1110
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.
With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:
1111
PROSPER
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1112
1113
PROSPER
200 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
28 API
Gas Gravity:
0.6
Water Salinity:
100000 ppm
0%
1650 psig
1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity:
2.5 cp
IPR data
Reservoir model:
PI entry
Reservoir pressure:
1800 psig
Reservoir temperature:
170 degF
Water Cut:
80%
Total GOR:
200 scf/stb
No
Relative permeability:
No
Productivity Index
1 stb/d/psi
Measured depth in ft
7500
7500
Down hole equipment data
Equipment
PROSPER Manual
Measured
Inside
Outside
Roughness in
January, 2010
Examples Guide
type
Depth in ft
Diameter
inches
in diameter
inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
7400
1.703
2.375
0.0006
Casing
7500
6.1
6.5
0.0006
1114
in inches
Geothermal gradient
Measured depth in ft
7500
170
1500 psig
Injection depth:
7000 ft
0.6 (Air = 1)
50 psig
32/64 inches
Water Cut:
80%
4500 ft
1115
PROSPER
From the main Prosper screen, select | Options | Options and make the following
changes:
Artificial lift - Method:
Gas lift
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Solution GOR:
200 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
Gas Gravity:
Water Salinity:
Gas impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
28 API
0.6
100000 ppm
0%
1116
In order to enter the match data, select | Match data and enter the fluid properties at
down hole conditions as shown below:
Bubble point pressure at 170 degF
1650 psig
1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity:
2.5 cp
1117
PROSPER
In order to match the PVT correlation to the down hole PVT data, select | Done |
Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1118
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
Given the results of the regression, the Glaso correlation will be used for bubble point,
solution GOR and oil FVF whereas the Beal et all correlation will be selected for the oil
viscosity.
Select | Done | Done and this is how the PVT data entry screen looks like:
1119
PROSPER
Note: a flashing message should indicate that the PVT have been matched. It should be
ensured that the Glaso along with the Beal et al correlations have been selected on this
screen.
Select | Done to complete the fluid PVT data entry.
Equipment Data Entry
From the main PROSPER screen select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to
start the equipment data entry with the deviation survey:
Measured depth in ft
7500
7500
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1120
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment described below:
Down hole equipment data
Equipment
type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inside
Diameter
Outside
in diameter
Roughness in
in inches
1121
PROSPER
inches
inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
7400
1.703
2.375
0.0006
Casing
7500
6.1
6.5
0.0006
Select | Done to proceed with the entry of the geothermal gradient and the overall heat
transfer coefficient:
Geothermal gradient
Measured depth in ft
70
7500
170
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1122
PI entry
1800 psig
170 degF
80%
1123
PROSPER
Total GOR:
200 scf/stb
No
No
1 stb/d/psi
To enter the well productivity index,select | Input Data in the the top right corner of the
screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1124
1125
PROSPER
1500 psig
Injection depth:
7000 ft
50 psig
32/64 inches
Water Cut:
80%
4500 ft
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1126
For the design of the unloading valves, 2 options are currently available in PROSPER:
- the constant surface closing pressure method and
- the optiflow flow design procedure.
To use either valve design option, simply select | Valves and make the relevant choice.
3.1.24.3.3 Constant Surface Closing Pressure design
When a well is not producing, then fluid accumulates inside the well bore.
For a gas lifted well, the tubing - annulus space through which gas lift is injected into the
tubing can be filled with liquid that covers the the injection valve. Therefore, in order to
kick-start the well, there is need to empty the annulus at least until the injection orifice /
valve is uncovered. This is process of unloading requires the installation valves.
One design method is the "constant surface closing pressure" design method. As the
name suggests, the unloading valves are set in such a way that they all close at the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1127
PROSPER
same user-defined constant casing head pressure which is generally between 100 and
200 psi below the available surface injection pressure.
In order to design the unloading valves, select | Design | Intermittent Gas Lift Design |
Valves | Constant Surface Closing Pressure
Examples Guide
1128
50 psig
The spacing factor corresponds to the minimum pressure gradient inside the tubing. It
depends upon flow rate and tubing size and generally varies between 0.04 psi/ft and 0.2
psi/ft.
The valves depths are calculated and displayed along with the spacing pressure, the
closing and the injection pressure.
1129
PROSPER
Unloading gradient:
0.45 psi/ft
Static BHFP:
1800 psig
50 psig
7000 ft
Once the input data have been entered, select | Calculate and the static liquid level is
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1130
calculated.
The method assumes a DP of 100 psi to open the valve.
The valves spacing lines are computed for 30% and 90% of the surface opening
pressure above the static liquid level.
Below the static liquid level, the spacing lines are drawn for 55 and 85% of the surface
opening pressure.
With | Plot, the following graph is displayed:
1131
PROSPER
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1132
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
200 psig
2000 psig
2000 psig
50 psig
7500 ft
80%
0.46 psi/ft
400 scf/stb
Calculated From Max Production
30000 stb/d
Yes
Yes
Calculated dP @ orifice
Petroleum Experts 2
Beggs and Brill
1133
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1134
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
Value
0.2 inches
Note that in the event a coiled tubing gas lift has already been designed, then one will
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1135
PROSPER
simply populate this screen and then proceed with the system calculations.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.25.3.3 Description of the IPR
Only two changes are required here: the reservoir pressure and the water valid for the
gas lift design.
Reservoir Pressure:
Water Cut:
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1136
10 MMscf/d
10 MMscf/d
200 psig
200 psig
2000 psig
2000 psig
50 psig
7500 ft
80%
0.46 psi/ft
400 scf/stb
Calculated From Max Production
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1137
PROSPER
30000 stb/d
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1138
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate the
design will aim to produce.
3.1.25.3.5 Performing the CT gas lift design
In order to perform the coiled tubing (CT) Gas Lift design, exit the well performance
curve plot (Oil Rate versus Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the | Plot
tab in the lower half of the screen:
1139
PROSPER
Note that the bottom section of the screen displays the results of the design. The results
can be transferred to the
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1140
1141
PROSPER
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.25.3.7 System Calculation for a CT gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1142
1143
PROSPER
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.
With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1144
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
1145
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1146
3000 psig
80 %
7000 ft
Operating Frequency:
60 Hertz
Maximum
Diameter:
Pump
Outer 6 inches
Length of cable:
7000 ft
0%
12 000 stb/d
Water Cut:
80%
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
250 psig
0%
0%
Petroleum Experts 2
None
1147
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1148
1149
PROSPER
Reservoir Pressure:
Water Cut:
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1150
7000 ft
60 Hertz
6 inches
7000 ft
0%
12 000 stb/d
80%
400 scf/stb
250 psig
0%
0%
Beggs and Brill
1151
PROSPER
Petroleum Experts 2
None
To start the ESP design, select | Design | Electrical Submersible Pump and populate
the screen as shown below:
At design stage, it is recommended to start with not gas separation, assess the need
for gas separation using the the Dunbar Plot before making a decision.
3.1.26.3.5 Performing the ESP design
In order to perform the ESP design, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1152
The screen above summarizes all the parameters required to choose a pump system.
In order to assess the need for down hole gas separation, select | Sensitivity to visualize
the Dunbar plot:
1153
PROSPER
The Dunbar plot is an empirical relation that can be interpreted as follow: if the test point
is above the red curve, then down holw gas separation is not required. Otherwise, down
hole gas separation is recommended.
In this example, down hole separation is not needed.
Select | Finish | Done to return to the ESP design screen.
Now select | Design and select the Pump, the motor and the cable as below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1154
1155
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1156
1157
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1158
The following aspects need to be considered when interpreting the VLP/ IPR plot for an
ESP-lifted well.
At the reference depth, the IPR is computed.
At the pump depth, the Pump Intake Pressure is computed
At the discharge of the pump, PROSPER compute the pump discharge pressure at the
pump depth.
The VLP is computed between the top node pressure and the discharge of the pump.
Therefore, the solution rate is the intersection between pump discharge pressure and
VLP.
All plots can be visualized | Variables. Now select the pertinent curves as done below:
1159
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1160
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the pump operating frequency. For this, select |
Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
1161
PROSPER
Finally, it is always recommended to compare the pump operating conditions with the
pump performance curve.
For this, select | Finish | Solution Details | Pump Plot and this is what shows:
This example shows the pump operates inside the recommended envelope for all
conditions considered.
Select | Main to exit this screen.
This completes this tutorial.
3.1.26.3.7 Notes on system plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted wells
When an ESP is present in the well, the nodal analysis is carried out at the bottom of the
well rather than the bottom hole:
Naturally flowing production well:
For a naturally flowing well, the solution node is placed at the bottom hole which results
in the VLP accounting for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the bottomhole.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1162
1163
PROSPER
ESP.This is effectively the well inflow corrected to the discharge of the pump.
Ultimately, the solution rate is the intersection between the VLP and the PDP.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1164
These plots then combine as seen by the light blue dashed line to give the resulting IPR
within which the ESP effects are felt.
To access the same plot within PROSPER, after running the system calculation, select:
PLOT | SYSTEM PLOT | VARIABLES, the pump intake and discharge pressure can
then be selected and displayed as shown below:
1165
PROSPER
Use existing PVT and VLP data as the basis of a new analysis
Calculate pump intake and outlet pressures
Design an HSP system
Evaluate pump operating point sensitivities
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1166
Water
10 000 ppm
3000 psig
80 %
7500 ft
8 inches
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1167
PROSPER
7000 ft
15 000 stb/d
250 psig
6000 rpm
400 scf/stb
Of 50 %
0%
Beggs and Brill
Petroleum Experts 2
None
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1168
Water
10 000 ppm
Select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries for the power fluid:
1169
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1170
3000 psig
80 %
1171
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1172
7500 ft
8 inches
8 inches
15 000 stb/d
80%
250 psig
6000 rpm
400 scf/stb
50 %
0%
Beggs and Brill
Petroleum Experts 2
None
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1173
PROSPER
To enter the design parameters, select | Design | Hydraulic Pump and populate the entry
cells as below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1174
Now select | Done | Design and here select first the pump and then the turbine:
1175
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1176
Select | Done.
From the design screen, one can perform directly a system calculation (Vlp + Ipr) to
verify the actual pump performance.
For this select | System | Continue | Reset All | Continue | Calculate:
1177
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Complete the SRP design and select a suitable pump and rod string
combination.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1178
160 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
80000 ppm
Pb at 130 degF:
1300 psig
1.06 rb/sb
8.87 cp
Measured Depth in ft
3500
3500
Tubin Tubing
g OD Inside
Casin Casing
g ID
Inside
1179
PROSPER
Roughne
ss
Roughnes
s
Roughnes
s
ft
inches
inches
inches inches
inches inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
3500
2.441
0.0012
2.625 0.0012
6.3
0.0012
N/A
Measured Depth in ft
60
3500
130
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.28.2.3 Inflow Performance Relation
Inflow Performance Data
Reservoir model:
PI Entry
Reservoir pressure:
1500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
130 degF
Water Cut:
80 %
Total GOR:
160 scf/stb
NO
Relative Permeability:
NO
Productivity Index:
0.25 stb/d/psi
Yes
Pump depth:
3500 ft
Pump Diameter:
1.75 inches
48 inches
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Pump Speed:
12 strokes / minutes
Steel Rods
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Entered
0.8 (fraction)
Type:
Poor Boy
Annulus Area:
1.5 in2
1180
Rod Grad:
Service Factor:
Non-corrosive
Entered
3500 ft
Conventional Clockwise
Yes
Pump
3500 ft
Volumetric 80%
75%
1.75-in
48 "
90 degF
100 psig
1181
PROSPER
- Use the well model to predict the well performance under changing operating
conditions.
3.1.28.3.1 Options
Select | File | New to open a new PROSPER file.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:
Artificial Lift Method: Sucker Rod Pump
160 scf/stb
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
80000 ppm
1182
In order to enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
populate the screen as follow:
Solution GOR:
160 scf/stb
Pb at 130 degF:
1300 psig
1.06 rb/sb
8.87 cp
1183
PROSPER
Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistics of the
non-linear regression:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1184
1185
PROSPER
3500
3500
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1186
1187
PROSPER
On the surface equipment equipment screen, make sure that the the recommended
ELF choke model is selected.
For validation only, enter:
Temperature of Surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficicnet: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done to proceed to the Downhole Equipment description screen:
Tubin Tubing
Casin Casing
g OD Inside
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
Roughnes
s
s
ft
inches
inches
inches inches
inches inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
3500
2.441
0.0012
2.625 0.0012
6.3
0.0012
PROSPER Manual
N/A
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1188
60
3500
130
1189
PROSPER
Select | Done and accept the default average heat capacities with | Default | Done.
Now select | Done to complete this step.
Anchored Tubing:
Yes
Pump depth:
3500 ft
Pump Diameter:
1.75 inches
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
48 inches
Pump Speed:
12 strokes / minutes
Steel Rods
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Entered
0.8 (fraction)
Type:
Cup Type
Annulus Area:
1.5 in2
1190
1191
PROSPER
Each input made here can be altered later during the design process if judged
necessary.
Note: A gas anchor is a bottom hole gas separator.
Select | Done to complete this step.
PI Entry
Reservoir pressure:
1500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
130 degF
Water Cut:
80 %
Total GOR:
160 scf/stb
NO
Relative Permeability:
NO
Productivity Index:
0.25 stb/d/psi
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1192
Select | Input Data and enter the productivity index of 0.25 stb/d/psi:
1193
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1194
1195
PROSPER
Now select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and the IPR pressure required to produce
200 stb/d is calculated and displayed. It is 651.5 psig.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1196
200 stb/d
Rod Grad:
Service Factor:
Non-corrosive
3500 ft
Conventional Clockwise
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1197
PROSPER
Yes
Pump
3500 ft
Volumetric 80%
75%
1.75-in
48-in
90 degF
100 psig
Select | Design | Sucker Rod Pump and enter the design data:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1198
One the data have been properly entered, select | Calculate to complete the design.
It is possible to run sensitivity on the rod with | Rod Sensitivity | Calculate and the
following screen shows:
1199
PROSPER
100 psig
Water Cut:
80%
Total GOR:
160 scf/stb
Select | Continue and then select the variable "Pumping speed" with the following
values: 12, 14, 16, 18 & 20 strokes/minute
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1200
1201
PROSPER
One can see how the predicted flow rate increases with the pumping speed.
This completes this tutorial. Select | Main to exit the screen.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1202
Manufacturer :
Pump Series :
Pump Model :
Pump Size :
Maximum Head :
Reference Speed :
Reference Rate :
Pump Volume :
Tutorial29
4"
400TP1350
4.72 inches
4430 ft
500 rpm
2534 stb/d
34 in3
Pump Length :
Stator Pitch :
Specific Rotor OD :
Rotor Elements :
28.5433 ft
15.2756 inches
1.49606 inches
1
Below are the parameters that describe the performance curve of this specific pump:
Hydraulic Head in ft
4430
3000
1500
In order to add a PCP to the PROSPER database, select | Design | Database | PCP |
Pumps | Add and enter the pump data as done below:
1203
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1204
Tutorial29
Rod 1
1
1.5
16
30602964
7.78E-06
(inches)
(inches)
(lb/ft)
(psi)
(1/deg F)
Select | Design | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and populate the screen as below:
1205
PROSPER
Should an invalid error message appears for the Young modulus value, then select |
Done | Cancel | Cancel | Units | Units and then extend the maximum value allowed for the
Young modulus to 15E10 psi:
Afterwards, select | Main | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and complete the addition of
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1206
100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
13 API
Water salinity:
100000 ppm
0%
Glaso
Beal et al
Measured Depth in ft
1207
PROSPER
4000
4000
Tubin Tubing
Casin Casing
g OD Inside
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
Roughnes
s
s
ft
inches
inches
inches inches
inches inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.89
0.0012
3.5
0.0012
8.3
0.0012
Measured Depth in ft
60
4000
160
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.29.4.3 Inflow Performance Relation
Reservoir Model
Reservoir Pressure
Reservoir Temperature
Water Cut
Total GOR
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model:
Relative Permeability:
Productivity Index:
PROSPER Manual
PI Entry
1900 psig
160 degF
80 %
100
No
No
2.5 stb/d/psi
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1208
3500 ft
Maximum OD:
7 inches
0%
0%
Design Rate:
2500 stb/d
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Water cut:
80%
Total GOR:
100 scf/stb
100 psig
3500 ft
Pipe Correlation:
Tubing Correlation:
1209
PROSPER
100scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
13 API
Water salinity:
100000 ppm
0%
Glaso
Beal et al
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1210
4000
4000
1211
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1212
Tubin Tubing
Casin Casing
g OD Inside
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
Roughnes
s
s
ft
inches
inches
inches inches
inches inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.89
0.0012
3.5
0.0012
8.3
0.0012
1213
PROSPER
60
4000
160
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1214
1215
PROSPER
PI Entry
1900 psig
160 degF
80 %
100
No
No
2.5 stb/d/psi
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.5 stb/d/psi:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1216
1217
PROSPER
3500 ft
Maximum OD:
7 inches
0%
0%
Design Rate:
2500 stb/d
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Water cut:
80%
Total GOR:
100 scf/stb
100 psig
3500 ft
Pipe Correlation:
Tubing Correlation:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1218
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate to trigger the key pump design performance:
1219
PROSPER
The next step is to select | Done | Design and then select the pump and the rod as done
below:
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1220
Select | Continue | Select the variable "Pump speed" and enter the sensitivity values as
done below:
1221
PROSPER
Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot | Variables to select
the variables of interest:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1222
1223
PROSPER
Select | Finish to return to the previous menu where the numerical values of the system
calculation are displayed:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1224
Note that one can scroll through the various sensitivity variables and the screen is
update automatically.
Select | Main and this completes this tutorial.
1225
PROSPER
75 psig
Water Cut:
95%
Total GOR:
1500 scf/stb
Petroleum Experts 3
3.1.30.2Input Data
To model diluent injection in an oil well using PROSPER, the following data sets are
needed:
- Produced Fluid and diluent PVT data,
- Well equipment data
- Reservoir data
- Diluent injection depth and diluent injection rate
3.1.30.2.1 Produced Fluid & Diluent PVT
The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.
Produced Fluid PVT:
Solution GOR:
150 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
70 000 ppm
0%
Glaso
Beal et al
10 API
1 rb/stb
0.3 cp
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1226
It should be noted that when available, a full description of the diluent fluid PVT at
different pressure and temperature can be entered as look-up table in PROSPER.
3.1.30.2.2 Well Equipment Data
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
8000
8000
Surface Equipment
NONE
Downhole Equipment
Tubin Tubing
Casin Casing
g OD Inside
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
Roughnes
s
s
ft
inches
inches
inches inches
inches inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
8000
1.995
0.0006
2.375 0.0006
0.0006
N/A
Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
45
8000
185
1227
PROSPER
PI Entry
2800 psig
185 degF
90 %
1500 scf/stb
No
No
2.7 stb/d/psi
Diluent
Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1228
150 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
70 000 ppm
0%
1229
PROSPER
Glaso
Beal et al
To enter the diluent properties, select | Properties in the bottom right corner of the
screen
Diluent Fluid PVT:
Specific gravity of diluent fluid:
10 API
1 rb/stb
0.3 cp
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1230
Because the the diluent lookup PVT contains a single point in a single table, the
program will use the same FVF and viscosity throughout.
If more points are entered, the algorithm will interpolate to find the viscosity and
formation volume factor of the diluent as function of pressure and temperature.
Select | Main to complete the data entry in the PVT section.
From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data entry:
Equipment Data - Deviation survey
Measured Depth in ft
8000
8000
1231
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1232
Tubin Tubing
Casin Casing
g OD Inside
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
Roughnes
s
s
ft
inches
inches
inches inches
inches inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
8000
1.995
0.0006
2.375 0.0006
0.0006
N/A
1233
PROSPER
45
8000
185
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1234
1235
PROSPER
From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
following entries:
Reservoir Model
Reservoir Pressure
Reservoir Temperature
Water Cut
Total GOR
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model:
Relative Permeability:
Productivity Index:
PI Entry
2800 psig
185 degF
90 %
1500 scf/stb
No
No
2.7 stb/d/psi
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.7 stb/d/psi:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1236
1237
PROSPER
Diluent
Injection 6000 ft
10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment
Here a constant diluent injection of nil stb/d will be entered. This constant injection rate
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1238
will be overwritten when sensitizing in the variable diluent injection rate during any
subsequent calculation.
Likewise, the dilluent injection depth is a sensitivity variable during the system
calculations.
Select | Done to complete the model set-up.
3.1.30.4Calculating Sensitivites
To run system calculations, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable :
Well Head Flowing pressure:
75 psig
Water Cut:
95%
Total GOR:
1500 scf/stb
Petroleum Experts 3
1239
PROSPER
Select | Continue, choose the sensitivity variables and enter the following data:
Measured
depth:
Diluent
PROSPER Manual
Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1240
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK and then use the thumb buttons to review the
tabular results:
Select | Plot | System Plot to see the graphical solution (to zoom in on the plot, left
click and drag a box over the solution area):
1241
PROSPER
An alternative representation of the results would consist in displaying the flow rate as
function of diluent injection rate. For this, select | System | Sensitivity | Variables amd
make the following selections:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1242
1243
PROSPER
To improve well productivity, the a multiphase pump will be installed at the well head to
booster the production.
3.1.31.2Model Set Up
From the main menu click Options | Options and select the following options:
Artificial Lift Method:
Multiphase Pump
Type:
Framo Pumps
From the main menu select System | Inflow Performance and make the following
changes to the IPR data:
Reservoir Pressure
Water Cut
GOR:
PROSPER Manual
2400
50
1000
psig
Percent
scf/stb
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1244
1245
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1246
1247
PROSPER
Equally, the geothermal gradient needs to include a point at the well head depth of 1000
ft:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1248
1249
PROSPER
3.1.31.3Calculating Sensitivies
To run sensitivities on the selected pump for e.g. different reservoir pressures, water
cuts, etc., the System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable calculation will be used that can be
selected via the Calculation menu option.
Enter the following data:
Top Node Pressure:
1000 psig
Water Cut:
50%
Total GOR:
1000
Rate Method:
User Selected
Linear Spacing
First value:
1000 stb/d
Last value:
20 000 stb/d
Number
20
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1250
This is how the screen looks like once the rates have been generated or populated by hand:
1251
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1252
Using the thumb buttons on the tabular results screen, one can observe that as the
power available increases the the flow rate increases. This is better demonstrated with
the | Sensitivity button and by selecting liquid rate under | Variables:
1253
PROSPER
multi-phase pump.
Different pumps can be evaluated by returning to the main PROSPER screen and
selecting System | MultiPhase Pumps then selecting a different pump from the
Current Pump drop-down dialogue box and re-running the system calculation to
evaluate well performance and multi-phase pump selection.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1254
3.1.32.2Input Data
The response of a gas lifted well depends upon:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR),
- Tubing response and
- Valve response.
The valve response depends upon valve characteristics and casing head pressure.
Changing operational circumstances can cause an unloading valve to open. When an
unloading valve opens, the lift gas will take the path of least resistance and enter into the
tubing at shallower depth. This will in turn reduce the efficiency of the gas lift.
For this reason, a different approach is suggested to analyse artificially lifted systems in
general, and gas lifted wells in particular. This approach is called the "Quicklook
technique" in PROSPER.
The purpose of the quicklook technique is to isolate the various components affecting
the well response, PVT, IPR, VLP and valve response so that individual and crossanalysis can be conducted.
For this, independent pressure gradients are computed in opposite directions. In case
the test is fully consistent it should be possible to predict the well head flowing pressure
starting from the reservoir pressure and vice-versa. If the gradient from the well head to
the sandface is different from the the gradient from the sandface to the well head, then
the model is inconsistent with the test data. A rigorous and coherent analysis needs to
be performed to come up with the most logical and probable explanation for such
inconsistency.
3.1.32.2.1 PROSPER well model
This tutorial is built upon tutorial 23.
For the beginner, it is recommended to review tutorial 23 before continuing with this
one.
3.1.32.2.2 Well test results for Quicklook
A recent well test was conducted with the following results:
Flowing Well Head Pressure:
350 psig
Flowing Well Head Temperature:
171 degF
Gross Liquid Rate:
8530 stb/d
Water Cut:
80%
Measured Total Gas Rate ( produced + 5.7 MMscf/d
injected lift gas):
Estimated Gas lift injection rate:
4 MMscf/d
Measured Casing Head Pressure:
1460 psig
Gas Lift injection - orifice size:
32/64 inches
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1255
PROSPER
6161 ft
Measured Depth in ft
Dome Pressure
in psig
Casing
Sensitive
2975
22
0.038
1228
Casing
Sensitive
4835
22
0.147
1195
Casing
Sensitive
5885
22
0.26
1178
350 psig
171 degF
8530 stb/d
80%
5.7 MMscf/d
January, 2010
Examples Guide
4 MMscf/d
1460 psig
32/64 inches
6161 ft
1256
Valve Type
Measured Depth in ft
Dome Pressure
in psig
Casing
Sensitive
2975
22
1228
0.038
1257
PROSPER
Casing
Sensitive
Casing
Sensitive
4835
22
0.147
1195
5885
22
0.26
1178
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1258
In this example, the static reservoir pressure was estimated to be 3500 psig at the time
the flow test was conducted.
Generate a Quicklook plot
In order to generate a quicklook plot, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot
and here is what shows:
1259
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1260
The gas injection rate is then 5.0176 MMscf/d. This is valid only under the assumption
that the liquid rate and the water cut are correct.
This is what the quicklook plot shows once the total gas production is reconciled with
the PVT:
1261
PROSPER
One can now read that the free GOR is o scf/stb and the solution GOR 400 scf/stb as
one would expect.
b) Find the deepest valve through which gas lift injection is possible by iteration
Using the casing pressure, the gas gradient in the annulus is computed. This the curve
labeled "Casing Measured".
Using the flowing well head pressure, the flowing gradient in the tubing is computed,
This is the curve labeled "Tubing Measured".
At a gas lift injection point, the annulus pressure should be equal to the sum of tubing
pressure and pressure drop across the valve.
In the plot above, an injection depth of 6161 ft was assumed. At the assumed injection
depth, it can be seen that the pressure gradient in the annulus is lower that the tubing
pressure gradient. This is the reason why the message "INJECTION NOT POSSIBLE"
is displayed.
It can also be seen On the plot, it reads "injection not possible" at the assumed injection
depth because the measured casing pressure
One needs to check if it is possible to inject at the next shallower valve, that is at a
measured depth of 5885 ft:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1262
1263
PROSPER
One can see that the message "Injection is not possible" has disappeared. This
suggests that the valve at a depth of 5885 ft is likely open.
c) Matching the casing head pressure by iterating on the orifice size
One can see that the theoretical casing head pressure does not match the measured
casing head pressure. To match the measured casing head pressure, one can iterate
on the orifice size. In this example, an equivalent orifice size of 54/64 inch does the job:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1264
1265
PROSPER
d) Find the IPR parameter (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin, and so on) that
can be modified to reasonably predict the well head flowing pressure starting
from the reservoir pressure.
Now any unknown is confined to the IPR section. In this specific case, two possible
solutions can be explored: change the well productivity index or the reservoir pressure.
In this case, the reservoir pressure will be used as tuning parameter.
In reality, the user will have to judge which parameter is suitable to be used as tuning
parameter.
From the quicklook plot, select | Done | Done | Down Hole and then enter a reservoir
pressure of 3660 psig at 8000 ft measured depth:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1266
Afterwards, select | Done | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook
plot now looks like:
1267
PROSPER
One can clearly see that a match is achieved. The engineer will need to confirm the
findings with additional information.
This completes this tutorial.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1268
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
250 scf/stb
7000 ft
55 Hertz
7000 ft
0% - no separator installed
49
0
2170 psig
3300 psig
optional
optional
optional
3.1.33.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an ESP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done
Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
Phase 4: Use model to run scenarios, to optimize well performance.
3.1.33.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model
For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"Tutorial_26.out".
We will load the PROSPER file "Tutorial_26.out" and save it as "Tutorial_33.out".
3.1.33.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:
1269
PROSPER
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Water cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating frequency during test:
Length of cable:
Gas separation
Number of stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Current used:
Surface voltage:
Power at surface:
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
90%
Unkown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
250 scf/stb
7000 ft
55 Hertz
7000 ft
0% - no separator installed
49
0
2170 psig
3300 psig
optional
optional
optional
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure is
estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the solution
GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Therefore, for the analysis the following test data set will be used:
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating frequency during test:
Length of cable:
Gas separation
Number of stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Current used:
Surface voltage:
Power at surface:
PROSPER Manual
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
400 scf/stb
7000 ft
55 Hertz
7000 ft
0% - no separator installed
49
0
2170 psig
3300 psig
optional
optional
optional
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1270
1271
PROSPER
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Water Cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR:
400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth:
7000 ft
Operating frequency during test:
55 Hertz
Length of cable:
7000 ft
Gas separation
0% - no separator installed
Number of stages
49
Pump wear factor:
0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet (7000 ft):
2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge (7000 3300 psig
ft):
Current used:
optional
Surface voltage:
optional
Power at surface:
optional
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1272
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:
1273
PROSPER
In the quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If
the assumptions regarding well and ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor,
water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will
overlay. In addition, an energy balance is performed across the electrical system
allowing surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared to measured data.
In the plot above, a few key points need to inspected: pump duty, multiphase correlation
and inflow performance relationship.
Test Analysis
The pump duty is the difference between the discharge pressure and the inlet pressure
of the pump. In the plot above, one can see that the top down traverse matches the
pump inlet pressure and the pump outlet pressure indicating that:
- the selected multiphase correlation remains valid for the analysis
- the theoretical and measured pump duty are identical, indicating that the pump is
performing according to the published pump performance curve.
- however, the bottom-up pressure traverse does not match the top-down pressure
traverse. Specifically, the predicted WHFP is higher than the measured one. This
indicates that either the reservoir pressure is either too high or the productivity index is
too high.
In this particular case, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure of 4000 psig was
overestimated.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1274
Therefore, one can iterate on the reservoir pressure to match the well test. In this
particular case, entering a Static Bottom Hole Pressure (Pr)in the QuickLook well test
data section of 3800 psig does the job:
NOTE: It will be necessary to update the reservoir pressure value in the IPR section.
1275
PROSPER
Now select | Continue | and select the pump operating and reservoir pressure as
sensitivity variable:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1276
Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
shown:
1277
PROSPER
This example shows that the well can produce up to 13370 stb/d if the frequency is
increased to 70 Hertz.
In order to see the pump plot, select | OK | Solution Details | Pump Plot
Below is what the pump plot shows. It indicates at 70 Hz, the pump would still be operating
within its recommended operating envelope:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1278
1279
PROSPER
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Liquid Rate:
Water Cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating speed during test:
Power Fluid Rate:
Number of pump stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Number of turbine stages:
Pump
Turbine
Value
350 psig
7211 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than 3000
psig
400 scf/stb
7500 ft
5965 rpm
6340 stb/d
35
0
2255 psig
3855 psig
54
Clyde Union TP145A
Clyde Union T-60 (TEST) - A
3.1.34.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an HSP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done
Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
3.1.34.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model
For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"T34_HSPQUICKLOOK_START.out".
Load the PROSPER file "T34_HSPQUICKLOOK_START.out".
3.1.34.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Liquid Rate:
Water Cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating speed during test:
Power Fluid Rate:
Number of pump stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Number of turbine stages:
Pump
Turbine
1280
Value
350 psig
7211 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than 3000
psig
400 scf/stb
7500 ft
5965 rpm
6340 stb/d
35
0
2255 psig
3855 psig
54
Clyde Union TP145A
Clyde Union T-60 (TEST) - A
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure is
estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the solution
GOR of 400 scf/stb.
3.1.34.3.3 Phase 3: Analyse and match test to well model
Preliminary considerations
For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).
In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Hydraulic Down Hole Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to be
selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements, then
the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one should
select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to be
generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.
Procedure to analyse the well test
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well
test data.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1281
PROSPER
Note that the produced GOR was corrected to be consistent with fluid PVT and
estimated reservoir pressure. Therefore, the initial GOR of 400 scf/stb is to be used.
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1282
In the Quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If
the assumptions regarding well and HSP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor,
number of stages, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two
calculated pressure traverses will overlay
Test Analysis
For the analysis of an HSP lifted well, one shall simultaneously inspect pump
performance, multiphase correlation and inflow performance relationship.
The pump performance can be evaluated by comparing the theoretical pressure gain
across the pump with the actual / recorded pressure gain across the very same pump.
Such a comparison is easily performed if there are down hole gauges at the inlet and
the outlet of the pump. In this example, downhole pressure gauges are available.
By inspecting the downward gradient (green curve), which is based purely on test data,
it is possible to see that the outlet gauge pressure measurement is closely matched this because the multiphase flow correlation was previously mQtched to lab data.
However, looking the dP given by the pump is higher than the difference between the
measured inlet and outlet pressure, which may indicate that the manufacturer's
performance has to be corrected to reproduce the actual pump dP.
1283
PROSPER
This can be achieved by modifying the pump wear factor in the Quicklook input data.
After a few iterations (change the wear factor, then run the Quicklook calculation and
check the plot), one can find a wear factor of 0.05 to match the pump dP
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1284
With respect to the upward gradient, which is based on the model IPR, this can be
corrected to match the experimental pressures by adjusting any of the parameters of the
IPR.
In particular, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure have dropped since
production start and is expected to be less than 3000 psig. Therefore, one can iterate
on the reservoir pressure to see if the well test can be matched with a reasonable static
reservoir pressure valid at the time of the well test. For this, we will reduce the reservoir
pressure to 2910 psig:
1285
PROSPER
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook plot looks like
the one below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1286
One can see that a perfect match was achieved between top down and bottom-up
pressure traverse.
It essential to keep in mind that multiple solutions do exist. In this case, one can match
the well test by altering the skin or permeability for instance. The right parameter to alter
in order to match the well test is in the end a matter of engineering judgment to be made
by the engineer on the basis of his knowledge of the well and the relevant operating
circumstances.
At last, by looking at the plot results table (HSP Quicklook results), it is possible to verify
that the calculated pump speed (which is the one required to have the highest overall
efficiency), is 5964 rpm, close to the test data (5965 rpm). This result confirms that the
results obtained are correct.
Save the file as "T34_HSPQUICKLOOK.Out".
1287
PROSPER
Anchored Tubing
Description
Unanchored Tubing
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1288
These shapes are just basic as in the reality different effects may overlap. Experience
and knowledge of the specific operating conditions will be required to make a
successful diagnostic.
1289
PROSPER
PVT Data
A comprehensive lab report was made available and the experimental
lab results were calibrated using PVTp, the compositional fluid
characterization package developed by Petroleum Experts.
The output of the calibration is a *.PRP (Tutorial_36.prp) file that can be
imported directly into any Petroleum Experts' application.
*
*
*
*
*Export
File
Signatur
e
*#Petex
PRP
*Export
File
Version
*#1
3
*
*
*
*
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1290
*
10:07:52 2009
*
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
16
*
*
*
*
Mole Critical Critic Acce Molec Specif Critic Volu Boilin Parac Omeg Omeg Costa Cost Compo
al ntric ular
ic
al
me
g
hor aA
aB
ld ald nent
Perc Temper Press Facto Weigh Gravit Volu Shift Point Volu Accen Fact Nam
ent ature ure
r
t
y
me
me tric
e
*
*
*
1291
PROSPER
*
6
1.41 305.294 535.9 0.199 58.1
63
0.6
001 0.712
4
96
72
254.9 - 31.19 200 0.45720.0777
997 0.570
4
96
98
305.9 - 82.13 225 0.45720.0777
998 0.697
4
96
47
304.0 - 96.89 245 0.45720.0777
002 0.480
4
96
56
370.0 - 155.7 282.5 0.45720.0777
002 0.233 5
4
96
54
486.9 - 261.8 360.8 0.45720.0777
167 0.185 52 25
4
96
16
578.1 - 337.9 421.4 0.45720.0777
783 0.080 95
4
96
13
679.2 - 415.2 481.9 0.45720.0777
414 0.029 45 94
4
96
5
759.3 0.000 470.6 531.4 0.45720.0777
324 218 58 06
4
96
845.3 0.030 525.4 579.9 0.45720.0777
294 246 5
08
4
96
976.7 0.050 603.2 659.7 0.45720.0777
938 498 66 78
4
96
0 0.199 NC4
0 0.227
IC5
0 0.251 NC5
0 0.299
C6
0 0.307 C7::C9
32
0 0.369 C10::
64 C11
0 0.436 C12::
39 C13
0 0.487
68
0 0.541
38
0 0.622
1
C14::
C14
C15::
C16
C17::
C20
*
*
Binary Interaction
Coefficients
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1292
*
*
*
15 2
0.05
*
*
Volume shift
flag
*
1
*
*
Separators T,
P
*
2 1
80
200
60
*
*
Refe Temperature
renc
e
*
255
*
*# End
of
file
Equipment Data
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
Surface Equipment
1293
PROSPER
Pipe
Outside
Diameter
in inches
Pipe
Roughne
Inside
ss
in
diameter inches
in inches
Platform / N/A
Top node
N/A
N/A
N/A
Riser
2000
2000
10.75
10.5
0.0006
Tie Back
5000
1500
6.625
6.375
0.0006
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.826
4.5
0.0006
Temperature Data
Air temperature: 60 degF
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:0.1 ft/s
Formation temperature Gradient
Formation measured depth in ft
60
1500
45
2000
40
12000
255
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1294
60
0.1
1500
45
0.1
2000
40
0.1
Drilling Hole
Depth Diamet
in ft
er
in
inches
Casing
Shoe
Depth
in ft
Casing
Outsid
e
Diamet
er
in
inches
Specifi
c
Casing
weight
in lb/ft
Top
Cemen
t Depth
in ft
Casing
Top
Depth
in ft
Mud
Densit
y in lb/
gal
10000
12
10000
10
60
1500
1500
12
12000
12000
40
1500
1500
12
Salinity
in ppm
1295
PROSPER
Fixed 11900
Value
Sandst 12000
one
n
N/A
n
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.1
0.25
50
consoli Gas
dated
N/A
N/A
100000
Petroleum Experts
6000 psig
255 degF
0 stb/MMscf
7940.38 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
50 mD
50 ft
300 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
30 ft
1 days
0.25
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1296
Retrograde Condensate
Equation Of State
Hydrates:
Enable Warning
Enthalpy Balance
1297
PROSPER
Peng Robinson
Optimisation Mode:
Medium
Yes
Full Composition:
Yes
Allow Lumping:
No
Reference Temperature:
60 degF
Reference pressure:
0 psig
Advanced
Second stage:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1298
1299
PROSPER
to download the PRP file "Tutorial_36.prp" located in the PROSPER samples directory.
The following message would appear:
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1300
Afterwards, select | OK and enter the temperature range from 40 degF to 100 degF in
10 steps.
1301
PROSPER
Select | Finish | Done | Done to complete the PVT data import and the hydrate curve
generation.
Equipment Data
In order to enter the equipment data, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit and enter
the deviation survey as shown below:
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1302
Pipe
Pipe Inside Roughne
Outside
diameter in ss
in
Diameter in inches
inches
inches
1303
PROSPER
Platform
Manifold N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Riser
Line
Pipe
2000
2000
10.75
10.5
0.0006
5000
1500
6.625
6.375
0.0006
Measured
Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
1500
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.826
4.5
0.0006
St.
PROSPER Manual
Steel 11500
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1304
(25%)
Equally tubing may be insulated with concrete, foam, bitumen or any other user-defined
material.
Select | Done to enter the temperature data
Temperature Data
Air temperature: 60 degF
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity: 0.1 ft/s
Formation temperature Gradient
Formation measured depth in ft
60
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1305
PROSPER
1500
45
2000
12000
40
255
Sea temperature
degF
60
0.1
1500
45
0.1
2000
40
0.1
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1306
Casin
g
Outsi
de
Diam
eter in
inche
Speci
fic
Casin
g
weigh
t in lb/
ft
Top
Ceme
nt
Depth
in ft
Casin
g Top
Depth
in ft
Mud
Densi
ty in
lb/gal
1307
PROSPER
s
10000
12000
12
8.5
10000 10
12000 7
60
40
1500
1500
1500
1500
12
12
Formatio Bottom
PROSPER Manual
In-situ
Salinity
January, 2010
Examples Guide
n type
depth in s
in in
ft
fraction fraction
Fixed
11900
Value
Sandston 12000
e
ility
mD
in consiste Fluid
ncy
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.1
0.25
50
consolida Gas
ted
1308
in ppm
N/A
100000
1309
PROSPER
Select | Main and save the file to secure all the parameters entered so far in the model.
In order to describe the well inflow performance relationship, select | System | Inflow
relationship and make the following choices
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
PROSPER Manual
Petroleum Experts
6000 psig
255 degF
0 stb/MMscf
7940.38 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1310
Now select | Input Data and enter the reservoir parameters as done below:
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
50 mD
50 ft
300 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
30 ft
1 days
0.25
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
1311
PROSPER
To enter the mechanical skin, select | Mech / Geom Skin and enter 5 as done below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1312
At this stage, it is good practice to generate and display the IPR. This is achieved by
selecting the | Calculate button:
1313
PROSPER
Select | Main and save the file to secure the data entries.
System calculation
This is a full enthalpy balance model with 16 components Peng-Robinson Equation of
State model. Therefore, it will be computationally intensive.
In order to perform the system calculation, select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables and
make the following choices:
Top Node Pressure:
1500 psig
0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR:
7940.38
1 day
Petroleum Experts 2
Solution Node:
Bottom node
Rate Method:
Automatic Linear
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1314
Disallow
1315
PROSPER
The well would produce around 57 MMscf/d of gas and 7250 stb/d of oil..
The hydrate flag (H) shows for each flow rate. This means that hydrate mitigation should
be considered.
Below, 12 MMscf/d, the well would fall below the Turner stability criteria. This is shown
with the the "T".
Above 100 MMscf/d, erosional velocity is exceeded in the well.
In order to visualise what is happening inside the tubing, the tie back and the riser, one
selects | Sensitivity PvD | Continue | Calculate and here all the calculation details are
displayed.
Taitel- Duckler Flow Regime
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1316
By selecting the node 60 for instance, the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map is displayed
with the severe slugging line :
1317
PROSPER
In this case, the operating point is beyond the severe slugging line.
From the above Sensitivity PvD results screen, scrolling the bar at the bottom to the
right, one can see the columns for hydrates, velocities pigging and slug parameters, etc.
Select | Done to return to the Sensitivity - Pressure Vs depth screen.
Select | Main to return to the main Prosper screen.
This completes this tutorial.
.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1318
changing conditions
3.1.37.1Statement Of The Problem
A 5000 ft ft long pipe carries fluid (uphill) over an elevation of 250 ft.
The pipe was subject to a flow test.
It is required to:
- Build a pipeline only PROSPER model
- Select the most suitable multiphase correlation for this pipe
- Match the correlation to the test results
- Use the calibrated model to predict the pipe performance under changing operating
conditions
3.1.37.2Input Data
For a pipeline only model, the following inputs are required:
- Fluid PVT (black oil or compositional)
- Pipe description (simple: rough approximation / advanced: enthalpy balance or
improved approximation)
3.1.37.2.1 Fluid PVT data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
1.214 rb/stb
1.01 cp
1319
PROSPER
Parameter
Value
Pipeline Length:
5000 ft
Pipeline Internal Diameter:
6 inches
Pipe Inside Roughness:
0.0006 inches
Temperature Of Surroundings:
50 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient:
1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
Total pipe hight above origin (inlet depth): -250 ft
Fluid Inlet temperature:
100 degF
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Parameter
Match Point Comment (optional):
Pipe Outlet Pressure:
Pipe Outlet Temperature:
water Cut:
Gross liquid rate:
Pipe Inlet Pressure:
Gas Oil Ratio:
GOR free:
Pipe inlet Temperature:
1320
Value
Flow test from 01/01/2010
250 psig
90 degF
50%
25000 stb/d
500 psig
400 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
100 degF
1321
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1322
To enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
populate the screen as follow:
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Bubble point pressure (Pb):
Value
400 scf/stb
2500 psig at 200 degF
1.214 rb/stb
1.01 cp
1323
PROSPER
Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistical results
of the PVT matching.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1324
1325
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1326
Value
5000 ft
6 inches
0.0006 inches
50 degF
1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
-250 ft
100 degF
1327
PROSPER
A few notes:
- If the coordinate system Height, Distance From Origin is selected, then the first
equipment type changes from manifold to Xmas-tree.
- Elevation is the opposite of depth. This is why the sign of the height changes is
the coordinate system changes to TVD and Length:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1328
1329
PROSPER
Value
Flow test from 01/01/2010
250 psig
90 degF
50%
25000 stb/d
500 psig
400 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
100 degF
The procedure to follow is very similar to tubing performance matching. The 4 steps to
be taken are:
- U value calibration
- Correlation comparison
- Multiphase Flow Correlation matching.
- Multiphase Flow Correlation selection.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1330
Now continue with | Calculate | Calculate | OK and then inspect the computed outlet
temperature:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1331
PROSPER
One can read in the 5th column a computed arrival temperature of round 98 degF, which
is 8 degF higher that the measured outlet temperature.
In order to match this, the U-value needs to be increased to in iterative fashion.
For this select | Main | Done | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and then change
the overall heat transfer coefficient to 8.05 Btu/h/ft2/F as done below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1332
1333
PROSPER
Correlation comparison
Afterwards, select | Plot to visualize the pressure gradient in the pipe:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1334
One can see that PE4, PE5 and OLGAS 2P are the closest to the measured upstream
pressure.
Select | Main to get back to the "Surface Pipe Matching" screen.
1335
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1336
1337
PROSPER
Outlet Pressure:
250 psig
Water Cut:
50%
Total GOR:
Liquid Rate:
15 000 stb/d
To perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) and make the
appropriate changes as shown below:
Select | Continue and then choose the variable Gas Oil Ration from the drop-down
menu:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1338
1339
PROSPER
Now select | Calculate | OK | Plot | Variables and start with the simplest plot:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1340
1341
PROSPER
Note that more specialized parameters can be selected and plotted with | Variables |
Extended:
This is how for example the erosional velocity profile looks like in the pipe:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1342
1343
PROSPER
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1344
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
ft
inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
15000
5.5
0.0006
TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0
300
50
40
3
3
1345
PROSPER
Drilling
Hole
Depth in Diameter
ft
in
inches
Casing
Shoe
Depth in
ft
Casing
Outside
Diameter
in
inches
Specific
Casing
weight
in lb/ft
Top
Cement
Depth in
ft
Casing Mud
Top
Density
Depth in in lb/gal
ft
700
3000
10000
36
26
17
700
3000
10000
30
20
13
93
65
72
200
200
5000
0
0
0
10
10
10
13000
15000
12
9
13000
15000
10
7
67
43
10000
12000
0
0
12
12
Salinity
in ppm
Shale
14800
Sandston 15000
e
N/A
40000
N/A
0.2
N/A
0.15
N/A
15
N/A
N/A
consolida Gas
ted
The default databases will be used in this tutorial without any modifications.
3.1.38.2.3 Reservoir Data
PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate wells. The
IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the
particular model and the data available for the study.
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
PROSPER Manual
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Skin model:
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
1346
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
3.1.38.3Step by Step procedure
Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
3.1.38.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup
Model options
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Calculation Type - Predict: Pressure and Temperature (offshore)
Calculation Type - Model: Enthalpy Balance
1347
PROSPER
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used. The
user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
Select | Done to complete this.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Parameter
Separator Pressure:
Separator temperature:
Separator GOR:
Separator gas gravity:
Stock Tank GOR:
Stock Tank gas gravity:
Condensate gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water Salinity:
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2):
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature:
Reservoir temperature:
Reservoir Pressure:
1348
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
Deviation Survey
Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:
1349
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
15000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1350
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment description:
Downhhole Equipment
Equipment Type Measured
Depth
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
ft
inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
15000
5.5
0.0006
1351
PROSPER
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1352
TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0
50
300
40
1353
PROSPER
Drilling
Hole
Depth in Diameter
ft
in
inches
Casing
Shoe
Depth in
ft
Casing
Outside
Diameter
in
inches
Specific
Casing
weight
in lb/ft
Top
Cement
Depth in
ft
Casing Mud
Top
Density
Depth in in lb/gal
ft
700
36
700
30
93
200
10
3000
26
3000
20
65
200
10
10000
17
10000
13
72
5000
10
13000
12
13000
10
67
10000
12
15000
15000
43
12000
12
Mud Convection: No
Completion Fluid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 8.5 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Air
Packer Depth: 14 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 14900 ft
Annulus level: 50 ft
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1354
Salinity
in ppm
Shale
N/A
14800
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sandston 15000
e
0.2
0.15
15
consolida Gas
ted
40000
1355
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1356
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1357
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
15 mD
200 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.41 ft
100 ft
1 days
0.15
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1358
Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin:
+5
1359
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1360
1361
PROSPER
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1362
1363
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1364
3.1.39.2Input Data
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
inches
inches
inches
1365
PROSPER
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
Tubing
14800
5.5
0.0006
Formation
Depth in ft:
Measured Static
Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient
Temperature in deg F
0
500
3000
10000
14000
15000
50
40
80
210
280
300
2
2.5
2.5
3.8
4.8
5
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
PROSPER Manual
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
15 mD
200 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.41 ft
100 ft
1 days
0.15
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Mechanical skin:
1366
+5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
3.1.39.3Step by Step procedure
Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
3.1.39.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup
Model options
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation
1367
PROSPER
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used. The
user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
Select | Done to complete this.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Parameter
Separator Pressure:
Separator temperature:
Separator GOR:
Separator gas gravity:
Stock Tank GOR:
Stock Tank gas gravity:
Condensate gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water Salinity:
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2):
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature:
Reservoir temperature:
Reservoir Pressure:
1368
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
Deviation Survey
Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:
1369
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
15000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1370
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment description:
Downhole Equipment
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
ft
inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
Tubing
14800
5.5
0.0006
1371
PROSPER
Formation
Depth in ft
Measured Static
Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient
Temperature in degF
50
500
40
2.5
3000
80
2.5
10000
210
3.8
14000
280
4.8
15000
300
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1372
1373
PROSPER
entries:
Reservoir Data - IPR model selection
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
15 mD
200 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.41 ft
100 ft
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1374
1 days
0.15
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin:
+5
1375
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1376
1377
PROSPER
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1378
1379
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1380
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
Equipment
Measured
Internal
Roughness
inRate multiplier
1381
PROSPER
type
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
in inches
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
January, 2010
Examples Guide
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
1382
SPOT
4000 psig
200 degF
Calculated based upon relative permeability and userentered water saturation
400 scf/stb
Conventional
No
Activity:
New Well
Well type:
Vertical
Inflow Equation:
Fetkovich
None available
Perforating Method:
Single Run
Invasion Method:
No Invasion
Sanding Model:
None
Entered
Pressure Transform:
No
No
Yes
1.2 inches
Measured depth in ft
8000
8000
8250
8250
1383
PROSPER
0.354 ft
Drainage Radius:
2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency:
1 (fraction)
8000 ft
8200 ft
Layer Pressure:
3600 psig
100 psi
1 psi/ft
Water saturation:
0.3 (fraction)
200 degF
Kv/Kh:
0.1 (fraction)
Sandstone
Gun System:
Completion type:
Casing
Outer Diameter:
8.5 inches
Casing weight:
9 lb/ft
Material:
J-55
8000 ft
8200 ft
Drift Diameter*:
8 inches
Holdup Depth*:
8250 ft
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same as
the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the well
planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through the
casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations such
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1384
3.1.40.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing oil well using SPOT for the IPR
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 300 psig
- compare the performance of the well with different gun systems
- inspect the calculation results at log scale
3.1.40.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select |Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Oil and Water
Predict: Pressure and Temperature (on land)
1385
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
PROSPER Manual
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1386
1387
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.40.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Here are the deviation survey data for this vertical well:
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1388
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labeled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.40.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1389
PROSPER
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.40.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Xmas Tree (Well0
Head)
Tubing
7800
Casing
8000
PROSPER Manual
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1390
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.40.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
1391
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1392
It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
3.1.40.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can see a summary of the well bore description
with | Summary:
1393
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole a sketch of the well bore is drawn:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1394
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting the
file.
3.1.40.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follows:
IPR model:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
SPOT
200 degF
Calculated based upon relative permeability and userentered water saturation
400 scf/stb
1395
PROSPER
Select | Input Data and start the the SPOT IPR data entry with the left tab
OPTIONS"
"SPOT
Conventional
No
Activity:
New Well
Well type:
Vertical
Inflow Equation:
Fetkovich
None available
Perforating Method:
Single Run
Invasion Method:
No Invasion
Sanding Model:
None
Entered
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Pressure Transform:
No
No
Yes
1396
1.2 inches
Select the deviation Survey tab at the bottom left corner of the Options screen to enter
the well trajectory across the reservoir:
Spot options - Deviation survey
Measured depth in ft
8000
8000
1397
PROSPER
8250
8250
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1398
0.354 ft
Drainage Radius:
2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency:
1 (fraction)
8000 ft
8200 ft
Layer Pressure:
3600 psig
100 psi
1 psi/ft
Water saturation:
0.3 (fraction)
200 degF
Kv/Kh:
0.1 (fraction)
Sandstone
Gun System:
1399
PROSPER
For the Relative Permeability data entry,select | Edit and populate the table according to
the inputs below:
Relative Permeabilities:
Phase
Residual
Saturation
fraction
Oil
0.25
0.8
Water
0.25
0.8
PROSPER Manual
End
point
in fraction
in Corey Exponent
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1400
1401
PROSPER
To move forward, select the "Select Gun From Database" button and the database is
displayed:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1402
Note that the data base has been filtered on Vendor: here Baker for illustration only.
Now one can select the gun of choice, which is the 2" 2007 Predator
1403
PROSPER
Afterwards, one select | Done and | Done again to transfer the gun data into SPOT.
To move forward, select the tab "LOG DATA" and enter the data required to generate
the log-scale IPR parameters:
Spot options - Log Data Generation
8000 psig
Horizontal Permeability:
200 mD
Porosity:
0.25
8000 ft
8200 ft
0.5 ft
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1404
Select | Generate and the log scale data are generated as shown below:
1405
PROSPER
The last section to describe is the completion section. To access this section, select the
sheet "Completion" at the bottom of the screen:
Spot options - Completion
Completion type:
Casing
Outer Diameter:
8.5 inches
Casing weight:
9 lb/ft
Material:
J-55
8000 ft
8200 ft
Drift Diameter*:
8 inches
Holdup Depth*:
8250 ft
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same as
the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the well
planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through the
casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations such
as mud circulating times and cement slurry.
The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1406
One may need to scroll the bar at the bottom of the screen to the right to enter the drift:
1407
PROSPER
IPR Generation
In order the generate an IPR, select | Calculate and the following plot is generated:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1408
1409
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1410
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
1411
PROSPER
One can read an oil rate of 5280 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP reads:
2346 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1412
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to update the
file.
3.1.40.5.7 Comparison of different Gun Systems
One very useful feature of the SPOT module is the ability to sensitize on gun systems.
The sensitization can be performed from the IPR screen directly (| System | Inflow
Perform | Sensitivity) or from the system calculation.
In order to sensitize on gun systems from the system calculation, select | Calculation |
System | 3 Variables and make the following changes:
1413
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1414
Select | Add | Select Gun From Database and add the gun systems of choice:
1415
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1416
1417
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1418
Select | Log Results | Plot and select Qocum for the x axis for instance:
1419
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1420
Select | Done and any other variable can be added to the plot.
Any number of variables with the same unit can be selected and plotted together as
demonstrated in the plot below:
1421
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1422
1423
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1424
1425
PROSPER
If the Qw cum (cumulative water production) is selected for instance a plot similar to the
one below can be inspected:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1426
Select | Done | Done | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.
1427
PROSPER
3.1.41.2Input Data
Fluid PVT
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
0.6
0.7
250
250
Condensate
(stb/MMscf):
Gas
Ratio 3
50
10
45
10
Reservoir Data
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
Petroleum Experts
Petroleum Experts
10000
11000
3500
3600
0.254
0.254
0.001
0.001
15
20
Layer
Drainage
(acres):
Area 300
300
31.6
0.354
0.354
50
30
Time since
(days):
production 1000
PROSPER Manual
0.25
water 0.3
1000
0.25
0.3
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Mechanical
dimension):
skin
(no 5
1428
Calculated
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to
the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Tubing ID
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
10000
230
1429
PROSPER
3.1.41.3Modelling Strategy
For well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models available in
PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up to
50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of the
MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers and offers
a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well penetrating up to 49
different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular, tubular
or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and interaction
between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used to model
"smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used to
model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of the
optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir mode (MBAL, decline curve
or numerical simulator) for time-dependent performance prediction.
For this tutorial, the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore will be used.
We will first build a PROSPER model and then use the model to answer the following
engineering questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate to be expected at a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?
3.1.41.4Step by Step Procedure
Launch PROSPER and select | Options | Options>
Afterwards make the following changes:
System options
Fluid Description - Fluid:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1430
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
0.6
0.7
250
250
Condensate
(stb/MMscf):
Gas
Ratio 3
50
10
45
10
10000
100000
1431
PROSPER
N2):
Note that at this stage, the PVT of the first zone was entered for initialisation purposes.
The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in the inflow section.
Select | Done to complete this section.
System Equipment - Deviation Survey
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the
down hole equipment:
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1432
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1433
PROSPER
the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Measured
Depth in ft
Tubing ID
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
60
1434
10000
230
Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:
1435
PROSPER
Reservoir Temperature:
230 degF
No
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1436
To proceed with the inflow description select | Input Data and make the following entries
/ selections:
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
Petroleum Experts
Petroleum Experts
10000
11000
3500
3600
0.254
0.254
0.001
0.001
15
20
Layer
Drainage
(acres):
Area 300
300
31.6
0.354
0.354
50
30
1437
PROSPER
Time since
(days):
production 1000
skin
0.25
water 0.3
(no 5
1000
0.25
0.3
5
Calculated
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1438
- The static layer pressure for each zone is entered at the bottom of the zone. In the case
of the upper layer, the pressure of 3500 psig corresponds to the static
reservoir
pressure at 10050 ft, NOT 10000 ft.
- The layer flowing radius and the the layer roughness are used to compute the pressure
loss between the zones whereas the well bore radius is used to compute
the inflow
performance relation for the layer itself.
- The "Blank" layer type means that there is no influx or no perforation from the layer into
the well bore.
At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR with | Calculate and be patient as
this is a more complex algorithm that the single zone Inflow models:
Please select | Main and save the file to secure all changes.
In order to answer the engineering questions asked at the beginning of this tutorial, one
needs to solve simultaneously the inflow and outflow equations.
For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) |3 Variables:
1439
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1440
Afterwards, select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and be patient as this may take a
few minutes:
1441
PROSPER
The solution details can be accessed by selecting the button " Solution Details".
Afterwards, select | Inflow Layer Details
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1442
1443
PROSPER
Conclusion:
One can read that:
the well would produce 33.5 MMscf/d of gas, a water-to-gas ratio of 7.2 stb/MMscf and
a CGR of 6 stb/MMscf.
The upper zone contributes to round 57% of the total production. Consequently, the
bottom zone makes up the remaining 43%.
There is no negative rate from any layer. Therefore there is no cross flow under the
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1444
current conditions.
This completes this example.
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
0.6
0.7
250
250
Condensate
(stb/MMscf):
Gas
Ratio 3
50
10
45
10
Reservoir Data
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
Petroleum Experts
Petroleum Experts
10000
11000
Reservoir
Temperature 230
240
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1445
PROSPER
(degF):
Reservoir pressure (psig):
3500
3600
0.254
0.254
0.001
0.001
15
20
Layer
Drainage
(acres):
Area 300
300
31.6
0.354
0.354
50
30
50
30
Time since
(days):
production 1000
1000
0.25
0.25
water 0.3
skin
0.3
(no 5
Calculated
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the pressure
drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to the top of
the shallowest reservoir in the deviation survey when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Tubing ID
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
1446
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
10000
230
3.1.42.3Modelling Strategy
For a well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models available
in PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up to
50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of the
MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers and offers
a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well penetrating up to 49
different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular, tubular
or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and interaction
between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used to model
"smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used to
model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of the
optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir model (MBAL, decline curve
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1447
PROSPER
MultiLateral Well
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1448
Upper Zone
0.6
250
50
100000
1449
PROSPER
Note that at this stage, the PVT of one of the zones (here first zone) was entered to
initialise the model. The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in
the inflow section.
Select | Done to complete this section.
System Equipment - Deviation Survey
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the
down hole equipment:
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1450
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. This entry applies to the outflow. Therefore, it is sufficient
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1451
PROSPER
here to describe the well just down to the shallowest reservoir depth when using the
multilateral IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Measured
Depth in ft
Tubing ID
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
60
1452
10000
230
Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:
1453
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1454
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "TiePoint".
This correspond to a depth of 10000ft.
The tie-point is the point at which the combined Inflow will be computed.
1455
PROSPER
Right clicking on the red square representing the item "TiePoint" allows the user to
change its label or delete it.
The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.
Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction, label it
"Junction".
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1456
Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Upper Completion".
For the second zone, add a second completion and label it "Lower Completion".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add a
Reservoir icon.Label it "Upper Zone"
Then select Add Reservoir again from the drop down menu and click on the screen to
add a Reservoir icon.Label it "Lower Zone"
One would have an schematic similar to the next screen shot:
1457
PROSPER
Now select | Add link and connect the equipment from the tie-point to the reservoirs as
done be low
TiePoint Description
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1458
In order to describe the tiepoint, double-click on the item TiePoint and make the
following entries:
One may use the navigator on the right hand side to describe the other components of
the multilateral.
Tubing "T1" Description
After linking the tie-point to the junction, a tubing "T1" is created. In this example, this will
be a zero dimension tubing. For this, double click on the tubing "T1" and make the
following changes:
Tubing "T1" - Select Model
1459
PROSPER
Azimuth
10000
10000
10000
10000
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1460
Select the tab "Equipment" at the bottom of the screen to describe the down hole
equipment pertaining to this item.
Tubing "T1" - Input Data / Equipment
Tubing Type
Measured Depth
Casing
Diameter
Inside Casing
inside
roughness
ft
inches
inches
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
1461
PROSPER
Select | Done and then double-click on the junction to describe it as shown below:
Junction Description
Here the data are passed directly from the previous node. Select | Done and then
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1462
Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model:
ELF
Flow Type:
Tubing Flow
No
45 degrees
WellBore Radius:
0.354 ft
31.6
Note that it is possible to model annular flow as well. For this, simply select Annular Flow
as flow type.
Completion "Upper Completion" - Deviation
Measured Depth
Azimuth
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1463
PROSPER
10000
10000
10050
10050
Now select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the description of
this item.
Completion "Upper Completion" - Input Data / Equipment
Tubing Type
Measured Depth
Casing
Diameter
ft
inches
inches
Casing
10050
6.1
0.001
PROSPER Manual
Inside Casing
inside
roughness
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1464
Perforatio
n Interval
MD
end
(ft)
Perforatio
n Interval
TVD start
(ft)
Perforatio Skin
n Interval Model
TVD end Choice
(ft)
NonDarcy
Entry
Method
Local
Skin
10000
10050
10000
10050
By Hand
By Hand
1465
PROSPER
Note that the "Non-Darcy Entry method" was set to "Calculate". Therefore, the "
Calculate" button needs to be selected for further data entry that would allow the
calculation of the Non-Darcy Flow Factor.
Reservoir Permeability:
15 mD
WellBore Radius:
0.354 ft
Production Interval:
50 ft
Select | Done and proceed with the description of the lower completion.
Double-click on the "Lower Completion" and make the following changes:
Completion "Lower Completion" - Select Model
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1466
Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model:
ELF
Flow Type:
Tubing Flow
No
45 degrees
WellBore Radius:
0.354 ft
31.6
Select | Input Data in the top right corner of the screen to proceed with the deviation
survey:
Measured Depth
Azimuth
11030
11030
1467
PROSPER
Measured Depth
Casing
Diameter
ft
inches
inches
Casing
11000
6.1
0.0006
Casing
11030
6.1
0.001
PROSPER Manual
Inside Casing
inside
roughness
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1468
Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.
Note that a different roughness was used for the perforation interval.
Perforatio
n Interval
MD start
(ft)
Perforatio
n Interval
MD
end
(ft)
Perforatio
n Interval
TVD start
(ft)
Perforatio Skin
n Interval Model
TVD end Choice
(ft)
NonDarcy
Entry
Method
Local
Skin
11000
11030
11000
11030
By Hand
By Hand
1469
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1470
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the upper zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Upper Zone" and make the following entries:
Reservoir "Upper Zone" - Select model
Parameter
Upper Zone
Petroleum Experts
230
3500
50
Gas Gravity:
0.6
100 000
15
50
300
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1471
PROSPER
10000
1.5
0.25
0.3
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the lower zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Lower Zone" and make the following entries:
Parameter
Upper Zone
Petroleum Experts
240
3600
45
Gas Gravity:
0.7
100 000
10
10
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1472
20
30
300
11000
0.25
0.3
1473
PROSPER
Select | Done and then | Visualise | Front to check the schematic of the down hole
network:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1474
1475
PROSPER
Afterwards, select | Calculate and be patient as this might take a few seconds:
The following inflow curves are generated:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1476
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and here are the solution details:
1477
PROSPER
The details of the solution point can be accessed with | Solution Details | Inflow Layer
Details:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1478
Results:
- The well produces 38 Mmscf/d.
- The upper zone produce a little roughly 22 MMscf/d whereas the lower zone produce
16 MMscf/d.
- There is no cross-flow under the current conditions.
This completes this tutorial.
1479
PROSPER
Value
Solution GOR:
100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
20 API
0.7
Water Salinity:
Value
pressure
at
Reservoir temperature:
150 degF
100 scf/stb
1.08 rb/stb
11.1 cp
Reservoir Data
Parameter
Value
PI entry
1800 psig
Reservoir Temperature :
150 degF
Water Cut:
20%
100 scf/stb
0.5 stb/d/psi
Deviation Survey
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
Measured Depth in ft
4100
4100
1480
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for the
well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.
Down hole Equipment
Equipment Measured
Type
Depth in ft
Inner
Outer Diameter Roughnesses
Diameter in in inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.441
2.875
0.0006
Casing
4100
6.36
N/A
0.0006
in
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
4100
150
Value
4000 ft
6 inches
500 stb/d
Water Cut:
20%
Total GOR:
100 scf/stb
1481
PROSPER
1500 psig
0.15
Tubing Correlation:
Petroleum Experts 2
Method:
Black Oil
Jet Pump
Tubing
Injection
Production
PROSPER Manual
Annular
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1482
Value
Solution GOR:
100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
20 API
0.7
Water Salinity:
Power Fluid:
Water
Water Salinity:
10 000 ppm
1483
PROSPER
For the PVT matching, select | Match Data and enter the relevant data as shown below:
Down hole PVT data
Parameter
Bubble point
temperature:
Value
pressure
at
Reservoir temperature:
150 degF
100 scf/stb
1.08 rb/stb
11.1 cp
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1484
1485
PROSPER
After reviewing the results of the regression, the combination Lasater / Petrosky will be
used for this crude.
For this, select | Done | Done and then select | Lasater & Petrosky as calibrated black
oil correlations:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1486
4100
4100
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for the
well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.
1487
PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the surface equipment. Once on the
surface equipment screen, select | Cancel to skip this particular screen:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1488
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the down hole equipment
Down hole Equipment
Equipment Measured
Type
Depth in ft
Inner
Outer Diameter Roughnesses
Diameter in in inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.441
2.875
0.0006
Casing
4100
6.36
N/A
0.0006
in
1489
PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the geothermal gradient and the overall heat transfer
coefficient ( 8 Btu/h/ft2/F according to the input data provided)
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
4100
150
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1490
4000 ft
6 inches
500 stb/d
Water Cut:
20%
Total GOR:
100 scf/stb
1000 stb/d
1500 psig
0.15
Tubing Correlation:
Petroleum Experts 2
1491
PROSPER
To access the jet pump design section, from the main menu select: Design | Jet Pump,
and enter the design data:
Select Calculate | Calculate | Done | Design to complete the design calculations and
to enter the jet pump design section where different pumps can be selected from the
artificial lift database to match to the actual design criteria:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1492
A sensitivity on jet pump injection pressure will now be done on well performance using
the System 3-variables calculation:
1493
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1494
Select Continue | Calculate to perform the system sensitivity calculation and | Plot | to
graphically view the results:
1495
PROSPER
For the given nozzle and sensitivity parameters, PROSPER will identify if pump cavitation
will be an issue. In the above plot, one can observe that the higher injection pressures
cause pump cavitation issues that are identified by the 'C' character on the pump
discharge pressure curve.
Select Main to return to the main screen of PROSPER.
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1496
A matched EOS can be passed to PROSPER via the ImportPRP button, from PVTP
for example.
PROSPER will use the EOS data to generate condensate black oil model data.
1497
PROSPER
The temperature corresponds to the reservoir temperature and the pressure values
range from initial reservoir to depleted reservoir conditions.
Select Calculate | Calculate to generate the black oil properties:
The saturation pressure shown in the figure above is the dew point pressure for
the fluid which is required for the black oil model.
Select OK | OK | Properties to generate the black oil fluid properties from the EOS
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1498
flashed through the separator stages down to standard conditions. At this point we
have all the properties to build a black oil fluid model:
Prior to using the black oil condensate model is it important to see how the PVT using
the EOS model impacts pressure losses in the tubing. A gradient calculation will be
done so solution points can be used from the EOS gradient calculation to review the
applicability of the black oil model pressure loss predictions.
From the main PROSPER menu select Calculation | Gradient Traverse and input the
values as shown below.
No sensitivity variables will be used in the calculation and the Petroleum Experts 4
mechanistic model will be used.
Select Continue | Continue | Calculate
Record a fewcalculated measured depth vs. pressure values from the gradient traverse
calculated tabular data:
1499
PROSPER
Enter them in the gradient traverse plot Test Data section (figure below) found on the
gradient plot main menu bar
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1500
The gradient traverse plot will now look like the following:
1501
PROSPER
From the Options menu select the black oil fluid model options then enter the previously
calculated black oil data in the PVT section.
Repeat the gradient calculation and plot the data to see if the EOS test points are still
valid using the gas condensate black oil model:
PROSPER Manual
January, 2010
Examples Guide
1502
Zooming in to investigate the off-set gradient point shows that the error is approximately
20 psig (0.5 % difference) indicating that for this case the black-oil condensate model is
valid with the EOS gradient predictions.